Mangahelpers Translations https://mangahelpers.com/translators/rss 2019-08-18T06:04:36+00:00 /favicon.ico MangaHelpers Admins admin@mangahelpers.com https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/44092 [English] [Translation] Gintama Omake 78 by kewl0210 2019-08-18T06:04:36+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama Koujien Fanbook Ending Translation by Kewl0210]
Cover:
Top: Gintama Official Fanbook
Big: Koujien
Top Right: I have supervised this book with the utmost responsibility.
Box: Linguist
Mr. Gindaichi Kyousukebe
Top Left: This is the final fanbook!!
And the "thickest" in Gintama history at 432 pages!!
The Official Gintama Fanbook
Koujien
Box: Contains tons of "Gintama" illustrations to make this "almost an art book"! A 128 art gallery!!
Full of new character profiles! A very substantial sound dictionary!!
A tell-all about the trials and tribulations leading to serialization! The first ever reveal of pre-serialization storyboards!!
A huge collection of all of Sorachi-sensei's hilarious comments from all the table of contents sections and letters for various events!!
Even contains illustrations from authors and assistants as well as newly-drawn manga and comments from Sorachi-sensei!!
Bottom Left: 15 years of Gintama historyi s packed into this one book!!
Bottom: Sorachi Hideaki

Inside Back Cover:
Top: Gindaichi Kyousukebe
Paragraph: Born October 10th. Height, 177 centimeters. Weight, 65 kilograms. A linguist and sexual entertainment industry scholar. Cosplayed by Sakata Gintoki. In order to successfully stitch together this great encyclopedia of "Gintama", he undertook the task of supervising the production as a leading authority on the subject. However, I've heard that for the production of this book, he only lent us his name and he wasn't really involved at all in the actual editing process, but whether that is true or not is unknown. There are also rumors that he shamelessly billed us for an exorbitant fee, for which he is currently in litigation with Shueisha's legal department. 'We just want you for the cover, I don't think it's asking too much.' In response to that order, he put on a suit, something he's very unused to, donned some linguist-looking round glasses, got into a good old-style sepia mood, sparing no expense to get just the right atmosphere.
T/N: This is a parody of the real-life linguist, Kindaichi Kyousuke.

Page 1:
Top Big: Sorachi Hideaki's
apology emails
revealed in full!!
Black text: A report of the truth regarding the final lesson manuscript and its delay
Starburst: Exclusive scoop
Black Box Right: Sorachi Hideaki.
Why did this infamous mangaka blow his deadlines and break his promises?
The true reason is beyond imagining.
Now, two editors from the group of the historical editors that shouldn't even have been able to come in the first place and waited for the final manuscript lay bare in what happened on the 'day Gintama ended'!!
First Screenshot: Good job.
Sorachi-san
June 29th 2018 1:09 PM
Sorry about yesterday. I went and tied up someone I don't know that well for 13 hours. Even a rotten bastard like me felt some guilt after that, so I'll try to hurry up the manuscript. In line with that, could we start our meetings next week?
I have additional work piling up, so I'd like to keep going with work, finish it up early, and then send in the manuscript on Monday. Is that okay?
Also I totally forgot
Below box: Sent to Mr. I after picking up the first manuscript. An email for the ages.
Second Screenshot: Sorry
Sorachi-san
May 8th 2019 12:28 AM
I'm not done. I've got something like 30 to go. From what I'm seeing online, it looks like they pushed the volume release date to July, huh? lol. Sorry. Is it okay if I keep going to the end of May?
Caption: The '30' is believed to be the number of name (storyboard) pages. The final chapter was a total of 59 pages.
Article: Everyone believed that day would never come. But with every beginning, there must be an end. Even the legendary endless manga "Kochikami" had ended with a "Sounds good!". But still, when it comes to Gintama, the reason was different than with those legends. 'I'm not doing fake endings. That's the anime, they were doing that,' Mr. Sorachi had said. The 9th editor, Mr. I recounted this deception with a bitter laugh.
'Even a rotten bastard like me...' [Big/bold]
'Originally, about 3 years ago when the previous editor was in place, there was already a procedure set up for the end of Gintama's serialization shared in the editorial department,' Mr. I recounted. Sorachi and his then-editor Mr. M were told by the editorial department to 'wrap the story up soon.' It was in June of 2018 when the change of editors occurred. When Mr. I took over, there were 10 chapters left in the weekly serialization and extra chapters in addition to that. 'First he made me wait 13 hours for the manuscript, and he'd even written things like "A rotten bastard like me..." in his emails, so it looked like he was self-aware and trying to change, and I believed it. But then for the next manuscript I waited 14 hours. He's immediately set a new personal best. I guess a bastard's a bastard no matter how he tries to fight it. That's when I learned not to trust Sorachi Bastard Hideaki. Even this schedule for the end of the series is suspect, I thought. Like right now, he's drawing an episode about a gorilla wedding.
'I'm sorry.' [Big/bold]
'That Sorachi Bastard Gorilla Hideaki didn't have single a nanoscopic-sized indication he was ending it,' Mr. I told us. He has supplied us with with his emails with Mr. Sorachi in order to convey the truth of this affair of the final chapter delay to future generations of editors. To begin with, one cannot hope but notice that nearly all of the email subject lines were 'I'm sorry'. It's hard to believe these were written by the same person who wrote the volume extra corner that described his negative feelings over having 'RE: I'm sorry' in every email subject line.
If one looks closely, while the titles say 'I'm sorry', the main text will always also contain 'I'm sorries'. When you start apologizing all the time, it really loses the sincerity. The truth has come to light that the issue regarding the time of the volume release was a frequent topic in the body of the emails. It is well known that the volume's release date was moved from July to August, but in Mr. Sorachi's email he mentions a 'delay to July'. 'The truth is, there was already a delay from June to July. This was before the release date was first publicly announced, so it's not something known to the general populace. But it had to be delayed even further after that. But both times, we'd had it planned to not tell Sorachi-san and just let him draw, but both times he found out,' Mr. I explained to us.

Page 2:
First Screenshot: Sorry
Sorachi-san
May 31st 3:03 PM
Did I cause the release date of the volume to get postponed again? I'm seeing some things about that online.
Caption: He saw through it both times when the editors tried to hide the delay from him with his clever internet searching.
Second Screenshot (Middle Right): Sorry
Sorachi-san
June 5th 2019 6:11 AM
This is pretty embarrassing after how enthusiastic I was before, but getting the manuscript done on the 6th is looking difficult. There's still a lot left. I'm just gonna keep going and draw when the staff comes in, so do you think there's any way you could give me until Monday? I'm pretty sure I can do it this time. I'm very sorry about this.
Caption: I'm not sure how many delays we're at at this point. As one might expect, he's gotten embarrassed about it.
Third Screenshot (Top Left): Sorry
Sorachi-san
June 13th 2019 12:31 PM
I wasn't able to finish yet. Just a little more. Around 7 or 8 o'clock should be good.
Caption: So, no matter how you look at it, the text here makes it looks like he's about done. And the result...?
Fourth Screenshot (Middle Left): Sorry
Sorachi-san
June 13th 2019 10:42 PM
Please give me just one more hour. I can probably make that.
Caption: The message sent to the editors when they'd gone out for a drink. And of course, it took 4 hours after this.
Article: After this, in the emails he provided to us, it mostly recounts the back and forth regarding the final chapter. From these we can get a good look at Mr. Sorachi as he felt under pressure. About 1 month after the deadline that Mr. I had set, he received an email from Sorachi saying 'Did I cause the release date of the volume to get postponed again?' Talking about the delay of the volume to August. The 'Oh, did I go and do it again?' declared like the strongest protagonist from a wish-fulfillment novel. Though realizing the actual seriousness of the situation, Mr. Sorachi finally gave a concrete manuscript finish date to to Mr. I. Those words were a relief to Mr. I, but right at this point, due to an internal change, the company had decided n a change in editors. His successor was the 7th editor Gintama had had, Mr. N. Mr. I and Mr. N went to Mr. Sorachi's studio at an appointed time and day to discuss picking up manuscripts and inform him of the hand-over. But the day before, Mr. Sorachi sent an email saying 'I think it's going to take a bit longer after all.' 'That's Sorachi-san's never-compromising attitude,' muttered Mr. I looking into the distance with a no emotion in his eyes. It was like this person's heart was dead. 'No, I-san's eyes never have emotion in them. He's a wicked rotten bastard, you see,' said Mr. N as if reading my mind.
'Well, it depends on who I'm talking to (laughs).' [Big Bold]
'So I went to Sorachi-san's place with I-san. And when we finally met, Sorachi-san was pretty surprised. All of a sudden, one of his previous editors was there and his editor was changing,' Mr. N tells us. Describing words that came out of Mr. Sorachi's mouth that made chills run down his spine. 'Well, I know both of your are capable of telling the company that the manuscript is going to be late, and you can just blame the other one for it (laughs).' It was a bastard line that surpassed all bastard-dom. And as if on cue, all they saw on Mr. Sorachi's desk were manuscripts with only the under-sketches done. 'That was when we'd decided to do the delay the last chapter going out on the application and to publish a message of apology,' Mr. N told us. And then 3 days later, this time knowing in his heart it would be the last time, he headed to Mr. Sorachi's studio. I'm writing this article some days later, but this day would come be 'Gintama's Final Day'. Mr. Sorachi had specified it would be 3 days later in the afternoon, and Mr. N arrived at Mr. Sorachi's studio at 11 AM. The first thing out of Mr. Sorachi's mouth was the rather odd logic of 'Aren't you a little early?! When I said afternoon, I was imagining more like 5PM.' A logic that exists only in the world of Mr. Sorachi, I suppose. Still, when he looked at the manuscripts, they were mostly all filled in at that point. It would finally be finished. Mr. N told him he planned to return at 7PM, and contacted all of the series' previous editors. With recent long-running Jump manga, it had become a custom for all of the series editors from across its history would come to pick up the final chapter manuscript and offer flowers to the author. If he'd finished the manuscript on that day at 11AM as originally planned, then the editors wouldn't have been able to make it due to their work schedules. And Mr. Sorachi had said 'Uh, honestly I think I'd be too embarrassed if all the editors came. You don't need to do that,' Mr. I told us. But ironically, due to the delays he himself caused, it became possible. One by one, the editors gathered at the train station coffee shop. In order to convey that they were sick of waiting, they'd bought dry flowers to give to Mr. Sorachi. By the way, the other candidate was yellow carnations. In the Western traditional language of flower, that meant 'I'm disappointed in you.'
'Around 7 or 8 o'clock should be good.' like clockwork, they received the email asking for a delay. Once that time came, first editor, Mr. O, led the pack of Gintama editors to Mr. Sorachi's studio. Finally, the finale to these 15 years of history, this historical, emotional moment would----
'I wasn't trying to lie.' [Big/bold]
...did not come. In response to what should have been an emotional moment, the Psycho Gorilla yelled 'Huh?! You seriously all came?! I'm not done yet! Go have a drink somewhere, please!' These middle-aged men that had squeezed into the studio just stood there. 'Ya know, when Kishimoto-sensei finished his series, he ended it right when he said he would and we all went out to drink afterwards!' shouted the first editor, Mr. O. 'What? I can't do things like Kishimoto-sensei can! I think that's pretty obvious!' retorted Mr. Sorachi. It was a back-and-forth that hadn't changed in 15 years. The only thing that had changes was the age of the characters was now a lot older. Though maybe in their hearts, they were still kids. They still had those straightforward eyes. 'I wasn't trying to lie. When I say I can do something, I think in that moment that I can.' When Mr. Sorachi said that, his eyes really were straightforward. So then the editors went out for a drink on their own, and then a few hours later when they came back, Mr. Sorachi said this to them with his straightforward eyes: 'Just 2 more hours.'

Page 3:
Top: Tonight, another "don't slip" evening party begins...
Sorachi Hideaki VS The Editors from Across the Series History
"Good Job on the Ending"
Round-table discussion!!
Top Right Box: Sorachi Hideaki
Right Top Box: 1st Generation Editor
Ohnishi Kouhei
Weekly Shounen Jump Deputy Editor in Chief:
Insert: Very late
2nd Box: 2nd Generation Editor
Saitou Yuu
Character Business Department Vice Chief
3rd Box: 3rd Generation Editor
Nakasaki Atsuhi
Bessatsu Margaret Senior Editor
Insert: Falling sleep in the middle
4th Box: 4th and 6th Generation Editor
Honda Hiroyuki
Weekly Shounen Jump Senior Editor
5th Box: 5th Generation Editor
Matsuo Osamu
Manga Mee Editor
Insert: Late
6th Box: The 7th and 10th Generation Editor
Naitou Takuma
Weekly Shounen Jump Editor
Insert: Coordinator and Photographer
7th Box: 8th Generation Editor
Manabe Ren
V Jump Editor
8th Box: 9th Generation Editor
Isaka Takeru
Jump Comics Publishing Editor
Big Text: Now begins an honest talk between all 9 of them!!
Small text: On a day in July, to show appreciation (?) for Sorachi Hideaki after having successfully brought his series "Gintama" to its conclusion, we called the 8 editors from over the course of its serialization for a round table discussion. It took place at the Weekly Jump Editorial Department, in a great person's room. The current time is already 10PM. Around this swarm of booze and delivery pizza are a bunch of age 30-40 old dudes. Sorachi is a given, but even the other editors had a difficult time getting thee due to their status and the schedules associated with them. Or so it seemed anyhow. Honestly they all just pretend to be bust and in times like they always just says 'When is it? I'll be there for sure!' and they all show up with bells on. Maybe because he's been freed from the burden of manuscripts, but even Sorachi seems to be in a good mood. 'Okay, how about a toast?!' he said, with the super-high-class wine brought by Editor-in-Chief Nakano. Honda had looked up the price online and was shocked at the price. After a hard-fought battle, Manabe finally got the cork out, but because his hands were shaking from the struggle, he didn't do the best job pouring it into the wine glass and sure enough, spilled it. '...That was probably around a ** yen spill.' someone said as they stared at the wine stain on the great person's desk. And so began an over six-hour long hellish discussion...
Big Text: What's everyone's feelings now that "Gintama" has reached the final chapter?!
Interview:
Nakasaki: How've you been feeling lately?
Sorachi: Not much different, but probably feeling a bit more healthy.
Isaka: 77 volumes in all... Now that I think about it, that's even more volumes than "Sangokushi" isn't it?
Sorachi: The one Yokoyama Mitsuteru-sensei did? ... Oh yeah, I guess it is.
Naitou: Ohnishi-san and Mitsuo-san aren't here yet, but I guess we can get started.
Sorachi: Is it really okay that we're drinking at work?
Naitou: Yeah 'course it's okay. We're celebrating.
Saitou: So, Sorachi-san. Did you do anything any a present to yourself? Like get some expensive champagne or eat some sushi or anything? Like at 'Jirou's'?
Sorachi: Those all sound like something sorta cheap that somebody who became rich all of a sudden would do. It's a very happy vision of me you've got, but I don't think it really fits me. I think a more fitting image is me still living in a house made of cardboard boxes.
Honda: So like, an image of someone who has money, but it doesn't make them happy.
Isaka: But we were talking about your royalties from Remix before (*Jump Remix is cheap edition reissue of volumes sold in convenience stores and such) and I checked up on a bunch of details.
Sorachi: And now I'm gonna make another killing on a 'CR Gintama' pachinko machine!
Naitou: Uh, no there's no plans for a pachinko machine.
Honda: Definitely feels like there could be one though.
Saitou: Well the games didn't really take off, so maybe that'd work.
Manabe: Hey, that's a bit harsh, don't you think?! That "Gintama Ranbu" whatever game did great!
Sorachi: Ok but before any of that, am I not just gonna be kicked out of Jump forever?
Passing By Editor-in-Chief Nakano: Oh hey, job well done!... Don't worry, we're not kicking you out of Weekly Jump! We'll be happy to have you back any time!
Saitou: But I'm not so sure it's possible for you to have three complete storyboards ready for the serialization meeting.
Honda: How can you be so negative?!
Naitou: Well, at any rate, how about we start by talking about the final chapter? ...There isn't anyone here that hasn't read it, right?
Honda: Of course there isn't!
Sorachi: That's true, right?
Isaka: Well we all went to pick up the manuscript, so of course we all read it.
Saitou: But it was a situation where it got passed in bits at a time with us counting the pages at the end to make sure we had them all. It wasn't exactly a 'Hey can I read that?' kinda mood.
Naitou: Ok, well, what did everyone think of the final chapter?
Sorachi: It's going in not the most pleasant direction all of a sudden... I'm not sure I want to hear people giving their impressions right in front of me...
Saitou: Well, for you, Sorachi-san, how was it? Did you think it was the best ending you could've written?
Sorachi: I'm not sure, but... I guess I did what I could.
Nakasaki: Is it okay to take that baby that appears at the end as Takasugi reborn?
Sorachi: Please don't ask about the details.
Everyone: (Laughs).
Sorachi: Once you've read the manga, that's it! That's what I've put out. If you want every little thing explained, then it's just awkward!
Isaka: The fans seem to really wanna know the answer so they can feel at ease.
Nakasaki: But I wonder if presenting something as someone being 'saved' is a kindness to the fans.
Sorachi: To be honest, I thought maybe it gave off more of an image of 'saving' the Kiheitai, rather than whether it was Takasugi... man things got serious fast.
Nakasaki: Yeah we turned the topic to Takasugi, someone someone it's really hard to make jokes about. But I think leaving the interpretation to the readers is a good directorial choice. Personally I'm not a big fan of reincarnation and things like that, so I like the idea that it's a different person more.
Sorachi: Like if Matako raised him, and he grows into just some old dude nobody'd ever met (laughs).
Isaka: Like 'Who the hell are you?!' (laughs).
Honda: Up to this point, you drew a lot of final-chapter-like stories, right? Like the 'Farewell Shinsengumi' arc. But when I read the actual final chapter, it gave me the most 'There're more to come' feeling than any of them. Like even with the series over, it feels like the world of "Gintama" is still going and Gin-san is still living there. I really liked that.
Sorachi: It's in the comment at the end of the fanbook, too, but I purposefully tried not to give a 'feeling like it's ending'.
Nakasaki: Like so "Gintama 2" can start any time, right?!
Sorachi: I felt like giving "Gintama" a lonely final scene didn't suit it.
Manabe: Kinda like the end of "Laputa". You didn't want the end to feel like an end?

Page 4:
Sorachi: Like if it weren't the real final chapter, then I'd be fine with doing that any time. But if I'm talking about my own tastes, I kind of prefer the lonely 'being left behind' kind of final chapters. But I figured that wasn't the thing to do for Gintama.
Saitou: Are there final chapters in any other manga you really liked?
Sorachi: I actually prefer the part just a little bit before the end, rather than the final chapters themselves. They just always give you that lonely feeling. But I guess in "Slam Dunk" when Sakuragi and Rukawa high-fived each other was one I really liked. But I wanted to see a match with Hiroshi, too.
Saitou: Oh, Fujimaki (Tadatoshi, auhtor of Kuroko no Basuke)-sensei asked about Hiroshi in a conversation with Inoue (Nobuyuki, author of Slam Dunk)-sensei and he said 'I wanted to draw it in a way that conveyed that there were lots of good players at nationals,' apparently.
Sorachi: Speaking of which, Fujimaki-san is incredible. I'll listen to what that guy has to say any day of the week.
Saitou: Sorachi-san, you've always been the type of person that can read a room and work a room. But whenever anyone asks for the character of 'Sorachi Hideaki', there's always an 'We've got to do something unprecedented!' aspect.
Sorachi: Well I guess because I feel some sense of responsibility for making the project interesting.
Naitou: What did you think when you read the final chapter, Manabe?
Manabe: Well I was his editor until just a bit before then, so I had discussed a lot regarding the final chapter in meetings with Sorachi-san. At any rate, there were just too many things foreshadowed that we had to tie up... Like the conclusion with Takasugi that you were talking about before, we talked a whole lot about the direction that the character of Takasugi was going in. Personally speaking, I thought that type of 'salvation' ending was good.
Sorachi: I did a whole lot of googling to see how people reacted to the ending... I kind of google myself and my work a lot. I search things like 'Sorachi genius' and 'Sorachi incredible', stuff like that.
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Sorachi: So, I'm aware that people that liked Takasugi more weren't as happy. And it's true it's not clear if that's Takasugi or not. But I felt like after all this, Takasugi didn't need to be 'saved'. Like, I felt like he'd already been saved. I think the impression people get differs depending on how they took the final battle with Utsuro, but in my mind, that wasn't written with the intention for it to be a tragedy. Though I was crying as I drew it (laughs) but they were a different kind of tears, I guess. Takasugi had originally sort of died during the incident where he lost Shouyou, but he was just out there searching for a way to die. So in that 'life and-or death' state, measuring him was a bit different I- Oh, it's Matsuo-san!
Matsu: Sorry I'm late!
Isaka: Is your leg feeling better?
Nakasaki: Did he break it again?
Sorachi: You sure seem to break your leg every time you see me, don't you?
Isaka: Well, you always break your leg as soon as you become the editor of "Gintama".
Matsu: Sorry...
Isaka: The other day when we were meeting to pick up the final manuscript and you showed up with crutches, I just thought 'Again?!'.
Honda: It's gotta be some kind of karmic thing that comes with "Gintama". Matsuo's leg must be carrying the whole burden!
Nakasaki: He was only able to get the final chapter manuscript in because he broke his leg.
Naitou: So since you got in late, why don't you tell us your impressions of the final chapter, Matsuo-san?
Soachi: You did read it, right?
Matsuo: Yes, I did! Ok, impressions... Uh... Oh, well done on finishing your serialization.
Sorachi: Ok, I'm getting suspicious now.
Matsuo: My candid impression was '...Man, it's really over.' But, well I'm glad it ended without incident.
Everyone: That's it?!
Sorachi: You haven't read the series at all since you stopped being the editor, didn't you?
Honda: Since he's a shoujo manga editor now, maybe that's a past he wanted to leave behind.
Nakasaki: Hey, I'm sure that's not true. I'm sure he thinks 'This is all thanks to "Gintama"' all the time, right?
Matsu: Sometimes I was used for story material, too. ...Sometimes I get asked questions I have trouble answering, but at times like that I just say 'Oh, that was actually my twin brother,' and that lets me sort of get out of jail free (laughs).
Sorachi: Did... I really write private things or bad-mouth my editors that much?
Matsu: Yes, you did (laughs).
Big Text: Did you see the small sketches of the fake final chapter when you came to pick up the manuscript?!
Naitou: How about we talk about when we all went to pick up the final chapter manuscript?
Sorachi: Mind if I see the LINE messenger screen about it (See figure 1)?
Naitou: Yeah, the picking up of the final manuscript was something we did behind the scenes.
Saitou: Can we just show something like that to the person it's about?
Sorachi: I see... This is pretty funny (Laughs). ...Oh this, I remember writing this email. Can you put this in?

Circle: Reference Figure
Big Text: The LINE Messenger Group Chat Screen of the Editors Waiting for the Manuscript
Small Text: *The image is from the perspective of Naitou
Middle Text: The Weekly Jump editorial department has a tradition for series with long serializations, all of the editors that worked on it over its history will come to get the final manuscript and give the author their blessing. And now you can see the graphic exchange between the editors as they were swung around by the Gorilla. Man, being a working person is tough!
Right Column:
Black Bar: Gintama Editors (7)
Naitou
Thank you all for coming together like this. I'll keep you updated on the newest developments!
Read (6)
*Lying down Sorachi Hideaki Line Stamp
Read (6)
6/5 (Wed.)
Naitou
Okay, the manuscript was just delayed, so now it's going to be next Monday.
Read (6)
*Elizabeth 'This is a failure' Line Stamp
Read (6)
Saitou
Man, another delay?!
Naitou
I'm starting to remember. Yeah, this is what it was like, wasn't it? (Distant stare).
Raed (6)
Honda
So mean...
Saitou
Well if it's Monday, then I'll be out fort work, but do you think it'll be delayed again?
Manabe
I kind of still just feel really sorry.
*Pasted an image of an email from Sorachi-sensei
This is pretty embarrassing after how enthusiastic I was before, but getting the manuscript done on the 6th is looking difficult. There's still a lot left. I'm just gonna keep going and draw when the staff comes in, so do you think there's any way you could give me until Monday? I'm pretty sure I can do it this time. I'm very sorry about this.
Read (6)
Left Column:
Saitou
So, Wednesday then.
Honda
At this point, maybe we might as well put out the under-sketch as the final chapter?
Honda
It would actually be kind of fitting.
Naitou
That would be a first for something distributed online...
Read (6)
Nakasaki
You put out the under-sketch and then later you do a complete version. Maybe that's overdoing it? Well anyhow, the plan right now is Monday night, right?
Manabe
Sorry, but I'm going to be out for work from next Monday to Wednesday, so unfortunately I won't be able to be there.
Naitou
We'll shoot for a Monday night completion! I'll keep sharing information as needed!
Read (6)
Box: 6/7 (Fri.)
Text: Nakasaki
Thanks for all your hard work. What time should we be there? Is he looking like he'll be done then?
Matsuo
From what I heard from Naitou-kun, it'll be after 9PM, probably. Though the situation might be different from Saturday.
Saitou
So, Wednesday then.
Matsuo
Seriously? This is getting too real...
Nakasaki
*Shocked Gintoki Line Stamp
Bottom: Continued on the next page

Page 5:
Black Bar: Gintama Editors (7)
Nakasaki
Well for now, Monday at 1.
Matsuo
So we'll wait on standby at a bar, right? Just to be safe, I'll find a place that's open until morning. Though I'm hoping it doesn't come to that...
Box: Today
Text: Matsuo
So what time does it look like it's gonna happen?
Naitou
Sure enough...
Read (6)
Pisuke & Usagi Custom Stamp 'In the morning!'
Read (6)
Pisuke & Usagi Custom Stamp 'It's all Sorachi's fault'
Read (6)
Matsuo
*Line stamp of a cat with an exquisite expression
Nakasaki
...So you think it'll be in the morning? Like the first train in?
Honda
Seriously...? I hope we don't end up disappointed...
Naitou
He just sent me a message saying it would take all of Monday and he'd be working till morning. I hate to have you all wait for that...
Read (6)
Isaka-san and I are going to work out the final details tonight at 9 PM.
Read (6)
But he might... finish around dawn...
Read (6)
Saitou
I'll be out for work so unfortunately I can't go. But if it gets delayed to Tuesday, I'll come running.
Honda
Hopefully he takes till the afternoon (Haha).
Naitou
Bisuke & Usagi Custom Stamp 'Hey, Sorachi!'
Read (6)
Matsuo
So you're we're on standby from 9PM at night until afternoon the next day? That's rough.
Saitou
Record the big moment for me if you can.
Nakasaki
I'm not sure about tomorrow morning. But if it's tomorrow night, I should be able to...
Saitou
Sure enough, everyone's starting to sound whiny.
Matuso
Same as Nakasaki-san. Night works, morning, not so much.
Naitou
Kuh...
Read (6)

Naitou
Well, from what it looks like, if he finishes at the crack of dawn, we'll have to give up on the idea.
Read (6)
Oh, and I just learned this last weekend, but apparently they're planning to have a round table discussion with Sorachi and all the series' editors in the Fanbook.
Read (6)
But I dunno if it's even coming out in August at this point. It think we'll just set that aside for now and setup another time for it... And we can beat the crap out of Sorachi then.
Read (6)
Saitou
Make sure you put this Line screen in it.
Saitou
Read (6)
Haha.
Read (6)
Nope, it's not getting done today.
Read (6)
Saitou
How many pages does he have left?
Naitou
"How many pages" nothing.
Read (6)
It's all blank.
Read (6)
Matsuo
Quite a vivid depiction...
Saitou
*'Snack Basue' Line Stamp of holding out a moist towel
Honda
Now this is exciting...
Saitou
Is he gonna have it done tomorrow?
Naitou
I think you hit the jackpot Saitou-san. Wednesdaaay
Read (6)
Saitou
*Line stamp of Midorima from 'Kuroko no Basuke' pumping his fist
Nakasaki
Thanks for your hard work. Hopefully it ends up being about done tomorrow night or the morning of the day after. Wednesday afternoon's not good for me.
Honda
Nakasaki-san, it's looking like it may be done Wednesday. Sure is a delicate situation...
Nakasaki
Yeah... And I'll be away Thursday.
Naitou
Okay, so we should have the exact time squared away at midnight Wednesday. It looked like he would be done in the morning. We'll probably need to delay the release from the 17th to the 20th.
Read (6)
Honda
Roger. Thanks for all the effort you've put into this.

Article:
Naitou: Sure we can.
Sorachi: Sure you're not gonna delete the less-jokey trash talking?
Honda: No, we're leaving it all in.
Isaka: Originally you were supposed to get the manuscript for the final chapter in while I was still your editor. But I got moved all of a sudden, so somebody else had to take over. So we decided Naitou would work since he had experience being your editor already.
Sorachi: I hadn't even heard about the editor change, so when you came to greet me at my studio, I was scared out of my wits! I saw this huge silhouette of a person standing behind Isaka-san and I thought 'Oh shit, I'm finally gonna be killed!' I was sure you'd hired a bouncer or something.
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Isaka: Naitou was actually trying to hide his face as he came into the studio, I think (laughs). So when I said 'You're changing editors' and introduced him you said 'What, now?!' all surprised. But right after that you said 'Well whatever happens, you can blame the other one, so I guess it works out.' which was a pretty shocking line...
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Sorachi: Yeah, but that's true! And this isn't the first time I've experienced being
pushed into a really harsh job because of the timing of an editor change. Like with the movie or when I had to draw that huge calendar. And then when they got asked about it, they usually blamed the previous editor or they play innocent saying things got chaotic during the hand-over.
Saitou: Why would they give the job of drawing a calendar to an author known for writing slowly? In my time I would've made sure to turn that down.
Sorachi: Yeah but that was an impetus for me changing how I go about things a bit. 'Turn down jobs you know you should turn down!' Up until that point, I thought it was cool to just do whatever job you were handed, no matter how difficult it was. But when that happened, I realized 'Oh, these guys aren't thinking about this at all.'
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Isaka: ...So, when we were getting close to the point where the final chapter would be getting done, Honda-san and Saitou-san started talking about 'Wanna do that tradition for long series where we all go to pick up the manuscript?'
Saitou: I know "Naruto" and "Bleach" did it.
Nakasaki: I do remember thinking 'Won't Sorachi-san not like that?' (laughs).
Isaka: That's why I mentioned to Sorachi-san 'You know there's this tradition...' And when I did, he said 'Uh, no thanks. I'd be too embarrassed... and it sounds like a hassle...' (laughs). So it did seem like it wasn't going to happen for a bit, but then when Naitou took over, he started setting up the plan again. But actually, if he had finished the last chapter on schedule, then most of the editors wouldn't have been able to participate. Originally when Naitou and I went to pick it up, you told us '...Uh, you're too early.' And when I said 'Okay, but I said I'd come in the afternoon.' And you said '...Uh, afternoon... I meant that in kind of a looser sense of the word,' (Laughs).
Sorachi: I meant in 'mangaka time', you know? When a mangaka says 'afternoon', that means anywhere from noon to midnight...
Isaka: I don't think I've heard that from anybody but you (laughs). We went and bought flowers and killed time at a coffee shop... Manabe was off in Los Angeles for work, but he ended up being able to make it back in time it took so long.
Naitou: From seeing how Ohnishi-san acted, I remembering thinking 'Yup, that's his first editor.' So come night time we all gathered at the studio, but you still didn't seem like you were done with the manuscript at all... We were astonished at that, and then he started counting up the scattered manuscript pages in a matter-of-fact way.
Honda: That was kind of cool. 'Whoa, how first-editor-like,' I thought.
Isaka: And then we went to get a drink to kill more time... Then we came back when we felt like enough time had gone by that he'd surely be done, and Sorachi-san said 'You're still to early!' (Laughs).
Saitou: After that, not completely fed up from waiting around at the studio, I got a volume of "Shiguri" off the bookshelf and started reading it. Even though I had my own copy at home.
Matsuo: I remember being really amazed when I saw that (Laughs). That was your first time at Sorachi-san's new studio, wasn't it? And all of a sudden you took a manga book off a shelf and sat down on the stairs to start reading it! Like 'Is he at his friend's house?' (Laughs).
Manabe: He was at a house he'd never been to before and he immediately made himself at home.
Saitou: I sensed with my editor senses 'This is going to be a battle of attrition, isn't it?'
Sorachi: I'd done the fake-out final chapter thing a bunch of times at that point, but I guess that final day was a mini-version of it. A whole 'It's because he's like this that this whole mess happened...' But let me say this at least.
I'm telling you, I really thought I was gonna get it done! I always believed a miracle was gonna happen! I'd been doing a weekly series for 15 years, but every week I believed a miracle would happen... So I was sure for this final week, I'd somehow get it done by the deadline.
Saitou: So... did a miracle ever happen?

Page 6:
Sorachi: Well... No, almost never. But if I hadn't believed it would, I couldn't have done that every week!
Honda: I do recall conversations in our meetings where at that point you thought 'I can get it done early this week!'
Nakasaki: Yeah, but nobody ever believed that...
Sorachi: I did!
Saitou: So, okay, you weren't 'lying.' But because because of that we believed you, and we ended up being mislead as a result.
Sorachi: Well, maybe I did lie sometimes...
Everyone: (Bitter laugh).
Nakasaki: You mean you didn't have any malice behind it, you were saying what you really thought.
Isaka: Yup, that's the most dangerous type out there (laugh).
Big Text: The repeated "it's ending", "it's ending" grift.
Naitou: So, what're your candid thoughts on the series ending?
Sorachi: Well, nothing's really changed. I'm still doing work on a bunch of different things. Only I have this anxiety about what's gonna happen to me after all these little tasks are all gone. So to be honest I'm not all that happy about it.
Everyone: Oooh!
Sorachi: I'm sort of anxious about becoming a gear of society.
Saitou: Like a feeling 'People won't need you anymore?'
Sorachi: Well if I'm not drawing manga, I'm pretty much just trash, right? I have a sense that because I draw manga, I can just manage to establish myself as a human, sort of.
Nakasaki: Hm, maybe you should get a part-time job or something?
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Isaka: That could make for a good article (Laugh). Maybe you could be a 'one-day operator' at Kyodo Printing Co.?
Matsuo: Maybe go to the bread factory and make cheesy steamed bread?
Saitou: Or make a Gin-zania amusement park?!
Sorachi: ...Yes, these are all great suggestions.
Naitou: Your assistants aren't coming to your studio anymore, right?
Sorachi: Yeah that's probably the biggest change. I feel kinda lonely, not having people I can complain about manga with anymore.
Nakasaki: Then why not leave the nest of your studio and go be an assistant to some other pro mangaka?
Isaka: You mean Sorachi-san drawing backgrounds and stuff? That's hilarious (laughs).
Sorachi: No way they'd hire me!
Isaka: Maybe somewhere like Akimoto-sensei's studio. Someplace that's well regulated.
Sorachi: Like a rehab clinic?
Isaka: But you know, Akimoto-sensei was worried about you every time I met with him. He'd say things like 'Is Sorachi-kun okay? He did really end the series, right?' (laughs).
Saitou: Why did the ending get so prolonged anyhow?
Isaka: The root cause was something Manabe and Sorachi made, right?
Honda: When was it you first started saying the story was 'ending'?
Isaka: That would be when he said the 'Silver Soul Arc' began.
Manabe: I took over as editor in the middle of the 'Shogun Assassination Arc', and I think that's the point where the 'We should think about wrapping up' talk first started, I believe.
Isaka: So like 2015. At that point the newest volume was around 55.
Nakasaki: So at that point, you put out 20 more volumes (laughs).
Saitou: That's enough for "Yuu☆Yuu☆Hakusho" to have gone from chapter 1 all the way to the end!
Manabe: It was at that point when Sorachi-san saw the path to the ending.
Sorachi: Yeah, there was a real change at that point. There were way fewer gags after, weren't there?
Isaka: So Manabe wasn't editor for basically any gag chapters, huh?
Sorachi: In my mind, we firmly entered the final arc when the shogun died. Though I hadn't said anything publicly at that point.
Isaka: Manabe was editor for around 3 years, right? So from 2015 to 2018.
Mnabe: In those days, I would get calls from the anime's producer asking, 'How's it going'? to verify what was going on, since the anime was also trying to plan out their end as they got to the end of the source material.
Isaka: When I became editor, the first meeting I had with the anime staff was 'What should we do for the final episode of the anime...?' I was fine with taking the baton from Manabe, but at the point where Sorachi was doing the gorilla wedding in Weekly Jump, everyone got that 'Oh, it's not really ending yet, is it?' The questionnaires from that chapter were really good, though!
Honda: I remember Isaka-san showing me the finished manuscript and saying 'Hey, check it out! He's doing a gorilla wedding! Now guess how many chapters he's got left in the main magazine after this?' (laughs).

Circle: Reference Figure (2)
Sorachi Hideaki's 'apology message' for the Gintama app
Middle Text: Weekly Jump, Jump Giga, and then the Gintama App... Again and again, he did fake endings. Even a gorilla couldn't help but feel some remorse after that. And the color of that remorse from right after penning the apology was... 'Sekiro'? Wait, was he playing that when he was supposed to be writing the chapter?!!
T/N: Sekiro sounds sort of like a color because it ends in 'iro' (color).
Black Bar: He's the actual hand-written manuscript
[Left the handwritten part as-is, don't redraw it.]
Heading: 'Apology Message' Full Text
[This is the exact same text from when he posted it originally so I'll just copy and paste my translation here I guess.]
I'm writing this late at night on Thursday, June 13th, and I have finally finished Gintama's final chapter. But, having gone past the point where we could get this out for the planned time on Monday, all of my editors over the years that had been ready with bundles of flowers to celebrate me finishing the final manuscript immediately tuned those bundles of flowers into weapons and pelted me with them one after another.
Just know, I whittled down my 3rd editor's posture gauge and stabbed my g-pen into his temple to get a shinobi execution when my 4th editor sprouted from his back.
Good grief. It seems like no matter what I do, there's no happy end for me.
...Nah just kidding. I'm really sorry about the repeated delays to all the readers out there that've been anticipating this. But the release date has only been delayed 3 days to Thursday.
After all my crimes of repeatedly having fake-out endings and delaying the final volume character book release date, I have no hope of recovery as a weekly manga author.
I've probably lost my chance of ever being in Jump again and I'll have to draw manga while fighting with death-row prisoners in an underground fighting arena, but even if that's the case, I have nothing for gratitude to all the readers and the motionless corpses of my editors laying at my feet for allowing me to reach the final chapter I wanted to draw.
Thank you all so much.
...Huh? This is kinda sounding less and less like an apology.
I'm really sorry about that!! So, yeah, the 20th! Please wait just until the 20th! This time it's seriously ending!
Let's meet again in the final chapter. See ya!
T/N: This is made up of a bunch of Sekiro (Shodows Die etc.) references.

Page 7:
Sorachi: But I really believed I could finish it in 5 more chapters!
Saitou: Weren't you at least nervous? You'd already announced 'Just 5 more' and there you were still drawing a gorilla wedding...
Sorachi: ...Well let me just say, we'd decided to move it to 'Jump GIGA' before that point...
Isaka: But we were discussing staying in Jump at least until Utsuro was beaten. We felt that it would be inexcusable to the readers if we didn't. The idea being the main story would be done in the main magazine, then 'Jump GIGA' would only have sort of an epilogue. But once the gorilla wedding started, that was kind of out the window. Like, what was Utsuro gonna do if he showed up here? The only way to do that final battle would be if he went down in one punch (laughs).
Saitou: Why did you put that gorilla story right in the middle of the ending there...? It was pretty entertaining, though.
Sorachi: When I was first writing the 2-years-later epilogue I showed them leaving and so I wanted to draw everyone coming home. But to be honest, I went a little crazy at that point and just figured it would be fine to just not end it and lose the place I was serialized at. As long as we could announce it in the volumes, then it would be fine.
Isaka: And then finally going to the 'Gintama App' for serialization was decided in pretty short order. We figured it would be nice to give a boost to the app side of things... But I think allowing an app serialization with no deadlines or page number limitations was a real error in judgement.
Naitou: Well the pattern of drawing new stuff just for the volume would've gone the same way.
Isaka: Well, I guess the volume and the fanbook's release date got postponed anyhow...
Sorachi: Well I found out about that from looking on the internet. I was just like, 'Oh, it got postponed'.
Isaka: I hid the fact that the deadline was extended, though. And then I got an email from Sorachi saying 'Hey, um, did they happen to postpone the release date? lol.' That was no lol-ing matter!
Sorachi: My ego-searching was pretty effective, I think!
Saitou: If you had all that time to ego-search, then shouldn't you be working on your manuscripts?!
Sorachi: I'm not ego-searching all the time! Just when I'm having a hard time and I want to be praised by someone! It's a reward! Honestly I've searched every word you can think of at this point! 'Sorachi Hideaki stylish', or 'Sorachi punk', stuff like that.
Isai: Well I can understand stuff like 'genius', but why 'punk'? Is that a compliment?
Sorachi: I'm at the point where being called a 'genius' isn't enough to make me feel anything! I wanna be called 'punk' and 'rock'!
Saitou: So you're not satisfied with just 'rock' but you want 'punk', too?!
Naitou: A real door-to-door search operation! (Laughs).
Saitou: So, what would you say is the biggest reason you kept going for 2, 3 more years?
Isaka: It's fundamentally the editor's responsibility.
Sorachi: But I told you before, I personally believed I could get it finished... That even fooled the editors.
Manabe: Just in the time I was your editor, you actually postponed the timing for the ending 3 times, didn't you? I can understand you realized 'This can't be the ending...' those times, but you kept saying you could so all we could do was believe you.
Saitou: I guess somewhere along the way it didn't feel painful anymore, huh, Manabe?
Isaka: Wasn't there a big problem with the final chapter in Weekly Jump because of the lyrics you put in it? We got permission from Konomi Takeshi-sensei before putting it in, but in addition to that there were lots of complicated rights issues... We got permission from the person who actually wrote the lyrics but apparently that wasn't enough.
Nakasaki: ...Have you ever thought about writing a song, Sorachi-san? You could offer it to an idol to sing and things like that.
Sorachi: And what would that get me?
Nakasaki: Uh, royalties, I suppose? You know, "Gintama" never had any character songs.
Sorachi: I don't really think about earning money on things like that. But if the author 'Sorachi Hideaki' thinks it's necessary, he'll do it even for free.
Honda: Ooh! That's so cool!
Manabe: Actually we came to Sorachi-san with questions like 'How about writing an essay?' and he said 'I'm a mangaka' and turned it all down.
Big Text: Joy and sorrow regarding the manuscript...
Naitou: So in the fanbook, we're going to put these rejected manuscript pages (*See figure 3).
Sorachi: The truth is I actually wanted to use more 'space' to tell the story. It was decided that the final chapter would have 59 pages, but when I actually did it it came out to around... 63 pages. So then I had to cut and paste parts of the manuscript and find a way to cut down 4 pages. And 4 pages is a lot you know. It was like cutting off my own arm.
Isaka: Yeah that's one of the drawbacks of the style where you set out on the manuscript without finishing the storyboard. ...When did you start doing that, do you think?
Saitou: Oh, he was doing that back when he was still working with Ohnishi-san. Though I can't imagine him allowing something like that. Actually this round table is a good opportunity to set the record straight on things like that.
Honda: A good time to proclaim, 'In my era, the manuscripts got done faster.'
Sorachi: That's a 100% lie.
Nakasaki: I remeber when "Gintama" had first started serialization... It must've been around chapter 5 or 6. And the manuscripts were getting done too late so Ohnishi-san got mad and said something like 'I'm not going to get the manuscripts anymore! You come and bring them to me!' And then Sorachi-san brought them all the way to the editorial department all while being steaming mad, too.
Sorachi: Yeah I really went at it with Ohnishi-san at first.
Nakasaki: When you first started the series you were sort of still a fresh newbie mangaka, but in those first few weeks you aged a whole ton at once, I remember.
Isaka: At first, the questionnaire results weren't good, too. You think Ohnishi-san thought the series wasn't gonna last long anyhow so he could be a bit more negligent? (Laughs).
Sorachi: It was only after the the series started getting on track that we were finally able to do preparatory meetings.
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Sorachi: Until that point we only had these sorta flighty meeting-like-things.
Isaka: By the way, just how much did "Gintama" actually stick to what you discussed in those preparatory meetings?
Sorachi: Well it went like that a few times... but usually when I was actually drawing it, that wouldn't feel right. Like when I was in the actual meetings, I would get excited and think 'It'll turn out great if I write it this way,' but that would be the sort of peak... Like then it would already be all done at the meeting. But after that when you're making it into the manuscript... it's like, it doesn't feel fresh anymore so it doesn't seem good. But sometimes I would just give it some time, let the joke sit for a while, and then use it.
Isaka: There's another reason why "Gintama" manuscripts were late so often. Normally when you're at the storyboard stage, before the manuscript is sent to press, you can give the text to the printing company and have them make progress on it while you do the manuscript, right? Somewhere along the line you couldn't do that anymore. I think Matsuo was the one who quit doing it.
Matuso: Was it me?
Isaka: At the time, I was doing the whole progress control of the manuscripts, and I got a sense of discomfort. After we submitted the manuscripts to the printer, for some reason "Gintama" would always take longer to get printed off than everything else. So when I asked about it, I found out that Matsuo had stopped sending the text in beforehand.
Matsuo: Well the text would change so much between the storyboard and the actual manuscript, so there wasn't much else I could do.
Sorachi: Speaking of which, I remember Manabe-san saying to me that I changed lines to much from storyboard to manuscript. But I couldn't help but always want to linger on the lines. Like it might be possible to make them funnier.
Honda: Though if I recall, changing lines at the last minute almost caused some accidents. Like some dangerous expressions...
Nakasaki: Like I'd told him intently 'You can't use this word'! And then he'd use it in the text later again.
Saitou: One time, when I was at shirayaki (*The final check before beginning the print) and I saw Katsura being run over by "a brand name product of a certain automobile maker", and yelling, 'Why would you think we could leave this in?!' (Laughs).
Sorachi: Well, you see, that's why I'm punk (laughs). ...But seriously speaking, I feel like I can't hit the breaks. Even if I'd been warned about something, it temporarily just exits my headspace.
Honda: I can understand that, but that's why you really should submit storyboards beforehand!
Saitou: When I took over as editor, as you might expect, I thought it wasn't the best situation. I know I asked if you could at least submit a storyboard on Wednesdays. And then I got a reluctant 15-page one. You gave it to me with an invigorated face saying, 'This can kind of work like a first deadline! It feels pretty refreshing!' But then the next week, you didn't give me a storyboard at all.
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Big Text: How about we talk about "Gintama"?!
Naitou: How long do you think you were planning for it to go at first?
Sorachi: Hm... I guess I thought I could probably keep it up for around 30 volumes. I was frantic getting through each week, I couldn't think about how long before I would end it. Though as a reader, I don't think I'd buy a manga that went for 77 volumes!
Everyone: (Big laugh).

Page 8:
Reference Figure (3)
The salvaged phantasmal panels cut from the final chapter!
Middle text: Based on the number of pages in the volume, the final chapter had an upper limit of 59 pages. But if you count up all the partially-drawn manuscript pages, it comes to 63 pages. Sorachi-sensei cried and cried over having to cut out 4 pages. Those cut pages were something like this!
[None of the handwritten text is legible]

Page 9:
Saitou: When you stop and think about it, it's really amazing that it's longer than Mitsuteru Sangogkushi. Longer than that magnificent saga...
Sorachi: But if you look at the manga world as a whole, series are getting longer, aren't they? The stories take up more space than older manga, too.
Nakasaki: Hm, is shoujo manga as a whole getting longer?
Saitou: "The Rose of Versailles" was just 9 volumes, right? But that's largely due to how much was packed into each page.
Nakasaki: But some things change as time moves forward. In order manga there were more monologues and parts that were harder to read.
Naitou: In one sentence, what would you say is the theme of "Gintama" as a series.
Sorachi: Theme...? Hmm...
Manabe: I've asked that before, and I believe you said you were wanting to draw a story where 'Even if your path has twists and turns, even if you go to all different places, in the end you come back to the same place.'
Honda: Sorachi-san is making a real puzzled look right now (laughs).
Sorachi: Did I say that?
Nakasaki: Ok, let's try this. How about each of the editors say what they think the theme of "Gintama" is?
Sorachi: Oh, that sounds good! I'm not really all that interested so is it okay if I go to the bathroom for that?
Everyone: (Laughs).
Saitou: This doesn't have to do with themes, but was it ever a challenge to have "Gintama" never use special techniques?
Sorachi: I was pretty on-edge right from when my series started. But like, I could tell that Gin-san wasn't the type of characters to shout out special attack names. Though now I really wanna shout stuff out (laughs). It's just so cool! After 15 years, I think I finally figured it out. I get it, I really should've had everybody shouting this stuff out. Those special techniques create a sense of rules within battles, don't they? There was a time when I thought instead of using special techniques in "Gintama", I'd have a kind of 'voice of heaven' narration to direct everything and make things exciting. Kinda like in "Baki". But somewhere along the line the style of performance changed so much it just didn't fit.
Naitou: Is there anything you'd say that's changed a lot since the series started? Like something you think you improved in?
Sorachi: After finishing the final chapter, the first think I thought was, 'In the end, I didn't get any better at drawing manga, did I...?' And really just felt as sense of defeat in that regard.
Isaka: Sorachi-san, you've been relatively less rigid when it comes to giving your assistants instructions, haven't you?
Sorachi: Really? Anyone have an example?
Honda: You give instructions like 'Make this pare a bit more HWAAH!'. That kind of thing.
Sorachi: That just goes to show how good my assistants are.
Manabe: I get the impression all of the assistants get their own reference materials and study as they draw.
Sorachi: Well you can look stuff up on a smart phone super easily, can't you? So you can kind of give them autonomy. That's why I see them all as invincible. They've got the skill to make it through any scene.
Isaka: Date (Tsunehiro)-sensei was your assistant for a long time. After that he went to work at "One Piece" and I know Oda-sensei took a liking to him right away.
Sorachi: He was easy to talk to. And he knew how to create a mood in the workplace.
Honda: He was good, fast, and persistent... A real triple-threat.
Saitou: I remember a couple times when Sorachi-san raised his voice to say 'Whose awful handwriting is this on this handrawn text?!' while he was working. And it was me that wrote it. And then Sorachi-san would say something like 'Saitou-san wrote it? Ah, well nothing I can do, then.'
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Nakasaki: When I took over as editor from Saitou-san, I thought there'd be no way I'd help out on stuff like that, but but a few weeks in he said, 'Would you mind grabbing this drawing pen for a sec?' (laughs).
Sorachi: Hey, I didn't like that either! Having a total beginner at manga touch a manuscript like that. But now's really not the time to be saying that, is it?!
Nakasaki: Well you were making me wait around 4 hours from the beginning.
Isaka: I remember I waited 13 hours on my first day. Then in the table of contents comment he wrote, 'I'll have it done in 12 hours next time!' And the following week he kept me waiting for 14 hours (laughs). I remember when I asked, 'What was it like with Manabe?' he said, 'Mamanbe-san was kind of like a zashikiwarashi, a protective household deity, so I didn't really notice much of a difference if he was here or not,' (laughs).
Manabe: But even you couldn't be that indifferent, Sorachi-san. I know there was a chair you recommended me to wait in. Though it was seriously uncomfortable so I gave it back to you pretty quickly.
Nakasaki: In my time, I sat on the floor.
Isaka: Do yout think Sorachi-san got better with dealing with editors?
Saitou: I feel like he basically thought of us as a 'manuscript delivery machine', no?
Sorachi: Hey, no I didn't!
Isaka: But he's surprisingly good at talking about manga.
Saitou: Yeah, that's true. I was pretty new, just into my 2nd or 3rd year as an editor at the time, when I became editor for "Gintama". And I learned sooo much about manga from talking with Sorachi-san. Talking with him was always such pure fun.
Isaka: I was only his editor for a little while, but but I heard a lot of stuff that's been beneficial. Like when I asked him about how to create characters, he said 'Well, you gotta start by thinking about limitations, right?' And that felt like it really made sense to me.
Sorachi: Yeah, it shouldn't start with 'What can the character do, what can you make them do?' Thinking about 'What can't they do' is the most important.
Saitou: You're incredibly logical when it comes to manga, aren't you, Sorachi-san?
Honda: Even if it wasn't manga, if I talked with him about movies or just talked about nonsense at a bar, the way he looked at things was so precise and insightful that I always felt like I was learning something.
Sorachi: I had fun with that, too. Because honestly I never wanted to be talking about "Gintama"!
Everyone: (Laughs).
Isaka: I remember a while back, I talked with Sorachi-san about 'what would be good' for Fujimaki (Tadatoshi)-sensei's next work. We talked for two hours and our imaginations ran wild, and I ended up going home without talking about "Gintama" at all (laughs).
Sorachi: Oh yeah, that was fun. I think we ended on 'a period drama from him would be great, wouldn't it?' Kinda like Inoue-sensei going from "Slam Dunk" to "Vagabond".
Isaka: 'Yes, you've got it! Well, goodnight!' (laughs). After that, when I talked to Fujimaki-sensei about it, we got into a pretty intense conversation where he basically said he 'wasn't all that interested in period pieces.' (laughs).
Big Text: Sorachi-sensei is really good!
Saitou: You know, Sorachi-san, you're insanely good at drawing sword fights.
Sorachi: ...You noticed?! Ya know, I don't think anyone's ever complimented me on that before! I set them up fairly often. And when they happen, the manga won't have any lines, and usually there's nothing to explain, so you can sorta read right through them without thinking, I suppose.
Saitou: Honestly the camera work and switching perspectives and all that is really good.
Sorachi: Well, a big reason I need to be so detailed with them is because I don't do any special techniques. So I need to pick up a lot of skills or they just wouldn't be that good. In the people that are serialized in the magazine right now, "Hinomaru Zumou" is really good in that area. Sumo moves are kinda dull and if you just watch matches normally, you don't really get a sense of awe, do you? So in "Hinomaru" he has to get each monologue and bit of narration right so you know what every thrust means, like what sort of emotions are packed into them. I had to do thinkgs like that, too, but when I realized it was too late.
Isaka: I checked some of the old questionnaire results from the early days of "Gintama", and in that episode in Lesson 9 where Gin-san and Hijikata fought on the roof, that got first in the rankings. So things were picking up. It was the first chapter where you'd done a proper depiction of a fight.
Sorachi: Uh, wasn't that just because it had the Shinsengumi in it?
Saitou: When you're setting up a swordfight, I guess you move through it spinning around the scene with the camera in your head, right?
Sorachi: Yeah, definitely. It really takes a lot of time and effort. I don't think anybody really realizes that. I get comments from readers saying stuff like, 'The serious parts are boring.' (laughs).
Matsuo: I guess you don't get much bang for your buck with those, huh...?
Saitou: Turning a video into a manga, that's a really incredible skill. A lot of pros really can't do that. Like even if they can do the camera in their head thing, they can't get it on paper without having some level of awkwardness.
Sorachi: Like you'll have a story you think is really good, say you take 20 pages to tell it, and then nobody understands what's going on! ...Though, I guess my manga's really the worst when something's not conveyed properly.
Isaka: I think the reality and entertainment value get through to the readers on a subconscious level.
Saitou: Like in the battle with Housen in the 'Yoshiwara in Flames Arc', you really did some incredible stuff there. Housen had this gigantic umbrella and he was up against someone with a regular-sized wooden sword. You had to make the swordfight work despite that big difference in weapons, but it worked.
Sorachi: If I'd had special techniques there, I wouldn't have had to go through all that strenuous effort...

Page 10:
Saitou: When newer authors try to do that, you get a sense that a bunch of time got skipped between panels. The movements don't connect into a series.
Big Text: What Created "Gintama"
Sorachi: I don't think I've really talked about this, but when I was in elementary school, I really loved Tajima Shouu-sensei's manga 'MADARA'. Having only ever seen the typical oblong eyes in shounen manga up to that point, the long and narrow eyes in that manga really made an impact on me. I copied that style a lot in my own drawings. And the girls' uniforms were cute, too. I really wanted to capture those qualities, but I couldn't do it completely.
Saitou: Now that you mention it, the way both of you draw eyes is kind of similar.
Isaka: I don't think there are many artists out there that've copied your style, though, Sorachi-san.
Saitou: I think the way you deliver lines has really affected people, though. I've even seen regular people mimicking it online. Like a 'Sorachi sentence structure'.
Sorachi: There's definitely some warmer reactions, but generally I see things like 'Gintama-talking isn't funny', so it's a bit complicated.
Isaka: I think 'total sadist characters' have become more prominent since Okita first appeared.
Sorachi: Yeah, but those existed on variety TV shows and stuff before then. I always have the TV on when I'm working, so I think TV and radio have had more of an effect on me than manga. I got hooked on the comedy team Downtown, to the point I'm listening to them on late-night radio all the time. And at the same time I got hooked on Shiba Ryoutarou-sensei's novels and some stuff like that. I think the mix of those opposing ideas is maybe what gave birth to Gintama.
Honda: People that are good at taking input from things outside manga often result in drawing better manga, don't they? Like people with a wealth of real-world experience.
Saitou: Is there any particular story in Gintama where you were able to use something you'd experienced in real life?
Sorachi: Uh, not really, not for "Gintama"... Though I did use one for a one-shot. The story about the girl who vomited (*Gorugo Izayo from the one-shot manga "13"). I don't think I can go too into detail on that though. I'll just say it was this pretty, cute young lady, and she would vomit just randomly sometimes. And one time she vomited up a whole grape... It was like, 'Woah, a Kyoho grape!' But at the time, I wasn't capable of being kind to that girl. So the idea of what would've happened if I'd been kind to her back then... that is what '13' came about from. Now that I think about it, the sense of helplessness from not being able to do anything when I was little just piling up over time may be why I ended up being a mangaka!
Honda: You know, our image is 'Sorachi Hideaki = Sakata Gintoki'.
Sorachi: Well, Gin-san is a character I made as a projection of 'objects of men's admiration' like in the TV show "Tantei Monogatari" (Detective Story) and things like that, so he's not me. Just to make the character expand a bit, I added some elements of me into him. Like the part about being more of a "Dragon Quest" guy than a "Final Fantasy" guy (laughs). I'm a really timid, doing-dumb-stuff-all-the-time type, so rough-types that don't sweat the details are people I admire and consider strong. Like the comedian Chihara Seiji-san. I bought his book, "Rough Power" (laugh).
Big Text: 4 Hours in, Ohnishi-san Joins the Party
Isaka: We were just on a really interesting topic. The common features between Sorachi-san and Gin-san.
Ohnishi: ...Common features ?
Isaka: As his first editor from when his serialization started, you've probably watched Sorachi-san more than anyone, right, Ohnishi-san? I was hoping you could tell us what similarities you've seen between Sorachi-san and Gin-san!
Ohnishi: Hmm, similarities... Uh, but isn't Gintoki more or less the personification of what Sorachi-kun 'admires'?
Everyone: Oooh!
Sorachi: We were actually just saying that exact thing. About how I want to become a human with zero delicacy.
Ohnishi: You already have zero delicacy.
Sorachi: ....Huh?
(*After this is about 20 minutes of completely unusable everyday chatter)
Saitou: Okay, so how about we bring the topic back to "Gintama". Sorachi-san, is there any character whose design you particularly like?
Isaka: I think "Gintama" has really excellent character design.
Sorachi: Really? That really makes me feel good to hear!
Isaka: Well if it didn't then you wouldn't sell any character merchandise.
Sorachi: Well, uh... Let me... put it this way. I kind of alllways had this sense that I wasn't good at character design.
Ohnishi: I remember the manuscript where Takasugi first appeared was incredibly late. And we couldn't wait any more so I tried to forcibly rip the manuscript away from you and you said 'Wait just one... last thing' and you hid one of his eyes.
Isaka: And that ended up being foreshadowing that paid off right before the final chapter, didn't it?
Sorachi: I remember with Takasugi, when I first showed his design to Ohnishi-san, you made a comment like, 'This guy looks like a college student!' At first he had this black cloak-like haori. He had an appearance similar to a college student in the Meiji era. He made fun of it so much I changed it to his current look.
Isaka: Ah, so that's why Ohnishi-san was boasting that he's Takasugi's birth father.
Manabe: Were you conscious of him being shorter than Gintoki at first?
Sorachi: Uh, well... to be honest, I just sorta drew him shorter for no reason in the first panel they were standing next to each other. But I figured, what the hell, so I left it. I don't think I thought about it all that much. But I do remember that I'd ego-search myself even back then, and I saw everyone's comments saying, 'Heh, so he's short.' So then I was like, 'Yes, that's right. He's short.' (laughs).
Saitou: But character height differences are really important!
Ohnishi: More passionate fans will do things like make images where all the characters stand against a wall with tape showing how tall they are in comparison to each other, won't they?
Saitou: What about Gin-san and the others' desigsn?
Sorachi: Well, uh, for Gin-san... I ripped off elements from a whole bunch of places, so I'm not really sure myself. The kimono and boots and stuff are like Sakamoto Ryouma's. I'm pretty sure having one arm outside the kimono was because I saw the package illustration of "Nobunaga's Ambition" and he only had one arm in the sleeve, and thought that was cool, so I ripped that off. But I think I was conscious from the beginning that it was a sort of Japanese and Western style clothing jumbled together. I feel like in manga, one look at a character has to be enough to tell stuff like what era it's set in, what kind of world is being built.
Saitou: The design for the Shinsengumi's uniforms came from "Castlevania", didn't it?
Sorachi: Yeah, that's right. "Symphony of the Night"! I'm into video games, so I got a lot from them.
Nakasaki: Honestly I'm impressed you're able to be so precise about how you designed every little thing like that.
Ohnishi: Gin-san's design was 'Ginko', wasn't it?
Sorachi: Ginko? Like, the female Gin?
Ohnishi: Ginko from "Mushishi".
Nakasaki: I do remember you having the volumes of "Mushishi" around since way back.
Isaka: They are similar, aren't they? Well, they certainly have those sleepy eyes, at least.
Sorachi: If I had to pick someone, I'd say Gin-san is most like Reinhard from "Legend of the Galactic Heroes". Reinhard has naturally wavy hair, too, right? I messed it up even more.
Matsuo: I figured that Gin-san had the naturally perm hair because you have a natural perm, Sorachi-san. No? In fact... I've got a natural perm, too.
Sorachi: I really don't think I was projecting myself with the design, honestly... Gin-san's prototype was Sanmoto Gorouzaemon in "Shirokuro". He was the protagonist of a shounen manga, so I figured I'd make his hair would be all fluffed up and aloof, but then I stuck the Reinhard in, and it became a lot limper hair style.
Big Text: This is what I like about "Gintama"!
Sorachi: One color illustration I really like is one where the Yorozuya are in sort of old Edo punisher-type outfits (*Page 284 of this book). I drew it for a center color page. Also the one where Kagura has a different hair style from usual and has her umbrella up, looking melancholy in the rain (*Page 305 of this book). I really liked Naitou-san's insert text for that one. 'There are days like those... yes?'

Page 11:
Ohnishi: Whenever you had to draw color double-page spreads, you always took a long time racking your brains over the composition, didn't you?
Sorachi: Well, yeah! 'Course I rack my brains over the composition! Once you get how to compose everything down, it's easy! With Jump cover illustrations, there's lots of restrictions so it's actually easier to decide on something. But for opening color pages, you can do whatever you want. So for that, you need to think about how you're advertising the current developments of the story.
Nakasaki: I remember when the first anime movie was greenlit, you had Gin wear these clothes like Charlie Chaplin (*Page 12 of this book). I remember being kinda moved by that one.
Honda: I really loved the illustration of Hijikata for the 'Baragaki Arc' color page (*Page 19 of this book). That image really pulled me in and the story really moved me.
Matsuo: This one is the first color manuscript page that was done after I'd become editor (*Page 21 of this book). ...Here is when those hellish days began. With the movie...
Ohnishi: Whenever the manuscript was late, he'd just not think at all and do a big group shot (laugh).
Honda: I remember Sorachi-san once told me 'I have zero confidence in my color pages, so I at least want to make the readers happy by putting lots of characters on them...'
Saitou: Sorachi-san is pretty quick to downplay his own drawings, but I actually think he has excellent color sensibilities.
Honda: You can always tell he went for a theme in each one.
Isaka: By the way, which characters would you say you have the most attachment to?
Sorachi: Well that'd be the Yorozuya, obviously!
Saitou: Seems like could make a pretty immediate decision for that one, huh? But I get the impression you have an interest in Hasegawa, too.
Sorachi: I like Hasegawa, too.
Manabe: When I was reading the final chapter, I actually forgot he existed for a minute until he showed up in it... that was a really funny scene!
Sorachi: I have a kind of warped attachment to Hasegawa, but since the basis of the series "Gintama" is the three members of the Yorozuya.
Ohnishi: But chapter 2 was about Hasegawa, right? He appeared before Kagura did.
Sorachi: To be 100% honest, that's because I originally had a plan for Hasegawa to join the Yorozuya. Basically when I was thinking about the composition of the Yorozuya with Gintoki at the top, I felt like they needed someone to sort of lower their degree of freedom, so, I felt there needed to be an adult character in the mix. So I felt like that if Hasegawa were at the top of the organization, then Gin-san wouldn't be able to do whatever he wanted. In the end it just felt like he 'didn't fit' so I scrapped the idea (laughs).
Saitou: The questionnaires for chapter 2 had you in *th place. So maybe that choice was the right one. By the way, chapter 3 was *th place.
Ohnishi: Chapter 1 was *th place. That was a pretty harsh number for a new series. But maybe because he had expectations for it, the then editor-in-chief Sasaki-san let it stick around. I remember after the new-series meeting ended, Sasaki-san tapped me on the shoulder and said 'Ohnishi, about "Gintama"... it JUST made it!' (Laughs).
Isaka: I heard this from Sorachi-san at the time, but you weren't really in a rush, right?
Sorachi: It's odd. I just sort of had confidence. Like, 'Well, I don't think it's gonna end.' Honestly, I don't think I understood the situation I was in all that well. Ohnishi-san didn't really go into it that much with me.
Ohnishi: Yeah, I did? I talked to you about all sorts of things! ...Like, with the 'flower viewing' story (*Lesson 17).
Sorachi: Oh yeah, I remember the 'flower viewing story'. I had a lot setup for it, and all the characters that had been introduced so far appeared all at once. It was the first center color pages I got.
Isaka: In that chapter you lept up the rankings all at once and the first printing of volume 1 sold out.
Ohnishi: Well, yeah it sold out, but we only printed like 30,000 of them, right? "Death Note" printed around 200,000.
Sorachi: Well that was Shueshia's responsibility! But still, I was really happy. Getting the expanded printing right away like that felt good.
Saitou: Speaking of which, Ohnishi-san, your claim that it's my fault that "Gintama's" manuscripts started getting late, right?
Sorachi: It was right around the chapter that Hamuko appeared in (*Lesson 12). After that my progress really fell apart.
Saitou: See! That's totally still during the era Ohnishi-san was editor! Why you gotta lie so much?!
Ohnishi: ...Yeah, but the root cause behind the evil deed of destroying the schedule is this guy!
Sorachi: Huh?! I haven't seen you in so long and I'm 'this guy' now?! What the hell?!
Isaka: But Ohnishi-san, don't you always say 'The one responsible if an author's manuscript is late is the editor'?! I know you really emphasized that to Manabe, right?!
Honda: So you were just doing that to look superior and put your kouhai in their place, huh?! (Laughs)
Big Text: On what Sorachi-sensei is doing 'from here'
Sorachi: Well what am I gonna do next...? I don't really have anything but manga, so... Yesh. I think if I'm writing my next work, this time I'll draw a 'growth type' protagonist. Gin-san was already grown from the start, he's not really the type to grow bigger. ...So, yeah, the kinds of protagonists in manga that sell like crazy are all 'growth types'!
Saitou: Do you want to draw a shounen manga for your next series, too?
Sorachi: Yeah, I think so. If I went to a seinen magazine, I don't think it'd be that well received there. Once you get into seinen manga, dirty jokes become the norm.
Nakasaki: So you think there's value in having done "Gintama" in a shounen manga, huh?
Sorachi: Well, I thought it might be a good to be thrown into a place where I'm not comfortable. It might actually be best for me to go to a place like "Corocoro Comic". But I think I've more than proven that even changing to a monthly schedule won't make me stop breaking deadlines any less, so I guess weekly. It's more flashy.
Ohsaka: So you're not into the idea of doing some sorta 'extreme erotic' thing, then. Maybe 'clothed erotic' would be more up your alley. Strategically, anyhow.
Sorachi: ...Wow. I work my ass off drawing manga for 15 years and then I get told 'try some clothed eroticism'.
Everyone: (Big laugh).
Saitou: If I were to pick something I'd like to see Sorachi-san tackle just once, it'd be a manga without any gag elements.
Isaka: What?! You'd just clip his wings like that?!
Saitou: Yagi Norihiro-sensei did "Angel Densetsu" and followed it up with the serious manga "Claymore", didn't he?
Honda: "Claymore" was good.
Saitou: I have no idea if Sorachi-san can make a serious manga good or not, I just kind of want to know if he can.
Sorachi: But uh, what would be in it for me exactly? And I don't think the readers really want that either?
Saitou: Well because of the anything-goes nature of Gintama's world, you always had lots and lots of choices, right? Like whether you wanted to do a comedic story or a serious story. So if you then limit yourself to serious, then it might create more consistency.
Sorachi: I mentioned this before, but for my next work, I want to make use of a "voice of heaven narration". Also I might have some special techniques and screaming. I'll keep screaming dirty jokes until I die.
Nakasaki: So the more extreme version of that is to just do kamishibai, picture story shows, right?
Saitou: I can see the rumors spreading now. 'These this incredible kamishibai, you've gotta go see it!'
Honda: Even if it's not a kamishibai, any story Sorachi-san can broadcast to kids, I'd want to see. Imagine like a slightly grown kid reading it. Like an elementary schooler admiring a 2nd year middle schooler and wanting to read what they wrote.
Manabe: Personally, I'd like to read a picture book written by Sorachi-san.
Sorachi: A picture book, huh...? I actually feel like I might over-do that. It'd be like a guy who acts mean drawing something for kids.
Isaka: Then there's dipping your hand into writing prose... Sorachi-san, do you think you're the type who'd be okay with just writing the story but not doing the art yourself?

Page 12:
Sorachi: I'd be totally fine with that! I don't have all that much love for my own drawings...
Matsuo: I think original writer is probably the worst pattern for you. The artist will end up dead by the time you finish the 'conclusion arc'. And nobody wants to have to deal with that disaster.
Sorachi: But I don't think 100% of the nuance will get across that way, so I think it's gonna need to be my art, too. I'd be saying stuff like 'Giving it this deformed look isn't right...'
Isaka: Are you thinking of heading straight into serialization again? Or are you thinking of maybe doing something else, like a one-shot or a mini-series?
Naitou: I've said to Sorachi-san he should just rest for a bit. Meanwhile I've been thinking of all the work I'd like to see him do and I'm planning out all these projects in my head.
Sorachi: The idea of trying to tackle something I've never done is interesting. ...Naitou-san, that plan you brought with you, that was pretty interesting. Such, like, bright new ideas!
Naitou: I felt it might be a good idea for him to get himself out there in some way besides with manga. Sorachi-san is the type that'll die if he doesn't keep moving. That includes the time spent idling when he's doing a weekly series.
Sorachi: I personally don't really feel like taking a break either. I like being busy.
Matsuo: I know you hate essay projects, but maybe for example, an interview with someone, and then you record those words in a new book... You could make a book like that. You could make it about your responses to frustrations in the world or something like that. We could call it 'Sorachi Hideaki's Manga Philosophy' or something like that, I think that would turn out great. You writing pure text would probably take you a similar amount of time to drawing manga, so maybe we could do it with someone else doing the actual writing for you. It would be kind of like this round-table discussion we're doing here. If we had you talk in this kind of format, we could pull out all kinds of interesting conversations. If we just turned that into book form, I figured it might sell. I think just one hour of data-gathering could fill enough for a series in a weekly publication.
Saitou: But, whatever form it ends up in, making your next work is going to be really difficult. Even if you draw the same kind of comedy manga, you can't wipe away the image of the 77 volumes of "Gintama" all that easily.
Sorachi: That's true, this would be my '2nd work', wouldn't it...? My first work being "Gintama" is gonna really loom large.
Isaka: What's the first editor think?
Sorachi: Oh yes, please, first editor-sama.
Ohnishi: I'm on the other side of the fence. I think it's fine for you to just do the same thing. It would be pretty misleading to say you were doing the same thing. But I think something like what 'Adachi Mitsuru-sensei' did would be good. As in, having a style that changes as time goes by, but the foundation of your work always staying the same.
Sorachi: I kinda get the feeling that no matter what I write, it'll always have a 'Gintama smell' to it. I think that comes with "Gintama" being a kind of 'has everything' series.
Big Text: And lastly, any final words!
(*Ohnishi has taken his socks off and started sitting on the sofa grasping he knees like you'd do in gym class.)
Isaka: You sure like to get barefoot in a hurry, huh, Ohnishi-san? You're the only one I know who'll take their socks and shoes off first thing once you get to an author's work place.
Sorachi: He'll also open the fridge the first chance he gets. 'Is it okay if I eat this? Can I drink this?' All that.
Ohnishi: Well we've been doing this for hours now and I'm tired! How about we start wrapping up with any last words we want to give to the fans. Have any?
Sorachi: Huh...? Well that should go without saying. When I was drawing "Gintama", I'd intended to draw will full strength, but looking back on it now, I think I only brought out about 20% of it. I had this heavy iron ball in my G-pen. And I spend all my time ego-searching. In all that time I can't forget, I powered up. Now I think I can make a new work for everyone that's more punk, rock, classcial, and jazz. I'm gonna sell more than eveeeer!! (Laughs)
Isaka: Okay, then how about each of us give a few words to Sorachi-san? While I want to say beforehand that I'm certainly looking forward to Sorachi-san's next work no matter what it ends up being, I'm not personally interested in seeing a growth-type protagonist drawn by Sorachi-san, actually...
Sorachi: Huh, really?!
Isaka: If you have a character like Gin-san next to you, I think it just about works. If they're in a team like Sena and Hiruma or Ippo and Takamura...
Sorachi: C'mon, it'll be fine. I know about all that kinda stuff! All that's all stuff you figure out beforehand!
Isaka: Okay, then I'll be looking forward to it! Also, my position is moving around, and if I end up in charge of "Gintama" remix, then I'm hoping you could draw 5 new pages for us!
Sorachi: ...Uh, 5 pages, that's gonna be tough (laughs).
Isaka: I know I was only your editor for a fairly short period of only 1 year, but I'd really like to work with you again, so here's hoping for the future!
Manabe: I think of all your editors over the course of the series, I was your editor longest after Ohnishi-san. I know I probably annoyed you in a number of ways, but honestly I learned a lot from you. Since then I started as an editor in 'V Jump', and if Sorachi-san wants to do some work with a video game with me, I'd be delighted.
Naitou: For me, my relationship with Sorachi-san is still 'from here'. My tenure as his editor was the shortest. If the start of his new series is 1 year from now, then I'll set my goal on one year from now and do my best as we head towards it. I'd like to drop in on the studio every once in a while and talk about things with Sorachi-san. Meeting where it's okay if there's no storyboard, we just have some fun... And after a little of that, we can go back to those hellish days.
Matsuo: I was a newcomer at the Weekly Jump Editorial Department and the first editor job I got was with "Gintama". Right from the start I suddenly broke a bone and caused you a lot of problems. I think I'd rather... forget those more difficult parts. I'm a shoujo manga editor now, but while I wouldn't call it a romantic comedy manga, I'd like to read another one-shot like "13" where you draw some of the subtleties of humanity sometime. And I'm not giving up on that new book plan, so I'd love it if we ended up doing that together.
Honda: I don't think the saying 'once on shore, we pray no more' quite applies, but now that we've reached this point, I look back on my time as editor of "Gintama" with only fun memories. It's been 5 years since then, but if I can work with Sorachi-san again, then I have a feeling we can make a work that's even better than what we were making back then. And if Naitou-san dies in action or something, then I'd like to go back to being his editor again, so I hope he'll have me.
(*Nakasaki-san is totally drunk and has fallen asleep.)
Isaka: Look at this old dude, he's out like a light (laughs)!
Saitou: Please just write 'ZZZZZZZ...' for his part. Okay, I'm next then I guess. I've stepped away from the manga department, so while not quite what Manabe was saying, I think I could come up with a game project plan that fits the type of author Sorachi-san is really well. And this is somewhat just for my personal tastes, but I'd love to product a sort of 'Philosophy of Creative Writing' from him. I think a book that brought together the thoughts of three great authors with the best language skills of the ones I've worked with, Togashi (Yoshihiro)-sensei, Asahira (Daisuke)-sensei, and Sorachi-sensei, would be a great thing to leave for future generations. Okay then, Ohnishi-san. Please leave us with a nice image to go out on.
Ohnishi: Nice?
Sorachi: You sure about that? I kinda think we've given an image of a bunch of kids from the boondocks.
Ohnishi: What's that supposed to mean?! ...Ok, well, let's see. Sorachi-kun has been drawing manga for 15 years now, but I don't get the sense 'his talent have been exhausted' at all. I think there's tons more entertaining stuff he can come up with. So I'd like to say this: I want you to hurry up and draw your next work! But without getting too worked up about it, I think if you just draw something you think is good, then that should be plenty.
Sorachi: Heh. I see. Well, I'll do the best I can.
Everyone: Well done!
Side Text: (Total recording time, 6 hours and 30 minutes)

Page 13:
Title: Year 3 Class Z
Ginpachi
Sensei
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Guys: Staaand!
Bow!
Sign: Sugar Content
Gin: Okay everybody, listen up. The story finally made it to the final chapter.
So that means you idiots that've been repeating grades over and over again are finally graduating.
And on that note, here is our new transfer student, Sorachi Hideaki-kun.
If anyone has any questions for Sorachi, now's the time to ask.
SFX: NOSSHI
Kon: Sensei!! What do you mean, questions?! How can we hold a conversation with a gorilla?!!
Gin: Huh? What? What's he saying? All I hear is UHO UHO. I don't get it.
Kon: Huh? With me, too?!
Tae: Sensei, I feel that a school with two gorillas is no longer a school, but more of a zoo at that point.
Can I go home?
Gin: Okay, I got it. Kondou, Sorachi, Otae, all of you go back to your cages.
Shou: Sorry.
SFX: GAH GAH GOH
Shouyou: I can interpret if you'd like, Sensei.
Gin: Uh, you're the sensei, Shouyou!
Shou: Having repeated school years for an eternity, I've learned his language.
Gin: Someone whose repeated school years for an eternity is just an idiot, Shouyou.
Someone: This is Kondou-kun's question:
Why did this rare disaster for all of Jump history, two fake-out final chapters and numerous delays happen?
Gin: Good question, Kondou-kun.
Kondou: I don't remember asking a dangerous question like that, Sensei! I think this guy really is an idiot!
Handwritten: UHO UHO
Gin: Mhm. Mhm. I see... Is that right...?
Someone: Sensei, do we not really need an interpreter then?!
Gin: Okay, well it's a rather delicate topic, so he says he'll say why while wrapped in a banana peel.
Kondou: Sensei, please wrap it in a sugar coating!
Gin: Something like this.
Bubble: I was playing SEKIRO
Someone: Sensei, that banana peel isn't doing shit! I can see SEKIRO bursting out of it!
Gin: It's not a banana, it's Isshin sticking out of Genichiro's back. That sure looks tough to deal with.
Someone: Please stop talking about SEKIRO or you're gonna get flamed online.
Gin: Are there any other questions?
Someone: Sensei, I'm scared, so I can't!
SFX: ZUH
Kagura: Yes, Sensei.
So as of the end of the story, Sakata Gintoki's birth is still a mystery. What happened with regards to that?
SFX: GATA
Kagura: Among readers, there's a theory that since he has silver hair, that he might be half Amanto.
Gin: Okay, then is purple-haired Sacchan half old Osaka lady?
Sacchan: How rude!! What does half old Osaka lady even mean?!
Kyuu: Calm down, Sarutobi. You're not an old Osaka lady. You're only half. So you're more like an old Nagoya lady.
Sa: So I'm still an old lady?!
Hiji: Oh, I know. Silver haired men...
Sougo: are half old Sugamo men, right?

Page 14:
Gin: Unfortunately, that's not correct either.
Handwritten: UHO UHO
Gin: He says he wants to keep the reason as to why Sakata Gintoki's hair is silver a secret to all of us, and he'll only talk about it wrapped in the banana peel.
Like this.
Text: Because it's a manga.
Someone: Sensei, that was just a totally blunt answer! C'mon banana peel, do your job!
Someone: Okay, does anyone else have a question?
Sensei, please just give it up! You're just making yourself look bad! 15 years of hard work is going up in smoke...
Handwritten: Yes!
Utsuro: Then I will turn everything to the void with this question of destruction.
Someone: Sensei, this doesn't look good! Shouyou-kun's other personality, Hensachi Utsuro-kun has activated! He sounds like he's gonna ask a question that's no joke!
T/N: Hensachi = Standardized test scores.
Utsuro: Sorachi-kun, I ask you this question...
are bananas considered snacks?
Someone: Aah, Shoyou-kun took back over!!
Utsu: Don't get in my way, Shouyou!! What I want to ask is...
are bananas considered royalties?
No, bananas are snacks.
Someone: It kinda looks like both of these two have garbage questions.
Utsu: Bananas are royalties!
Shou: Bananas are snacks.
Gin: Someone stop these two... or maybe stop this "one" idiot would be more accurate. Anyhow, any more questions?
SFX: GAH GOH GAH
Zura: Sensei, what even is Oba-Z anyhow...?
Gin: Man, you don't give up!
Someone: Sensei!
SFX: GARARA
T/N: The question about bananas is a cliche question asked in elementary schools.
Taka: So, at the end,
did I die? Or am I alive? Which is it?
Someone: Takasugi-kun!
It's Takasugi-kun, the one who was in that vague life-or-death state at the end of the manga!
Gin: ...That obviously avoided giving a clear depiction to give people hope.
Or are you prepared to accept the truth, no matter how cruel it may be?
Taka: ...Yes.
Sorachi: Then I'll be completely upfront. I just sorta didn't want to spare the pages for it. Er...
Rather than sticking in stuff about Takasugi, I decided I'd rather put as many gags in as I could. So I figured that was enough...
Someone: You can taaaalk?! Go wrap yourself in a banana peel!!
Gin: Okay then, so, either way works, really.
But if you really wanna know, how about we have a vote to determine if Takasugi is alive or not?
Someone: Don't decide someone's life or death by voting!
Gin: So that kid's exposed ass in the final chapter. Was it a revived Takasugi's ass? Or was it some abandoned kid we don't know's ass? Vote on whichever ya want.
Text: Takasugi's Ass
Unknown's Ass
Forget that, let's play SEKIRO
II [Two talleys]
Someone: Sensei already put two votes in!
Gin: Okay, let's go with Sekiro then.
Handwritten: Me, too!
I wanna play, too!
Shin: ...Sensei.
One vote for everyone being dead.
Text: The end

Page 15:
Box: Sorachi Hideaki's Handwritten Comment
Right Page Text: Thank you so much for purchasing the Gintama Final Fanbook Koujien. This is a spoiler for the volume, so I kept this hidden at the end, but I'm gonna talk here about the end of Gintama on the pretense that everyone reading this read the final chapter.
Originally, my plan for the last page was the 'backs' of the Yorozuya as they were running away. The idea being that a hero was someone who did what they had to do, and then left like the wind. I like characters that can talk with their backs, and I figured there are a lot of protagonists in shounen manga who have have grown up with the readers, so the story ends with the hero's now-grown backs burned into their memories as the leave. And even with the sadness that entails, I don't think it would be exaggerating to say I started drawing manga wanting to do that, too. But after I thought about it for a while, Sakata Gintoki just didn't seem like the kind of person who would do that. Like even if his back were there facing you, he would run out of things to say with his back and then start flapping away with his lips. Also, Gin-san isn't really a growing protagonist. He's an adult character standing just a bit past where the readers are, so seeing his 'back' is something common and fundamental for readers. So to just doggedly show that back again and leave the readers behind just didn't sit right with me. That's not how he is, he's gotta go back to where the readers are, I thought. So it's not a back that's breaking through the final chapter and leaving, it's him running back home towards the readers.
Left Page Text: And when I made that last scene, I realized that I had broken through lots of deadlines and done two fake final chapters.
I'm very sorry for making everyone wait so long. And thank you all for waiting around for the very end. Thanks to you, I was able to say goodbye to the Yorozuya in a way that didn't feel lonely. If I were to ask for something, it would be for everyone to leave just a little space in their hearts for them to always be there, being the same idiots as ever. Nothing would make me happier than that. Okay, then. See ya!
Signature: Sorachi
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/44090 [English] [Translation] Gintama Omake 77 by kewl0210 2019-08-03T01:16:41+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama Volume 77 Extras Translation by Kewl0210]
Author Flap:
Top: Sorachi Hideaki
Text: The final manuscript and my career as a mangaka are both finiiiiiiished!

Page 2:
★This is a work of fiction. It has no connection to any real people, groups, or events whatsoever.

Page 3:
Title: Volume
77
Nobody with a Natural Perm is a Decent Guy

Page 4:
Top: Gintama Volume 77
Contents: Lesson 686 Even for Villains, There Are Things That Are Okay to Do and Things That Are Not Okay to Do
Lesson 696 Cheap Sake
Lesson 697 A Myriad of Threads
Lesson 698 Beyond the Final Chapter
Lesson 699 Gintoki and his Comrades
Lesson 700 Steel Heart
Lesson 701 Homing Instinct
Lesson 702 Fate
Lesson 703 The Right Eye
Lesson 704 Nobody with a Natural Perm is a Decent Guy
[Leave the bottom as it just says CONTENTS again]

Page 26:
Thank you so much for purchasing Gintama volume 77. And I'm so very sorry about making you wait such a long time for it. It's only thanks to everyone's warm comments cheering me on that with this volume, Gintama has finally reached its conclusion. I've finally broken through the goal tape and collapsed on the ground covered in blood. Thank you all so much.
So, while I did reach the end, the path to getting there was a horror that I have trouble describing. I broke every last deadline like I was breaking through all the sliding paper doors of the houses of everyone in my big family. Like the one hoodlum kid that's in every big family, I caused tons of problems for all the readers and industry people. But nevertheless, because of the kind of person I am, like the daddy of a big family, I turned defiant and churned out this massive thick volume unlike anyone's ever seen. I really am
so very sorry!!
To all those alive right now,
I'm so very sorry!!!!!
To the whole of creation across the entire universe
I'm so very sorry!!!!!
To Big Daddy
I'm so very sorry!!!!!!
To very sorries,
I'm so very sorry!!!!!!
[The I'm so sorries get bigger as it goes along]
Bottom: (Continues on Page 46)
T/N: The Big Daddy here refers to Hayashiya Kiyoshi, a businessman who's nicknamed Big Daddy and was on a documentary series featuring his big family.

Page 46:
So now that I'm giving an out-and-out I'm so very sorry... Huh? What even is "I'm so very sorry" I've repeated it so many times the words feel like they've lost all meaning. I'm so very sorry about this, but that's going to have to be it for the I'm-so-very-sorries. I'll use fantasy imagery to try to convey to you this utterly disastrous state of affairs. The hero Sorachi that was not able to defeat the Demon King after fighting for 14 long years in Jump had learned the extension-magic spell (Giga)dein and vowed that this time he was really going to beat the Demon King and made his way into the Demon King's castle. You all know that part, right? Okay, so, the hero's partner this time was Editor Isaka Level 33, and he was a pretty tough guy, somebody who'd fought on the legendary Grand Line. The type that'd be out there smoking a cigar with a calm look on his face even if he only had 3 HP left. So as the hero was asking stuff like 'Hey, so, this is all ok? For real?' as he was getting more and more brazen and rapid-fire casting Gigadein until he reached the save point right before the fight with the Demon King, which is when he realized his MP was at zero. 'Well, Tough Guy Ikasa Level 33 must've brought some items with him, right?' thought the hero as he turned to look over his shoulder. And there he saw Iksaka Level 33 smoking a cigar in a coffin. Er, actually the whole screen was kinda filled with coffins. There was just a long-ass line of coffins leading all the way back to the hero's far-off hometown of Aliahan. It was at this point where Hero Sorachi realized. 'I see... So the Demon King... was me, all along.' That's the story of February when it didn't end in Giga.
Bottom: (Continued on page 68)
T/N: Gigadein is the Kazap spell in the English Dragon Quest games. In Dragon Quest when your allies die they follow behind you in coffins. There's a hometown called Aliahan. But you don't need me to explain the Dragon Quest games, right? If you've read up to this point then you've had the equivalent of playing the entire 11 game series.

Page 68:
So there you have it. Not Hero, but Demon King Sorachi was actually somewhat aware of what had transpired. When Tough Guy Isaka Level 33 had said 'Sir, just leave your back to me... HEEE!' he had let out what sounded very much like a scream at the last moment.
And before that, when Editor Manabe Level 3 had said 'Sorachi-san, we will be by your side to the very end... HEEDEHBU,' he'd clearly said HEEDEHBU.
And even before that, when Editor Naitou Level 31 had said '..................', he didn't actually say anything at all, all he did was be a corpse on the ground.
Sorachi had pretended not to hear their screams and pressed forward. And when he'd finally turned to look behind him, the weight of all the coffins was so massive that he couldn't move forward anymore. But that's all with regard to Sorachi when he was a hero. Once he'd become a demon king, there was no stopping him. Since he wasn't a hero anymore, he couldn't equip Erdrick's armor or Erdrick's sword anymore. So he was now buck naked with nothing but a cypress stick at his crotch and the coffin with Isaka Level 33 in it as a shield as he ventured on to the final battle all alone.
'I may no longer be able to go back to being a hero that fights in Jump, but such things no longer matter. As long as I have at least one reader left, even if I have to use toilet paper as a manuscript, I must fight to the very end. Bwahahahahaha!' he said.
And then a rotted Isaka Level 33 jumped out of the coffin and said, 'Kishishi! Oh great Demon King, I have the perfect item for one as evil as you!' After which he coughed a stinking, bloody, vomit-soaked item from his mouth. It was the forbidden demon tool, App Serialization.
Bottom: (Continued on page 120)

Page 120:
After having done so many evil deeds and no longer even being able to form a party anymore, Sorachi had become a demon king. But when his old comrade had still stuck with him despite become stinking Isaka Level 33 and then used this app to keep him alive, Demon King Sorachi could not let his efforts go to waste. I fought hard and postponed the final chapter twice. Even postponing the volume and fanbook in the process. I'd become an exemplary Great Demon King. A Great Demon King, also known as 'scum'.
An app, by its nature of being serialized online, meant that if I wanted, I could break deadlines like crazy. For scum like me, it was truly a forbidden demon tool. With magazines, it has a physical product that has to be shipped and physically sold all over the country, so there was no way a deadline could be moved. But with an app, you're free to decide the day it goes out on your own, and the deadlines are flimsy at best.
And sure enough, if you put scum in a situation like that, he'll take full advantage and stretch everything to the nth degree. Even the cypress stick at my crotch was soft and limp. But while I fought and fought, my attacks just weren't getting past his defenses, and rotted Isaka Level 33 was constantly casting Thwack at me. Darn it! Just one more! If I can just get one more attack in, I can win! What do I do...?!! Just as he was mired in a desperate situation that seemed to have no way out, from behind the scum came a huge cloud of Sweet Breath!! As the Demon King (enemy) cried out in agony and was halted in place, the Demon King (scum) turned around to look at what was behind him. There, he saw crawling out of the army of caskets, rotted Oonishi, rotted Saitou, rotted Jellybeans, rotted Babakonga, rotted Naitou, and rotted Manabe. The editors that had made Gintama with me during its many years had stood up.
Bottom: *The 3rd editor, Nakasaki, was rotting off in Hokkaidou for work.
(Continued on Page 122)

Page 122:
There's an urban legend that says when a series in jump ends, all the editors that had had a hand in it over its run come to get the final manuscript, congratulate the author on a job well done, and present the author with flowers. But whoever would've expected they'd come to the studio of a mangaka that had been chased out of Jump?
'Quick, while our Sweet Breath has the enemy restrained! Gooo, scum!!'
'Those fools, poking their noses in where they don't belong... Blast it, my eyesight is getting foggy...' So then I roused by cypress stick and in a bright flash of spirit...
'Take thiiiis! My finaly attaaaaaack!!'
I launched an attack with all my might right at the demon king's forehead! DODOOOOOON! With an eart-shaking thud, the demon king's massive body fell to the ground, I received 360,000 experience points, and I picked up seven or eight blank manuscript papers. Er, well I forget if I picked them up or not, but there were seven or eight blank pages left. If the rotted editors from the whole run of your series showed up and they seemed like they were ready to pick up the final manuscript right at that moment, even having bundles of flowers behind their backs and surrounding you, what course of action would you take if you still had 7~8 totally blank pages? Well, I decided to break my right leg.
Bottom: (Continued on page 174)

Page 174:
Now, in this situation, an amateur scum would break the bone in their right hand and say 'I can't draw manga anymore!' But of course nothing that convenient would just happen like that. They'd catch on to the lie in a heartbeat. But if you broke your *leg* and then couldn't draw because of the *pain* it was causing, it would come off as way more real. So I said just hold on for one hour for now, and said things like 'Aahh, dammit!' to look like I was trying to put up with the pain in my leg as I was drawing. And then an hour later, you say 'Ah, darn. Sorry, looks like it's gonna take a little longer. Would you mind leaving for a bit? I need to concentrate for this. Why don't you go get something to eat?' So you give off this feeling like you're annoyed at yourself and chase the editors off, and that's when you chain the door. Then you just turn your phone off and viola, confinement complete. It depends on how fortified your house is, but in my case I'd bought 6 or 7 hours. Then you call and say 'Oh, sorry, I forgot the battery in my phone ran out. But I'm all ready now.' and it'll take them two hours to get everybody together there again. At this point, the already rotting editors would now be totally rotted down to liquid form. Down to unrefined sake. Yeah, that's the mature thing to do. Then I was able to hand over the completed manuscript with total peace of mind.
'Sorry I kept you waiting so long. Tehh.'
'BLUB BLUB BLUB (You made us wait too long and now all the flowers are wilted!)' and so I was hit with a with the dried-up flowers you can see on the cover flap.
Oookay, moving on...
Bottom: (Continued on page 220)

Page 220:
So, how did you like my depiction of that disaster that was really brutal even despite my fantasy spin on it? It's a pretty embarrassing story so I thought about just running away without touching on it, but I figured after causing problems for so many people, I just couldn't do that, so I went on for quite a while about it. I'm so very sorry to anyone who was made uncomfortable by that. So as you read, I committed a few acts for which it wouldn't be unusual for me to be disqualified from being a pro and get kicked out of the industry. I might be scolded for writing something like this, but it's been nearly a year since I left Jump, and while this past year of being allowed to keep going until I had an ending I was happy with was difficult at times, it reignited a feeling I'd lost track of in the hectic days of weekly serialization. It reminded me of how I'd felt back when I was a no-name, newbie author, drawing manga just because I liked doing it. And for that, it's time I'll always treasure. So to the editors and everyone involved who risked life and limb to set that up, to my staff who cut years off their lives to make Gintama with me, and most of all the readers who waited so long for me, I want to say thank you from the bottom of my heart.
It's thanks to all of you that I was able to go back to being just a gorilla that likes manga. I feel like starting it all again from being buck naked with nothing but a cypress G-pen. But the series royalties, those I'm never letting go of.

Bottom: (Continued on page 294)

Page 294:
Okay then, thus concludes the final volume of Gintama, uh, and in fact all of Gintama itself. I didn't talk about the actual story at all, but I've already thrown all my emotions into this manga.
I'll leave the rest to the Yorozuya.
And last but not least, I want to say these words packed with love, gratitude, and penitence to everyone that supported Gintama these past 15 years.
Thank you-corn poooop!!
Signature: Sorachi
Bottom: May we meet again someday.

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/44059 [English] [Translation] Gintama 704 by kewl0210 2019-06-21T08:03:55+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


Welp, we made it.

[Gintama 704 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Title: Lesson 704
Nobody with a Natural Perm is a Decent Guy
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
SFX: GO GO GO GO
Zura: Gintokiii!!
Takasugiii!!
Can you hear me?!!
Where are you right now?
Are you all right?!!
We've seized the ship.
And the remaining enemy is starting to flee. They've been completely devastated.
But the terminal is still out of control.
It's only a matter of time before the terminal collapses, taking this ship with it. We have to escape right now!

Page 2:
Saka: Zura, we can't just run!
If the Terminal blows, then the Altana is just going to go even further out of control!
I dunno if even the whole planet will be able ta hold!!
If we wanna survive, we have ta do somethin' about that!
Zura: But... is there even anything we can do?
Someone: There... is.
Zura: !
Someone: Would you mind...
leaving this... to me?
SFX: ZAZAZAZA ZAZAZA
Zura: Who's that?
You...
SFX: ZA ZA
Shou: I'll use the enemy's weapons.
This mess is happening because they extracted too much Altana from the Terminal.

Page 3:
Shou: So if we hit that with equal energy from this side, the two forces should cancel each other out.
And as for this massive amount of Altana that's been sucked out of the Earth,
I'll destroy the weapons and make it flow back into the Terminal
by using the Altana inside me as a detonator.
But even if that stops the Altana from running out of control,
I doubt the Terminal will make it through in one piece.
SFX: ZA ZA ZA ZA
Shouyou: Can I entrust getting everyone to safety to you,
the brightest prodigy of my school?
I do not want there to be... any more victims.
SFX: ZA ZA
Shou: I know I can count on you.
I want all of you
to live.

Page 4:
SFX: ZAZAZAZA
Shou: ---As you heard,
you all must hurry out of here as well.
I will isolate this area in order to keep the damage to a minimum.
Shin: Shouyou-sensei, you...
Handwritten: GEHO HO GO
Shin: Sensei!!
Handwritten: GEHOH
Shou: ..........
Ironic, isn't it?
That I, someone with eternal life that they didn't even want, would end up pressed for time.
But in this little life I have left,
I have thanks to him.
And I know
what meaning that has.

Page 5:
Shou: I am a feckless man who could not even protect his disciples.
SFX: GO GO GO GO
Shou: But that is why
all of you
must protect the future
that they spun.
SFX: DOON
SFX: GO GO GO GO
SFX: GO GA GA
Shou: Perhaps the thousand years of my life
was all for this moment?
It's the first time I've thought
that I'd like to keep living...
SFX: GOHU
Shou: Please, let me have
even one second more...

Page 6:
Shin: One second isn't nearly enough.
Shou: !
Shin: Even if that's all you have on your own,
Kagu: if everyone joins their life spans together,
you should at least have enough to see the faces of your idiot disciples.
SFX: ZA N
Shou: Y-You!
Shin: We're sorry, Shouyou-sensei.
But we just can't leave you like this.
If we did that,
we just wouldn't be the Yorozuya anymore.

Page 7:
Shin: We told you, didn't we?
Kagu: The Yorozuya does its job until we take our exorbitant reward money.
So if there's a future for us,
it's not one that someone gave to us.
Taking our future
with our own hands
is what the Yorozuya is.

Page 8:
Shou: You two...
SFX: ZA ZA
Guys: ---Then we'll stick around, too.
SFX: ZA ZA
Guy: Those religious folks were scrounging up Altana from all over the place
trying to find a way to make themselves immortal or whatever, right?
If we throw all that in,
not only will you be able to see their faces, you'll even be able to bop your idiot disciples on the head.
Shin: You guys!!
Han: Uh, how are we gonna throw it all at him? Ta be honest with you, even my cell phone is a pretty old model.
Zaki: Yeah, I just can't keep up with new technology anymore.
Han: This coming from the guy whose whole body is a machine?!
Nobume: If it's about cell phones, leave it to me.
Sa: Machines are like people. When they don't listen to you...

Page 9:
Sa: this is what you do!
SFX: DO DO
SFX: GOGAAA
Han: Uh, hey! You bunch of unruly girls!
If you're gonna be that rough, forget fixing blocked signals,
even Siri would snap and start showering us with abuse!!
Tsukuyo: It'll reach.
With all of these feelings united together,
even without any sorta cell phone, I'm sure they'll reach.
SFX: GOGAA DODOO

Page 10:
SFX: DO DOOO
Guys: Wh-What is this?!
A large amount of Altana is flowing in here!!
Shin: Shouyou-sensei, if you're going to destroy it, now may be your only chance!
Kagu: Sadaharu, we protect Shouyou, yes?!
Shou: ..........!!
All of you...
Why...?
Why...?
SFX: DO O N

Page 11:
Guys: Yo.
You sure took your time.
You took so long we were thinkin' 'a just leaving you here.
Gin: You guys...
Hiji: Getting citizens to safety is part of the police's job.
Kon: Seriously, with guys like you that never know when to give up around, it really makes our job tough.
Okita: We'd rather not all drop dead with you so I guess we're gonna have to all go home together.
Hiji: Now get the hell up.
Let's go.

Page 12:
Zura: ----Gintoki,
It's up ahead.
Most likely, that man
and the rest of the Yorozuya are up ahead from where you are.
So if there's anything you have left undone, you'd better hurry up with it.
----Got that?
Zura: Because the brightest prodigy of Shouka Sonjuku has been entrusted with getting everyone home safely.
Everyone's already taken shelter at this point
besides you no-good brats that is.
Gin: ..........
Zura, Takasugi is...
Zura: Sensei may not have known,
but back then, there was another no-good brat
who would cover up for for you two and wipe your asses for you
whenever you made mischief.
Isn't that right, Gintoki?
His... Both of your final work of mischief...
Until your asses have been wiped,
I cannot move from this spot.

Page 13:
Gin: Zura.
Zura: So whether we live or die, we'll do it together.
So whatever it takes, we've got to get you home alive, Gintoki.
Saka: Relax.
Even if I gotta go
all the way ta the depths of hell, I'll make sure ta rescue you guys.
So
go ahead, go hog wild.
Enough for his part, too.

Page 14:
SFX: ZUH
SFX: DO FU
SFX: BIKI BIKI
Shou: -----Gintoki,
SFX: OOOO

Page 15:
Shou: These ones here
are like you are to me.

Page 16:
[No text]

Page 17:
Shou: On that day
when that immortal demon
met you,
met all of you,
he became human, Yoshida Shouyou.

Page 18:
Shou: On that day
the little demon with the sad eyes
met a whole bunch of people
Guys: GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!!!!!

Page 19:
SFX: DO N
Shou: and became human,
Sakata Gintoki, didn't he?

Page 20:
SFX: DOGAAA
SFX: DO DO O O
Guys: SHOUYOU-SENSEIIIIII!!

Page 21:
[No text]

Page 22:
Gin: Shouyou,
I always wanted...
to show you.
A whole lot happened to me
since then...

Page 23:
Gin: I've been running a Yorozuya
with these guys.
Shou: ...Yes.
I see that clearly.
SFX: KAH

Page 24:
Shou: Yorozuya
Sakata Gintoki,
you've become...
such a great person, haven't you...?

Page 25:
[No text]

Page 26:
Computer: Data transfer complete.
Good morning.
Fuyou No.0.

Page 27:
Tama: Where am I?
Girl: Gengai-sama's machine storage vault.
You suffered damage in the war, resulting in a long time asleep.
I have been accumulating data in your place during that time. I am a replica of you, Tamako.
Tama: My apologies... My circuits are still in a state of confusion...
How long
have I been asleep?
This is
Edo?
Tama: No, it is now called Tokyo.
After overcoming the war, Edo made major expansions and was reborn.

Page 28:
Tama: If it were not for everyone's strenuous efforts, Tokyo would not exist as it does today.
I see... So the world regained its peace, did it?
...Though it seems that
the world which I know is not here.
Just what happened to everyone since then...?
You already have the answer.
Someone: -----san
Tama-san.
Tama: !
Someone: When did you awaken from this sleep?
and obtain that data?
Tama: Is that Shinpachi's voice? From the old Edo?
Shin: Even now, I do not know
what we fought against, what we won against,
or what we lost to, but...

Page 29:
Shin: we came home.
To Edo.
Do our daily lives.
But
after I saw that somewhat-lonely smile on Gin-san's face,
I finally felt it.
The scale of what we'd taken back
and the scale of what we'd lost.
I guess he's
not home.

Page 30:
SFX: NURU
Shin: NGYAAAAAA
Where the hell are you sleeping, Gin-saaaaan?!!
Eww! I stepped in vomit!!
I was just thinking I hadn't seen you in a while and you were out drinking, weren't you?!
Gin: Sheddehp. This's my house. I decide when I come home 'n where I throw ubruhbruhbruhbruh
Shin: HEYYYY!! Don't get this place any dirtiurbrubrubru
Gin: What're you doin' bein' all high-and-mighty sitting in my seat of honor anyhow?
Shin: What're you talking about? I've been propping up the Yorozuya as its leader while everybody was away.
Handwritten: I couldn't hold it in.
Shin: You said yourself that you were going to redo everything from a bottom-rung employee, didn't you?
Gin: I did not! I said you should redo those dumbass glasses frames!
Shin: No you did not! Why don't you go redo everything starting from your father's ball sack!
Gin: Why don't you go redo everything starting from your father's glasses case?!
Shin: You're making me out to be just some dad's glasses at this point!! And anyhow, if you're gonna sleep, don't do it in the office, do it on a futon, please.

Page 31:
Kagu: Do not intrude in a lady's roooom!!
SFX: DOU
Kagu: How many times do I have to say it before you understand?! This is not Gin-chan's room anymore, yes?!
This is the room of the vice president of the company, the one who came back here second!
SFX: DOGASHAAA
Shin: Uh, well the vice president just kicked the president's lights out.
Kagu: Yes well a company president is really nothing but a decoration like a tiny mustache, yes?
Most of the real power is held by the Gouriki-san. In every world it is the physically strong ones who rule.
Someone: Uh, Gouriki-san isn't actually physically strong. And isn't a company vice president.
T/N: "Gouriki" can mean a strong person but Gouriki-san is a nickname for actress Gouriki Ayame.
Kagu: We can shove a good-for-nothing like that into a closet.
Shin: Um, miss super-strong, it looks like the closet was occupied, too.
SFX: GARARA
Gin: Enough already you guys! Where the hell am I supposed to go?!
At this rate I'm gonna have to start marking this whole place! RRRRR!
Someone: I'll kill you, bottom-rung!!
Shin: ---But the reason we're able to keep going like nothing's changed at all
SFX: DOGAAA
Shin: is because us three humans and one dog are here together.

Page 32:
Otose: Sheesh.
After two years I thought you might've earned a lot of rent money,
but from what I'm seeing now, it looks like you spent those two years doing nothing but picking your nose.
Gin: Any inquires about rent should be directed to our new company president.
Shin: Please don't just push stuff onto me when it's inconvenient for you.
Kagu: Okay, let's leave it to leader! I will take the right nostril, Gin-chan will take the left nostril, and we will leave the rest to Shinpach.
Gin: The only thing you guys are digging up is snot!
Otose: Honestly, I had just been thinking that Shinpachi and Kagura had grown up so much,
but with you back, everything looks just like it did before.
Cath: I guess it's true what they say, one rotten apple spoils the barrel.
Gin: I'm a fan of the sugary type that comes in cans rather than in barrels.
Gengai: I see. If they're in a can, then even if they rot, it's pretty hard fer it ta spread anywhere.
Gin: Could you not start with the assumption that I'm rotten?
Kagu: Everybody makes fun of each other, but I didn't ask why.
Umi: You don't need to ask stuff like that!

Page 33:
Umi: Okay, then let me ask you something.
Why do you think I crossed the universe to see you?
Kagu: Because you are going bald.
Umi: No, nothing to do with going bald!
Kagu: Are you perhaps going bald down there? ["down there" in italics]
Umi: I said it's not about baldness!
There's no reason.
You don't need a reason to see your family's face.
It's just like that. You don't need a reason to stick around here on Earth
and work at the Yorozuya again, right?
So, for no reason,
that trouble-causing idiot older brother of yours might come back, too.
Shin: When Umibouzu-san said that, the view of his back seemed just a bit lonely
and it also seemed to be balding.
Otose: ---Well, whatever the case,
as long as you pay me the rent, I've got no issues.
The world seems to be in a new era or whatever.
But there doesn't seem to be any talk of it being more prosperous, is there?
Guy: As you can see behind me,
the reconstruction of the Terminal has progressed quite a bit.
No matter how many hardships come our way, as long as we have the spirit to never give up,
we'll be able to rise from the ashes again and again.

Page 34:
Soyo: So I truly hope that all of you will come alongside me...
Someone: Soyo-sama, my apologies, but we would very much like to ask
about the assassination of former Prime Minister Donald Zurump.
There are rumors floating among the populace that it was orchestrated by you
in order to remove Mr. Zurump and gain his position.
SFX: PIKI
SFX: GARA GARA GASHAN
Nobu: If you think that the princess is the type of person who assassinates those that hinder her agenda,
then I hope you're prepared to disappear hear and now.
SFX: GYAAAAA
Guys: HEEEEEEEH! M-Murderer!!
Handwritten: Yyyup.
Reporter: I knew those rumors were true!
Shin: It was those two that restored Edo after it had been met with chaos and disorder again.
Handwritten: Grrrr
Shin: After Princess Soyo took over Zurump (Katsura)-san's job, she restored Edo through some brilliant political finessing.
And Nobume-san could always be seen by her side.
Actually, not only her,
I'm sure those two were also always by her side, too...

Page 35:
Shin: And one other person that nobody could ever forget...
Handwritten: HU HA HA HA
Zura: Fools!
The one known as Zurump could not be done in by little girls such as these!
That man is alive!
Even with his soul wandering as a spirit, he still watches over this country!
Do not forget, Zurump is always watching you!
And if you forget yourselves and stray from the righteous path, he is sure to come to hand down divine punishment!
The Departed Spirit Patriot,
Oba-Z...
SFX: HYUUU DORO DORO DORO
T/N: This is a joke on Oba-Q, short for Obake no Q-Tarou. A 70's manga about a ghost.
SFX: BUCHIN
Gin: ---And after that, Katsura-san died.
Shin: Don't just take over the narration and kill the guy off!!
And anyhow, it hasn't been established that that's Katsura-saN! Even though it obviously is!
Gin: Yeah but that idiot's as good as dead. Just let me kill him off. And anyhow, what've you been mumbling about? You almost done?
Shin: You could hear that?! That's actually really embarrassing!!

Page 36:
Shin: Uh, I thought I'd just make a record for Tama-san...
Gin: What, are you trying to forcibly tie everything together through narration because it's the final chapter?
That's way too long-winded and dull! You're seriously devoting pages to that idiot?
Both the readers' and Tama's minds are gonna start drifting when they see that. Ya gotta be more concise with this stuff.
Lemme take over for a bit.
---Tama,
a lot's happened since then... I'm not sure how to convey it all to you... But there's one thing I'm sure I want you to know,
everyone died.
Shin: Don't try to tie it all up with thaaaat!!
Gin: What's the problem? Everybody dies eventually.
Shin: That's way too broad!! I'm sure Tama-san wants to know what happened directly after the war!
Kagu: Gin-chan, Shinpachi is right!
I would feel bad if Tama was the only one who did not know what happened.
I want to tell her about every last thing that happened to me and what I felt about them when she was gone.
The rolled omelettes were delicious.
Shin: Where'd you get that from?!! That's the most who-cares thing I've ever heard!!
If you're gonna go over all your impressions of breakfasts you've had, this final chapter alone is gonna be longer that every volume of Kochikame combined!!
Gin: After Kochikame ended, Jump always felt kind of lonely.
T/N: Kochikame is a long-running Jump manga that ran for 200 volumes and ended in 2016.
Shin: We don't need your impressions of what Jump was like without Kochikame!!
Gin: Jump died, too.
Shin: Don't put another one of those here!! You're gonna get people confused!!

Page 37:
Narr: Did you see that?
Someone: ?
Narr: If people do not have others observing them, they will degenerate to the point they're so depraved that they'll even fake a final chapter.
Someone: Hey, who's that?
That wasn't me!
Narr: The world needs 'eyes' that spans across different eras and always watches a country and its people.
The only one that can do such a thing is a God, a divine spirit... No,
only the Departed Spirit Patriot, Oba-Z can-
SFX: GA N
SFX: GA KAH
Gin: Because we ignored him like that, he managed to sneak his way all the way to this thing!!
Kagu: That is true, but now we have taken care of one person at least. Who is next?
Shin: Don't use force just to get to an ending where everyone's dead!!
Narr: ---And that would be his final straight-man bit.
Shin: No it's not, I'm not dead!!
Narr: It's okay, I won't off over the narration.
As you saw before, Zurump's political power has been inherited by the next generation.
And along with that, the once-defunct Shinsengumi has had their status restored.
Matsudai: I'd like ta say welcome back, but the world you've come back to isn't such a welcoming place.
It's a battlefield.
If you've got any feelings of excitement or nostalgia, throw 'em away right here.
The one thing I ask is are you prepared to die?

Page 38:
Matsu: Then drink until
ya drop deaaad!!
Narr: They never take a break from their fight.
So that the taxes on the citizens do not go to waste, they keep on fighting all day and night.
There are times in those days where it feels like they may face defeat,
but it's all right.
Because they have her with them.
With having her own shop now in addition to managing the dojo, she's been very successful as a businesswoman.
Sister has become quite a person of influence in Kabuki-chou.
In the past, she would be non-commital to Kondou-san's advances,
but now...
she seems to be both a public and private source of strength to him.
It makes me feel a bit lonesome, but if it's for my sister's happiness, I suppose it's all right.
Maybe after the numerous battles I've been through, I've become an adult as well?
HEEY!
How 'bout you have a taste of an adult straight-man bit!!
SFX: GOH

Page 39:
Shin: So it was you that started impersonating me and started narrating up a storm of things that didn't happen.
What the hell are you people thinking?! That you can just spout a bunch of blatant lies and get away with it because it's the last chapter?!
Narr: Ha, ju~~~st kidding. I just can't help but butt heads with my brother-in-law whenever I run into him.
Shin: Hey, I'm standing right in front of you! Are you psychotic?
And Sister, why are you participating in this final chapter fraud?!
Tae: Huh? I'm not doing anything.
I just...
Hey, Gorilla. Didn't I tell you that the next time you showed your face in this shop you'd be charged triple?
Shin: Wait so under the narration there was some outrageous statements being made?!
Kon: Yes, you've been very clear about that, Otae-sama.
My wallet... no, the national treasury is yours if you so desire.
Oh, and please accept this.
Tickets to the B'Z live show.
Tae: Oh, Gorilla dealer, you are evil indeed.
Kon: No, no. Not as much as you, Otae-sama.
Shin: This is just a scene of massive corruption!
T/N: These are cliche lines of the "evil magistrate" character archetype.
Someone: I'm sorry... I guess I sort of hid that with the narration, huh?
The tears wouldn't stop flowing down my face. He really is the only one out there I could ever entrust my sister to...
Shin: Yeah, I don't think so!
Gin: Geez, what the hell? You just used three pages being the same idiots as ever.
Okita: Sorry, Boss. But I think it's for the best.
I don't need to do any sorta final chapter shams, as long as I have an everyday life like this.
Gin: Ooh, looks like you're really getting into a conclusion. Okay, end it in the next panel. Just commit seppukue, that'd really tie things up.

Page 40:
Narr: We were back to our normal everyday life. But for the Shinsengumi, that was just the beginning of a new battle.
Check out this quick preview of the, the new series 'Shinsengumi Sword-Wind Notebook' starting next issue.
Shin: Forget ending, that sounds like they're starting a whole new series!!
What the hell do you mean next issue?! After that whole fake-out ending catastrophe this manga got kicked out of Jump!
Narr: With the start of their new adventures, just who is their enemy in this new battle they are facing?!
Shin: This isn't new at all!! We've seen this tons of times!! Don't just come butting in again!!
Narr: And just what is the Shinsengumi's new weapon?
Someone: Yamazaki-kun, in the process of your revival, your personality was split into 108 parts...
Shin: Hey, what the hell happened, Jimmy?! Did he get into another convoluted mess?!
Narr: Will the Shinsengumi be able to protect Edo from creepy idiots?
Grave: Hijikata Toushirou
Okita: There's a lot of difficulty that comes with being Vice Chief.
I'm really getting a sense of what sorta hardships you went through.
But... I swear I'll support the Shinsengumi for your part as well,
Hijikata-san.
SFX: GO PAA

Page 41:
Gin: So in the end you did a sham ending, too, dammit!!
SFX: GARA GARA
Hiji: Quit slacking off on the job, you assholes!!
Or I'll have you commit seppuku for failing in your bushido!!
Okita: Hijikata-san, today's the last chapter. Even if we do do our jobs, we won't get paid for it.
Look at Yamazaki. Him and the mecha-zakis are playing me-kabaddi.
Handwritten: Me-kabaddi!
Me-kabaddi!
Me-kabaddi!
Hiji: Ok, what the hell even is me-kabaddi?! And who the hell is mecha-zaki?!!
Gin: Hey, hey, Vice Chief!
SFX: GAH GOH GAH
Gin: We get it! It's clear as hell that you guys don't have any ability to wrap things up.
So for now, just take this.
Okay, now strike a pose!
All right, now just hold that!
Handwritten: WHSPR WHSPR
Hiji: WRAP IT UUUUP!!
Why the hell do I have to strike a pose!? And what was that look you just gave me?!
Narr: The Shinsengumi was... like that.
Hiji: Like what?! What the hell kind of wrap up was that?!

Page 42:
Tae: No need to be so grumpy, Hijikata-san.
We've got everyone together in the same building like this, so why don't you take it easy just for this final chapter?
Hiji: A policeman's job doesn't have a final chapter!! Even at times like this...
Kyuu: I see... So it's a policeman's job to yell and cause a commotion in people's shops, is it?
Then perhaps I will do my job as well.
Hiji: !!
SFX: JAKI
Hiji: Oh yeah. Something like this's happened before, hasn't it, Kyuubei?
All right then. I held back before, thinking of you as a woman.
But now I know there's no need for that.
Kyuu: I'll show you what my job is!
Serving fruit! Now say ah!
Handwritten: AAH
Someone: Wait, you're a cabaret girllllll?!
Tae: I asked her to come over and hang out, but she felt bad for us having to do all the work, so she volunteered to help out.
Kyuu: I came up with a way to serve customers without getting close to men! Now my becoming the No. 1 cabaret club girl isn't just a dream!
Hiji: Don't let her serve customers with a personal-space sharp sword!!
Tae: This is a legitimate battle strategy!
In cabaret clubs, it's pretty common to serve customers from really close distances,
but I heard that in Yoshiwara, they have a trick where if you act cold and distant to customers it actually makes them crazy about you!
SFX: DO DO DO DO

Page 43:
Tsuku: I cleaned the place up fer ya, Otae.
Shin: Forget cold and distant, she's coming in with long-range strikes!!
Sa: MUHMFF
SFX: GOBOO
Sae: Gin-hya...n. Sto...
Someone: And I have no clue what this one is even trying to do here!!
Tsuku: Kagura, you look like yer doin' well.
Kagu: Everyone came, yes?!
Guys: Yeah,
everyone.

Page 44:
Hanzo: Sheh sheh!!
Well, ya said ta come hang out, so I came!
But looks like there's not a single ugly girl here! What's the deal?!
Here you are, si~~~r!
SFX: GASHAN
Someone: Sheesh, what a calculating bunch.
Everybody swarms together just for the final chapter.
Tae; But now we can all wrap things up through narration, right?
Shin: Uh, what kind of wrap-up would that be?
A wrap up where everybody has fun with each other and gets dead drunk?
Gin: ........
That doesn't sound too bad, really.
I think that'd suit us just fine.

Page 45:
Narr: ----Yup,
same as always.
That might be the best phrase
you could use to describe us.
Shin: Hey, pull a yourself together
Gin: What makes you think I don't got myself together?
I'll show you. Want me ta recite all the Dragonball enemy characters?
Shin: Uh, I think saying that is proof enough you don't have yourself together!
GIn: Doctor Gerororororo
Handwritten GYAAAAA
Someone: Hey, miss!
Ten more servings just like this one.
Hey, hey. Maybe you aught ta leave off there.
Abuto: We don't have any huge groups backing us up or any financial muscle to fall back on now. Our organization's dirt poor.
Think about the ones managing our finances, won'cha?
Kamui: But this planet's food is so good!
And anyhow, you said to get a good meal before a war, right?
Abuto: War? We ain't got the money for that.

Page 46:
Kamui: Okay,
we'll save the fun for later, Miss.
I promise next time
I'll come for the Earth.
Abuto: Geez, another huge goal, huh?
You may not have money, but you've sure got dreams.
What about your little sister?
Kamui: I'm gonna beat her, of course.
Abuto: Again with that? Two years ago you were talkin' about going to train, but I know you were just hovering around your little sister.
Kamui: I think that's a certain old man that just looks like me that you're talkin' about.
Abuto: Don't talk shit, you dumbass.
Sign: Noodles
Zura: Y-You did well to spot me, huhahahaha!
Yes, I, Departed Spirit Patriot Oba-Z, am watching over you all at all ti-
Handwritten: GYAAAAA
SFX: DO DO DO DO

Page 47:
SFX: PINPOOHN
Sakamoto: I know it's been a long time since I we've been in contact,
but how are you doing,
Chintoki-kun?
Paper: Sakamoto Tatsuma
Saka: I'm flying around outer space, same as usual.
Space really is a great place. When I look out at the vastness of space, I forget all my troubles.
Why don't you come out with me for a space trip next time, Mantoki-kun?
Now then, the reason I'm writing to you right now is that there's something I want to tell you.
On that day,
I promised I would save you,
but the moment I saw that collapsed Termina, I honestly thought you were dead, lololol.
I'm not just saying this or anything,
but back then, it wasn't me that saved you.
I think it was that person.
I believe that after pouring everything into the Altana and disappearing,
he became a part of the Altana and protected his disciples through it all.

Page 48:
Saka: So
there's no reason to feel lonely.
Your master is surely here and there all over this Earth
and he will always be watching over you.
To my dear friend,
Chinmanbuku-kun.
P.S.
This is something I heard when I met up with Zura the other day.
The remnants of the Kiheitai
were making some odd movements.
Someone: Dragon Holes?
Takechi: Yes,
I heard she was traveling around to each of the Dragon Holes across different lands.
Zura: Just who is she pretending to be? That's exactly like...
Takechi: I suppose she couldn't forgive him.
That man... making Sakata Gintoki carry everything.
Or herself for not being able to do anything.

Page 49:
Takechi: She was thankful
to once again be able to see the smiling face of that man, imprisoned by death.
And
she said that now, it was her turn.
Zura: .........
Take: Takasugi's corpse was swallowed by the Altana.
But there isn't the slightest chance for him being resurrected like Utsuro was.
That was something like a miracle that occurred because Utsuro had been born from the Altana.
Still, I don't mind.
This is our, the Kiheitai's,
atonement.
Zura: Takechi, don't tell me that you're also going to...
Take: ..........
Zura: Would you
stick around with me a bit?
SFX: RIP RIP RIP
Saka: It is my belief
that there is no such thing as miracles in this world.

Page 50:
Saka: And that all things that happen in this world
have causes, and happen for logical reasons.
So I do not think my saving you
was a miracle.
People: Why did someone abandon it
in such a place?
This must be
the divine wrath of Ryuujin-sama!
Saka: And I do not think that a master protecting his disciples
is a miracle.
I believe that is
something only natural.

Page 51:
Grave: Shimura Ken
Otae: Oh, you came, huh?
It's been a long time since the two of us came to see father.
Is there something you wanted to tell him?
Shin: No.
Back then,
Father looked up at the sky of Edo and sighed,
but I was just thinking that this sky that always looks the same
looks different right now, doesn't it?

Page 52:
Shin: After all,
we know
that everyone
is under this sky.

Page 53:
Shin: Even if it's covered in clouds,
in our hearts
and under that sky,
everyone
is always there.
Page 54:
Shin: So, Tama-san,
even if where you are now
is beneath a sky you don't recognize,
even if where you are now
is below a sky without us,
please don't cry.
Because we
are always with you
beneath your sky.

Page 55:
Shin: Yes, if you believe,
we
SFX: GARARA
Shin: will break through worlds,
eras,
and panels
to be there
to wipe away your tears.

Page 56:
Tama: Let's go.
Shin: After that, those girls
lived in this era.
The world was, at that time, the golden age of machines.
Humans' jobs and places in the world were taken by machines and the leading role of the world was changing.
They found happiness
and humans
became unemployed.
Every last one.

Page 57:
Hase: And when everyone is unemployed together, no one is.
Joblessness became colorless.
And so even the jobless could find happine-
Tama: Hasegawa-san?
SFX: BUWAH
Guys: You're doing a sham final chapter, tooooo?!!
SFX: DOH DOH DOH
Gin: You asshole! What kind of final chapter did you feed Tamako?!
Kagu: Heeey, do not go moving the world into later eras on your own!
Hase: Nah, ya got it all wrong!
I quit being a hero, but then when I tried to get a new job, I couldn't find anything!
SFX: GAH GOH GAH
Hase: And then I just happened to mumble something to Tamako-chan about how nice it'd be to live in a world where everybody was unemployed!
Tama: My apologies.
It would seen that there was an error in my data.

Page 58:
SFX: CRCK CRCK CRCK
Gin: Yo. You still half asleep, Tama?
Eh, that's okay. We've got an urgent job to do, so get fully woken up by the time we get back.
There's no need
for us to wipe those tears away, right?
Kagu: Gin-chan, what is the urgent job we have to do?
Gin: Oh yeah. What was it again?
SFX: DO DO DO
Shin: Whadda you mean, what was it?! You said it was urgent! Did you already forget?!
Gin: Uh, do you remember, leader?
...Uhhhh...
SFX: DO DO DO
Gin: Well, whatever it is, we'll get it done.
After all, we're

Page 59:
Gin: the Yorozuya.
Top Left Sign: Gin End
Middle LEft Sign: Gintama - The End
Right Sign: Bar
Gin
End
Bottom Right: Gin
End
Bottom Insert: Than you so much to all the readers that've stuck by these 15 years!!
The final volume, volume 77, will go on sale August 2nd (Friday) with a massive 360 pages!! And at the same time, the final and largest character book 'Koujien' will go on sale, containing lots of new drawings!!!!

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/44055 [English] [Translation] Gintama 703 by kewl0210 2019-05-26T21:29:23+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

Well, it looks like there's just one to go after this.

[Gintama 703 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Utsuro: Two years ago,
Title: Lesson 703 The Right Eye
Utsu: when all of you denied me, I said to you...
as long as you continue to live,
tragedy will only recur.
This is the result of the path you chose.
Here, you have no friends nor masters.

Page 2:
Utsu: All that is here
is the void: Utsuro.
T/N: The word Utsuro means void/hollow.
I must thank you.
You did well to make it all the way here
working with that one who had taken in some of my blood.
Not knowing
that I was within it.
Not just in him. In all of those that received my blood,
I sprouted in them and my ivy coiled around them
as I waited for the moment where we could become one and I could take myself back.
And,
through gaining Yoshida Shouyou's blood, it finally happened.
The world now once again
faces the blooming of the flower of despair.
SFX: MEKI MEKI

Page 3:
Utsu: It will not be long now before the world is swallowed by the dragon and ends.
And the one person that can stop it, Shouyou, is no longer here.
But as you are now,
can you accept that fate?
You, the man that once cut down his master to save his friends,
the man whose master was once cut down by a friend,
even after having experienced each other's pain,
your struggle has been futile and your tragedies have only repeated.
In the end, you could not change a thing. You could not accomplish anything at all.
...I can hear his, Takasugi's, voice quite well.
He said we have to
quickly put an end to everything.

Page 4:
Utsu: You feel the same way, do you not?
Gin: ...........
Yeah.
I feel the exact same way.
SFX: GAH
Gin: Let's end it with this...
Utsuro, even without these nice little lectures of yours,
we've known about our own powerlessness for a long time now.
So we made a vow.

Page 5:
Gin: Even if it meant combining the strengths of these powerless swords that clashed together so many times,
we would take back what we lost on that day.
And we're not
going back on our word.

Page 6:
Utsu: You still unsheathe that sword?
Even with no reason left to fight with the world ending as it is?
That vow has long since been broken
by the hand of none other than your friend.
Or do you perhaps want to at least avenge your master at the very end?
So after your master, you'll cut down your friend next?
Gin: ...Utsuro, unfortunately that's not the kinda friends we are.
But there's one thing he knows better than anyone.
No matter what kind of tragedy that guy goes though,
he would never say something as admirable as 'I just want it all to end'.
In times like that, he says things like this...

Page 7:
Taka: I simply
destroy,
Utsuro.
I'll destroy the rotten world
where you're still swaggering around carefree.

Page 8:
Utsu: What is this...?

Page 9:
Utsu: Why am...
I here...?
What...
What is this...?
SFX: BUSHII

Page 10:
[No Text]

Page 11:
SFX: MISHIH MISHIH
Oboro: Utsuro,
You're not
the only one in this blood.

Page 12:
Utsu: Sh-Shouyou...
Where did... his corpse go?
Gin: Utsuro... What did you see exactly?
There hasn't been anything like that here the whole time.
The only thing laying there

Page 13:
Gin: was you, Utsuro.

Page 14:
SFX: DOH

Page 15:
Utsu: ---Back then,
he pushed me back
and stabbed himself with that blade...?!!

Page 16:
Utsu: So the corpse I saw
was myself...?
Taka: Sensei... I'm sorry.
Please, go.
It looks like this flunkee has some homework left undone.
It looks like the one I'm going to have to accompany is this you, Sensei. ["this" in italics]

Page 17:
Taka: But don't worry.
We are the only disciples of Yoshida Shouyou.
There are already those here... that have inherited our will.
I leave you, I leave the future,
to them.

Page 18:
SFX: ZAZAZA
Utsu: Kuh...
Even if it was only temporary, to drive me away and to allow Shouyou to escape...
But with those wounds, an imperfect Shouyou will not hold out long.
No, even before that happens, I will put an end to him along with these disciples.
Gin: You're not going anywhere.
No matter how much of the incomplete Shouyou's blood you bathe in, regrowing one arm is the best you can do.
You're no longer an immortal monster.
Getting into his body was where your luck ended.
Both he and I aren't letting you get away again.
SFX: ZASHIH

Page 19:
Gin: So I'll end it just like you want, Utsuro.
Both you and this absurd tragedy.
Utsu: .........
Me, cut down by you?
Didn't you want to save him?
Didn't you want to protect him?
I know very well that you came this far with him.

Page 20:
Utsu: If you cut down your master for your friend
and you cut down your friend for your master,
what exactly do you have left?
Emptiness.
All that's left is an empty void, an empty Utsuro.
Do you have the resolve
to keep that Utsuro alive?!!

Page 21:
SFX: GIIN
SFX: GIIN GIIN GAAN GIIN KIN

Page 22:
SFX: DOU
Gin: Utsuro,
I sure as hell ain't empty.
SFX: MISHIH MISHIH

Page 23:
Gin: The ones I wanted to protect
are right here, in my soul.

Page 24:
SFX: GOH

Page 25:
[No text]

Page 26:
[No text]

Page 27:
[No text]

Page 28:
[No text]

Page 29-30:
SFX: DO GA

Page 31:
Utsu: .............
I... see...
Humans are... utsuro, hollow.
But... because they know that,
they can bring other people in... to live on... inside them.
So even in death...
they are not destroyed...

Page 32:
Utsu: they can remain there... in the... soul...

Page 33:
Shouyou: ...Why do you help me...?
Utsuro came from me...
I was the source of all this calamity... but you still...
Shin: If there's somebody in trouble, then we lend a hand and then charge them an arm and a leg for it.
That's what Sakata Gintoki hammered into us.
That's how your disciple has been living.
That is our Yorozuya.
And you didn't only create Utsuro.
You also created him, Sakata Gintoki. I really... wanted to talk with the person that did that if I got the chance.

Page 34:
Utsu: Honestly, I'm the one who was on the receiving end.
If I hadn't met them, I would have stayed empty as Utsuro.
They gave me my humanity, Yoshida Shouyou.
But my existence was nothing but a shackles to them.
If they hadn't met me, they would not have met with such a harsh fate.
In the end, I could not save or protect them.
I was only ever saved by them. ["by" in italics]
I don't deserve to be called their master...
Shin: Still,
even if that's true,
it's because of you that we were able to meet Sakata Gintoki.

Page 35:
Shin: Your meeting Gin-san
led to a ton of other meetings.
So even if this had ended up being the end of the world,
I'd want to offer my thanks.
I've wanted to say it to you
for so long.
Thank you.
I'm sure
Gin-san and the others
feel the same.

Page 36:
Taka: 246 wins and 247 losses.
Looks like I... lost my touch.
I left the last fight to someone else and they walked off with the win...
Gin: Takasugi!!
SFX: GEHO GOHOH
Taka: Someone like Utsuro really is too much for you.
Looks like the only one that can beat you is me.
Gin: ...........
What took him down in the end
was your sword, Takasugi.

Page 37:
Gin: The one that protected Shouyou
and protected me, that was all you.
This time...
you got the win on me.
Taka: ...Heh. There's nothing more miserable than getting a win out of pity.
But at least I'll be going to the other side without having anything to pay you back for.
I can't let you
cut down Sensei anymore.
Compared to Sensei,
I was far easier to cut down, wasn't I?
Gin: ..........
Yeah.
Taka: Probably because this face you hate that you're so used to bashing in wasn't there.

Page 38:
Taka: It's been like that ever since we were kids. We go at it every time we see each other.
I thought once I got a bit taller and became an adult, it would get better,
but in the end... I stayed being a brat the whole way through.
And I never got as tall as you.
Gin: No, you got taller.
We
might've just been born under that kind of star.
But that's... not too bad, is it?
But Takasugi... I...
really would've liked to exchange drinks with you...
even if it was half the number of times we crossed swords.
Taka: .........
Heh. That ain't like you.
If you had that much free time,
I'd like to have gotten as many more wins on you as I could.
But... Let's leave it off here.
You'd better get going.
You're not empty.
You've got things you need to protect with that sword, don't you?

Page 39:
SFX: GEHO GOHO
Gin: Takasugi!!
Taka: ...Gintoki,
this... destroyed left eye of mine...
it closed that day...
with the last thing it saw burned into it.
It was... your damp face.
I've lived staring at it with this left eye... an excruciating amount.
So when... by the time my right eye closes,
you'd better not be showing me... your disheartened face.

Page 40:
Taka: The man that
stood in my way that day...
The man that... I always wanted to defeat...
the man I chased... for so long...
That face isn't him.

Page 41:
Gin: Go wait for me in hell, Takasugi.
I'm not letting you walk off the victor... I swear I'll win next time.
Taka: Fine... by...
me...

Page 42:
[No text]

Page 43:
[No text]

Page 44:
Insert: ☆Next time, the final lesson. Set to be distributed June 17th (Mon)!!

Page 45:
Bold Text: Apology
Main Text: In Weekly Shounen Jump issues 27 and 27, we had published that the date of the distribution of the final chapter would be June 10th (Mon.),
but due to various reasons, the date of distribution has been changed to June 17th (Mon.).
For this, we apologize.
We hope you all look forward to the final lesson.
Bottom Right: Weekly Shounen Jump Editorial Department

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/44051 [English] [Translation] Gintama 702 by kewl0210 2019-05-13T00:49:15+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

Ok, one last string of chapters it looks like.

[Gintama 702 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Title: Lesson 702 Fate
SFX: GOGAGA
Saka: Darnit.
We've taken care of the majority of the enemy, but... we can't stop the Terminal from spinning out of control.
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO GO GO
Saka: They've already drawn up too much Altana for their plan to revive Utsuro.
Now the faucet's out 'a control!
We're still holdin' on for now,
but it's only a matter 'a time before it blows along with the pipes!
All the effort and hope that the people 'a Edo put inta restorin' everything
is gonna... disappear in an instant.

Page 2:
Mutsu: ----How many times is this planet going to need to be saved before it's actually safe?
It almost feels like the end is fate or something.
Saka: Yeah, maybe
the destruction this planet faced two years ago at the hands of Utsuro was fate.
But we humans
chose to reject that fate.
Fighting fate
with fate.

Page 3:
Saka: Why is it ya think it is
that while humans and planets are all fated to fall to ruin one day,
even knowing that,
humans will reject the end, reject even immortality,
and fight.
I wonder if at the end of this fight...
we find the answer ta that question.
The answer to why we've been fightin' all this time...

Page 4:
Taka: Sensei,
why?
I can tell just looking at your face,
you
sure as hell aren't Utsuro.
Your
our sensei, Yoshida Shouyou, aren't you?

Page 5:
Taka: The ambitions of the Seibouists are in tatters.
There's no one left to torment you.
I...
We came to protect you from whoever was a threat to you.
So, Sensei,
let's go home.
Together
back to Shouka Sonjuku.
We've got tons of things we want to talk to you about.
So much as happened since you've been gone.

Page 6:
Taka: Since then,
we took different paths again and again,
and clashed with each other again and again,
but
we came back here.

Page 7:
Taka: To where everything began,
you.
But
it looks like I ended up getting here before them.
Their... His sword
isn't something that is swung for the past anymore.

Page 8:
Taka: Now,
he swings it
for those that are by his side,
and for the future.
And my role
is being his companion.

Page 9:
Taka: So,
sen...sei,
come back with...
SFX: DOSHAAA
Handwritten: GEHO GOHO
Taka: Just a little more...
I just had a little more to go...
this is pathetic.
My sword that's clinged to the past
is now completely rusted.

Page 10:
Shou: ...I
I am...
no longer a being that can be called your Sensei.
No...
maybe even long before that...
I... remember.
Why was a being like me born?
Why
was Utsuro born?
And

Page 11:
Shou: why Shouka Sonjuku
was born.
With the memories of Utsuro
of trying to end himself along with the entire world inside me,
there also exists the memories of Yoshida Shouyou who tried to prevent that.
And then there's the innumerable wars
and massive amount of bloodshed that happened which I was connected with.
I could never forget the sight of all of you
trying to stop that.
I...
can no longer to back to being Yoshida Shouyou.

Page 12:
Shou: I will bring both Yoshida Shouyou and Utsuro with me as I return to nothing.
That is the one place we can return home to.
And now,
that wish can be granted.
Guy: Utsuro's heart has disappeared.
Previously, Utsuro possessed even the power to regenerate that heart,
but now that is not the case.

Page 13:
Guy: As Utsuro is now, using the crystal as a temporary heart and vessel for his spirit, he was just able to regenerate his body.
Without that crystal, he will not even be able to maintain his body.
Even with enough Altana gathered up to awaken him,
it is only temporary.
Utsuro is no longer immortal.
He is an ordinary human.
...That man
can finally... end.
SFX: GOHUNG
Zura: .........
You're...
Guy: Only after getting this body that will not die even if its rotted way
did I finally understand.
The pain of not being able to end.
A taste of the loneliness that man
who tried to end himself and the whole world felt.

Page 14:
Guy: Even ordered to do so by this blood,
I could not bring that man back here again.
I cannot put an end to the world either,
but I am able
to free that man from the cycle of that curse.
I'm not sure
if you all could do that.
To put an end to the master
that you had finally reunited with.

Page 15:
Guy: And now my duty has been... fulfilled.
Not just mine... but also all the others who received Utsuro's blood.
Their blood... should be rotting away right now as well.
Along... with Utsuro...
Though I do not know... what they will choose to do... with that remaining life,
I pray that for their final hours at least,
that they can meet their end...
with humanity.

Page 16:
Utsuro: I cannot
go with you.
I have a duty to eradicate all remaining elements of Utsuro in here,
and quell all of the wars that started because of me.
If I collide the massive amount of Altana within me with that rampaging dragon,
they may cancel each other out, leaving everything at peace.
Using this life of mine to protect Edo,
that is how I want to use the last of this life that gave birth to so much strife.
So I
cannot save you.
To save you, someone in whom Utsuro's blood dwells is...
...I'm sorry.
That blood...
is seeds that I scattered in this world.

Page 17:
Utsu: I thought... I could save someone as well.
Utterly unaware of how dangerous it was.
It was sheer arrogance.
Even now, in my attempt to save the countless people of Edo,
SFX: DRIP
Utsu: I could not save a single one of you...
the disciples I truly wanted to save.
I'm sorry.
I...
I...

Page 18:
SFX: DOH
Taka: There is no need to apologize.
SFX: DRIP...

Page 19:
Taka: Shouyou,
I've long known that you could not protect anything.
Shou: Y-You...
Taka: I've been waiting
for this moment.
Like what you did back then.
Shouyou, I've been waiting for this instant where you left an opening in your heart.

Page 20:
Taka: in your
precious disciples.
SFX: DOBUSHAAA
Taka: Shouyou,

Page 21:
Taka: you will meet your end here, unable to protect anything.
Not your disciples,
not Edo,
not yourself,
not a single thing.
Along with this world.
SFX: GAKAH

Page 22:
SFX: DO N

Page 23:
[No text]
Page 24:
[No text]

Page 25:
[No text]

Page 26:
[No text]

Page 27:
[No text]

Page 28-29:
Insert: ☆The next chapter is planned to be released May 27th (Monday)!!
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43987 [English] [Translation] Gintama 701 by kewl0210 2019-02-23T09:41:44+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

One of these days it's gonna end. But today is not that day.

[Gintama 701 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Gin: ri?
T/N: The 3 bubbles of these last 3 covers spell out "o-wa-ri?", meaning "The end?".
Gold: The
End?!

Page 2-3:
[You can just leave this as is. It's fora contest.]

Page 4-5:
Insert: May that soul be forever----
Bottom: Sorachi Hideaki
Left Insert: ☆The third chapter in GIGA!!
The Silver Soul Arc
Climax!
With opening color pages!!

Page 6:
SFX: DO O O N
TItle: Lesson 701 Homing Instinct
Shin: Gin-saaaaaaan!!
Insert: With being reunited right in front of them----!!

Page 7:
SFX: IIIIN
SFX: DOGAAA
Kagu: Sadaharuuuu!!

Page 8:
Guy: I wonder.
This fellow succeeded in protecting the Dragon Veins from the wicked,
carrying out the job of the Inugami.
And yet
he went so far as to reduce himself to this state in order to cling to life...
Is it to continue to fulfill his duty as an inugami?
I find it hard to imagine that he has no other reason...

Page 9:
Guy: Fulfilling his duty
may not have been the only reason this child risked his life the way he did.
...Just seeing you here made me feel that way.
Coming out to this remote region just for him as you are...
Something so precious was broken up
just for him,
SFX: ZA PAAA
Turtle: I feel like the day when his wounds heal may come.

Page 10:
Anemone: Indeed.
We've exhausted every means at our disposal as well... but unfortunately...
If you searched every corner of the universe but still found no answer, then I'm afraid there's nothing we can do.
Nah, just kidding.
Though it would be a lot easier to just give up.
...But
we have reason to believe that the answer may not be as far away as we thought.
It may be something actually quite close by.

Page 11:
Anemone: We didn't find an answer,
but you
all of you
came back here.
So maybe this child was the same as you.

Page 12:
SFX: CRCCK...
Ane: Just wanting
to come back to this planet.
SFX: CRICK CRICK
Ane: Back,
to Edo.
SFX: CRACK CRICK CRICK

Page 13:
Ane: Maybe
he just wanted
to come back to the Yorozuya.

Page 14:
[No text]

Page 15:
Ane: To see
all of you again.

Page 16:
Tae: ----That's right,
Sadaharu-kun
and you two
just wanted
to see Gin-san again, didn't you?
Gin: Sada-

Page 17:
Gin: ........
Guys: Huh?
SFX: BUSHIIII
GiN: GYAAAAAAA!!
Tae: Oh, looks like I was wrong.
SFX: GARI GARI GARI
SFX: DOH
Someone: SADAHARUUUU!!
SFX: OOOOO

Page 18:
SFX: DODOON
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO
SFX: PARA PARA (CLATTER)
Kagu: Sada...
haru.
SFX: GARARA
Kagura: You...
came back, yes?
You came back
to save Gin-chan
and all of us, did you not?

Page 19:
Sada: MWOOF!
Shin: Wait, what's that sticking out of his mooooouth?!
Kagu: Sadaharu!!
Shin: Hold on a secoooond!!! We got Sadaharu back but Gin-san is...
Don't tell me you ate him, did it?! Did you swallow him whole?!
SFX: DAKI (SQUEEZE)
Kagu: You cannot blame him, yes? Sadaharu is still recuperating. He needs lots of nutrients.
Shin: Forget saving him, he just grabbed him out of the air because he was hungry! Oh man, what're we gonna do?!!
Kagu: Do not worry, yes? Scum like that has no nutrients in it at all, so he will come exactly the same out the other end.
Shin: Gin-saaaaan!!
SFX: BURIH
Shin: What the hell kind of tearful reunion is thiiis?!!
Please hold on, Gin-san!! Gin-saaaan!!
SFX: GUIIH

Page 20:
Shin: Gin-sa-
SFX: ZUBOH
Shin: ...........
What?
Huh? Um... excuse me, I think we got the wrong guy.
.........
SFX: ZUBOO
Shin: Why did some random guy come ooout?!! And why did he go back in?!!
Sadaharu, just how many people did you scarf down?!! When did you even do this?!!
Kagu: He always used to eat whatever he found lying around. Maybe he picked up a parasite?
Shin: Parasite?! That guy gave off a vibe like he was paying rent to stay there!!
Guy: Ah~~ That was a good pu.
Shin: There's more than one of them coming out noooow!! And what's a good pu?!!
Guy: What do you think? Up for a game of shogi?
Shin: Huh?! WHat?! Is this a public bath?! What kind of world is going on inside of theeere?!!
Um... Excuse me!! Did you happen to see a white-haired man inside there?!
Guys: White haired?
Oh, is that the newcomer you're talkin' about?
Shin: !!

Page 21:
Guy: If it's that young man you're talkin' about, seems he was so covered in filth that he ended up goin' out the other exit.
Shin: So he did end up covered in fiiiilth!!
SFX: OROROROROO DOSHAAA
Guys: Gin-chan!
Gin-saaaan!
SFX: GEHO GOHOH
Gin: I guess all that about dogs having a homing instinct
where they can get back home no matter how far away they are is true.
Sorry, Sadaharu.
Your idiot owner
took your home to home in on away
for a long-ass time.

Page 22:
Shin: Gin-san...
Gin: ...I told you before, didn't I?
We had nothing to do, so we just did whatever.
So if you have something you wanna do, then some half-assed thing like a place where you do odd jobs should be closed down.
I guess the fact that we're all here
means we're back to doin' that half-assed thing.
Shin: ...No,
it just means
that what we want to do is right here.
Kagu: ...Gin-chan,
we didn't become odd-jobbers because we had nothing to do.
We just...
were okay with whatever.
If it meant we could go on walks with Sadaharu again,
we didn't mind flying to the ends of the universe.
If it meant we could fool around with the people we feel at home with,
then we would be alone if it meant protecting our home.

Page 23:
Kagu: It didn't matter
as long as we
could be here with you and everyone.
So
that is why
I'm
I am ["I'm" and "I am" next to each other]
a Yorozuya.
It was so obvious,
but it took us such a long time to tell you.
So Gin-san,
please, if there's anything we can do to help...
Gin: .........
Don't say that.

Page 24:
Gin: It's the Yorozuya's job to do the job once they've been asked it.
There's nothing for you two Yorozuya to say beyond that.
Maybe the reason I came back here, even if it meant being half-assed or being a fool,
was to say that to you.
You sure have gotten a whole lot bigger
since I've been gone.
...My back hurts.
Would you mind giving me a hand?

Page 25:
Shin: What're you talking about? What a sorry sight.
And you still call yourself a Yorozuya?
Gin: If you'll do any job, then you'll give me some pity, too, right? I'm counting on you to give me a company discount.
Shin: It's starting to look like we didn't get bigger, you got smaller, Gin-chan.
Kagu: Sure does, yes?
Handwritten: Ahhahhahhahhah
Hahhhahhahhah
Someone: Uh, no, seriously, did you get smaller?

Page 26:
Gin: Hey, hey! If you don't quit it, I'm gonna kick the crap out of you with my long-ass Oguri Shun legs!
Shin: Forget Oguri Shun, more like Oguri Shrunk!
What's in the world happened to you...?!!
Gin: Uh... I might've gotten a little digested inside Sadaharu.
Shin: Digested?!
Gin: Did anything come out before I did? I feel like I dropped something important...
Shin: Ah!!! Well, what looks like two old men that just got out of a bath came out.
Gin: Hey, hey, what do you think you're doing, Gin-san Sepia? Gin-san Severe?
Shin: Sepia?! Severe?!
Gin: You know you're not supposed to just split off on your own like that. Together we're the Gin-Three (San), aren't we?
Shin: Split off?! You're originally all one?! So wait, is that what Gin-san means?! T/N: "San" as a polite suffix can also mean "Three".
Gin: Hurry and come bacK! I need my long legs back!
Guys: I don't wanna!! Ta hell with going back to being those smelly legs!!
I've been wantin' to say this for a while now. But bare feet in boots? What are you, some kind of brute?!
SFX: GYAA GYAA GYAA GYAA (Chatter)
Shin: What the hell is with him?! Why is he setting up new plot points right at the final chapter?!
Kagu: !!
SFX: GYAAA GYAAA
Someone: Dammit, enemies...!!
SFX: WAAA
Kagu: Gin-chaaaaan!! You've gotta hurry!!
Shin: !!

Page 27:
Sada: Gwoof.
Shin: We're back to square oooooone!!
Kagu: Pattsan, it looks like we are going to need to get Sakata Gintoki reassembled inside Sadaharu, yes?!!
Shin: We need to what?!!
Oh...
SFX: GAH
Someone: Fine, if that's what we gotta dooooo!!
SFX: BAH
SFX: BAKUN
Someone: Come back to uuuuus,
Sakata Gintoki~~~~!!
SFX: WAAA
SFX: DOFF

Page 28:
Narr: ---That man
was far too rough to be called a Samurai.
But he also

Page 29:
Narr: had eyes looking for too straight ahead to be called a hoodlum.
He was the same as ever,

Page 30:
SFX: DO N
SFX: WAAAAAA
Zura: !
SFX: WAA
Guys: Yo.
What's the man who once stood at the pinnacle of the country as Prime Minister doing here alone?

Page 31:
Kon: I dunno what happened, but it looks like you're back to being just a Joui patriot again.
How the mighty have fallen.
Zura: What about you?
You're still chasing after Joui Patriots around same as ever, and you ended up here?
That's pretty pathetic after we've finally reached this new era.
Kon: Say what you want,
we didn't fall here.
We came home.

Page 32:
Kon: With them.
Guys: Guh.
SFX: DODOO
Someone: We'd finally gotten all the way up there, and now we gotta do it all over again?!
Gin-san! Where's Takasugi-san?!
I dunno! But for now, we gotta hurry!!
Someone: Oh, are you in a hurry?!
SFX: OOOO
SFX: DOH

Page 33:
Hase: Where ya headin'?
If it's to the final boss,
I can get ya there cheap.
Go ahead, get in.
Gus: H-Hero Madao!!
Hata: Hasegawaaa!! What the hell do you think you're doing?! One minute you say you need to borrow the official car, and the next minute you...
Hase: Prince.
SFX: BIH
Hase: It's thanks to you that I went from being unemployed to being a hero,
but the title of hero doesn't come with a salary on its own, so I realized, I'm actually still unemployed.

Page 34:
Hase: So I'm dropping the hero thing.
I'm the same as you guys,
I'm doing things over again from here. What a coincidence, right?
Guys: You sure?
Someone: I said it before, didn' I? Anybody that throws themselves into temporary excitement ends up ruined.
SFX: WAAAA
Someone: No need to worry.
I'm definitely doing things over,
SFX: GYAAAA DO DO DO
Hase: but there are some things that are different from before.
Right, Prince?
SFX: DON DON BAN BAN
SOmeone: Get in already, you shitty earthlings!!
SFX: GYURARARA

Page 35:
SFX: DO KA
Someone: ----I see.
He's back, huh?
Honestly, that's one sight that really takes me back.
Maybe what we really wanted to see
wasn't the scenery of a new era,

Page 36:
Guys: maybe it was that idiotic sight.

Page 37:
Someone: GYAAAA
SFX: DOOON GOGAAAA
Tae: You...
SFX: GOGA

Page 38:
SFX: KARA KARA
SFX: GOFAA
SFX: GAKAH
SFX: DOAAA
SFX: ZUGAAAA
Someone: The Terminal has taken all it can take...
If any more Altana is sucked up, this Terminal's going to be blown away along with Edo!!

Page 39:
SFX: GO GO GO GO
SFX: KAH GA
Tendou: ...Utsuro.
Will Edo's destruction
or your awakening happen first?
That vessel is already complete, yet...
you still wish for more power?

Page 40:
Guy: Then
go ahead, devour everything.
SFX: GOOAA
Tendou: We
will sacrifice these bodies to become part of that power as well.
This is an appropriate place
for Utsuro, the emptiness that will erase everything, to alight.
SFX: CRCK

Page 41:
SFX: GAKIIIN
Guy: You...
SFX: GI GI
Guy: Even now?!!
Do you want Utsuro to be revived even if it means turning Edo to ash?!!
SFX: GIIN GIIN GAAN
Guy: .........
Hand over the heart.
SFX: DOH
Guy: I've told you before.
SFX: SHAN
SFX: HIIIN

Page 42:
SFX: CRCK CRCK
SFX: CRACK CRACK
Guy: Utsuro's revival
cannot be stopped.
SFX: BAKIIIN

Page 43:
Zura: And none of you
can save him.
SFX: DOOON
Guys: KATSURAAAAA!!

Page 44:
Guys: The only one who can save that person
is meeee!!
SFX: DO DO

Page 45:
SFX: DOOOON

Page 46:
Katsu: You...!!
Hiji: I can't believe it...
You've been trying...
to destroy Utsuro's heart...?!
You want Utsuro's revival...
to be stopped...?!

Page 47:
Utsu: Are you the one
who awakened me?
SFX: GO GO GO GO
Ten: ...Utsuro!
Do you not know? I am one that has accepted your blood.
I have sacrificed this body for your revival.
What is it you desire? Vengeance on humans? The demise of the world?
Whatever it may be, I shall follow your...
!!
SFX: MEKI MEKI
Utsu: I have only one wish.

Page 48:
SFX: DOH JOAAAA
Utsu: To erase
me, Utsuro.

Page 49:
Utsu: But before thatm
SFX: BASA
Utsu: it seems there is something I must do.
Taka: Like hell.
SFX: ZAH
Taka: All to save you,
SFX: ZUZU...
Taka: we met up with all these people we didn't really get along with
and crawled on our hands and knees to get here.
And you want to erase yourself?
Not gonna happen.

Page 50:
Taka: Sensei,
Sensei... what?
Don't make
that sad face.
I... We...
are gonna protect you from whoever we have to.
So...
Let's go home... Sensei.
Along with them
to Shouka Sonjuku.
Insert: The moment that will determine all of their fates---!!
Bottom: ...Lesson 701
/ End
Right: The continuation is set to be in the 'Gintama App'!! For details, see the next page!!

Page 51:
Grey Bar: The landmark Sci-fi humanity whatever period drama comedy
Big Text: 'Gintama' finally reaches its dignified end!!
Starburst: ...or not!!
White Text: ...So, you see, it didn't end with this issue. It's definitely still going. So here are the future plans and an apology.
Editor: I want to express my honest thanks for you buying these three consecutive issues of Jump Giga. The editor of this series is borrowing Gin-san's appearance to apologize about the 'not ending' situation. I realized when on standby for the first manuscript 'Ah, this can't be finished in three issues, can it?' It was right when I saw the six-page Dragonball parody. I laughed at the gag, but 'As long as I didn't have to take responsibility for this, I wouldn't mind somebody blowing me away with a Galick Gun.'
Right around when the first issue was going on sale, with it being a done deal that 'This text on the covers is clearly meant to connect to spell out 'owari' (the end)' I felt a kind of an 'inescapable despair'. But fortunately, I got a chance to spend 15 hours in the 'Hyperbolic Time Chamber' that is Sorachi-sensei's work studio while waiting for 2nd manuscript, in which time I had a chat with Sensei. The result was, in order to make allowing him to draw a proper conclusion to the story of 'Gintama' the top priority, we landed on 'distributing it through the app'. I hope you'll all stick with us to the very, very, very end.
SFX: GABAH
Right Box: The continuation of this story will be...
Big: in the Gintama app!!
Little Text: All further chapters will be distributed on this exhaustive app of 'Gintama'.
White Text: Planned to be completely free!!
Left: Be sure to download it!!
Gin: Um, I really am
sorry about all this.
Circles: What is the Gintama App...?
Big Bottom: A way to, mainly for free, enjoy manga, anime, and the novels any time!!
Left: ★Every chapter of the original 'Gintama' manga is available!!
★The 'Gintama' TV anime series is available as well!!
★The '3-Z Ginpachi Sensei' series and other novelizations are there, too!!
★Includes features to search for which chapters different characters appear in!!
Bubble: You get the free 'Silver Loan' manga and novels!!
The paid 'Gold Loan' version also lets you see the anime wherever you want!!
Right: Look for this icon!
Search for 'Gintama App'!!
Bottom Left: Recommended OS: iOS: 1.0 or higher. Android: 5.0 or higher
*Some devices may not be able to use the app.

Page 52:
Top Black Text: General Election
Results Announcemeeeent!!!!
Left White: Commemmorating the final chapter (From when the series was in Weekly Shounen Jump)!
Small Black Text: Due to a number of circumstances, we've got lots of pages we can use, so we're showing tons of character illustrations and revealing all the votes!!
Starburst: The largest amount ever!!
Total number of submissions
41,142!!
Gin: 1st
Sakata Gintoki
7,059 Votes
Big Left Text: The original dead-eyed protagonist
Small Text: For the very last one, of course it had to be him!
Hiji: 2nd
Hijikata Toushirou
6,061 votes
Big Right: The demon mayo vice chief
Small: His popularity is as strong as ever! A sublime 2nd place!
Taka: 3rd
Takasugi Shinsuke
5,124 Votes
Big Left: The Sekakowa-type extremist Joui patriot
Small: A man whose ultimate fate is still yet to be determined...!

Page 53:
Oki: 4th
Okita Sougo
3,149 Votes
The Prince from Planet Sadistic
He actually doesn't wear that eye mask too often.
Zura: 5th
Katsua Kotarou
3,005 Votes
It's not Zura
He's a former Prime Minister.
Zaki: 6th
Yamazaki Sagaru
2,383 Votes
The number one character of the background world
Could he possibly finally make it to the cover in the final volume?!
Kagu: 7th
2,356 Votes
Kagura
The first gero-ine in Jump History
The woman that made Hashimoto Kanna throw up!
Tsuku: 9th
1,341
Tsukuyo
The Shinigami Tayuu
getting full marks in phys-ed
Far and away the top ranking female character (after the gero-ine)!!
Sasa: 10th
Sasaki Isaburou
1,336
The monster of three heavens (And phone addict)
He's made an incredible jump in the rankings, lol!
Obo: 11th
664 Votes
Oboro
The strongest swordsman in the series, and member of the Yatagarasu
The 1st disciple of Shouka Sonjuku has ranked up one from last time!

Page 54:
Sa: 12th
Sarutobi Ayame
661 votes
The total masochist and stalker
Wiping away her past losses to pandemonium!!
Kon: 13th
Kondou Isao
573 Votes
The indecently exposed & gorilla stalker
He must be glad Otae-san is next.
Tae: 14th
Shimura Tae
539 Votes
The bodyguard and cabaret club girl
After this she annihilated the gorilla
Kamu: 15th
513 Votes
Kamui
The Thunder Lance of Harusame (The man with three complexes)
For the last one he got a pretty tough rank down!!
Sora: 16th
Sorachi Hideaki
383 Votes
The Gorilla author
Please get to the end before you become steamed cheese bread!
Mitsu: 17th
Okita Mitsuba
The taste-destroying ephemeral Yamato Nadeshiko
She made an incredible impression for how few chapters she was in! And she got a cover!!
Bansai: 18th
Kawakami Bansai
355 Votes
He's got a pretty unique look
Number 2 of the Kiheitai, living up to his reputation!!
Itou: 19th
Itou Kamotarou
328 Votes
The sorrowful prodigy
The other protagonist of one of the best stories in Gintama!!

Page 55:
Nobu: 20th
Imai Nobume/Mukuro
324 Votes
One of the Naraku Three whose life was saved by a pon-de-ling
Spoilers for those that aren't caught up
Saka: 21st
Sakamoto Tatsuma
317 Votes
Loud man
A regular of the OPs and EDs
Sho: 22nd
Yoshida Shouyou
305 Votes
The Final Boss Sensei
What will happen to this great master...?!
Eli: 23rd
Elizabeth
237
The king of mascots
Has lots of goods. Must be tough for the director!
Sada: 24th
Sadaharu
209 Votes
The original mascot
As of this issue, he's finally back!!
Kyu: 25th
Yagyuu Kyuubei
147 Votes
Yuri or not yuri?!
The 2-years-later short haircut looks great!!
Mata: 26th
Kijima Matako
138 Votes
The red bullet with the exposed midriff
The lone woman of the Kiheitai!!
Sai: 27th
Saitou Shimaru
121 Votes
The young af-ro
ZZZZZZZZZZ

Page 56:
28th
Tokugawa Soyo
117 Votes
The natural sadist princess
The biggest rise in rank for the girls!!
Utus: 29th
Utsuro
111 Votes
The actual god of death
What is happening to the being known as Utsuro?!
Mutsu: 30th
103 Votes
Mutsu
The wicked-tongued razor adjutant
The 2nd gero-ine!!
Flower: Extra: The top rankings of past popularity polls
Top Middle Box: #1
1st: Sakata Gintoki
2nd: Okita Sougo
3rd: Hijikata Toushirou
4th: Takasugi Shinsuke
5th: Yamazaki Sagaru
Top Right Box: #2
1st: Sakata Gintoki
2nd: Okita Sougo
3rd: Hijikata Toushirou
4th: Takasugi Shinsuke
5th: Katsura Kotarou
Bottom Left Box: #3
1st: Sakata Gintoki
2nd: Hijikata Toushirou
3rd: Kamui
4th Okita Sougo
5th: Takasugi Shinsuke
Bottom Center Box: #4
1st: Sakata Gintoki
2nd: Hijikata Toushirou
3rd: Okita Sougo
4th Takasugi Shinsuke
5th: Katsura Kotarou
Bottom Right Box: #5
1st: Sakata Gintoki
2nd: Hijikata Toushirou
3rd: Okita Sougo
4th Takasugi Shinsuke
5th: Kagura
Big Banner text: There's no room for character portraits, but here is everyone 31st and beyond!!
Small Right: *Characters of the same rank are in no particular order.
Top Row: 31st (101 Votes) Abuto
32nd (95 Votes) Okada Nizou
33rd (81 Votes) Hasegawa Taizou
34th (50 Votes) Justaway
35th (44 Votes) Otose
36th (43 Votes) Takechi Henpeita
37th (42 Votes) Tokugawa Shigeshige
38th (39 Votes) Tama
39th (37 Votes) Hattori Zenzou
40th (31 Votes) Kouka, Nagasawa Masami
42nd (28 Votes) Ikeda Yaemon
43rd (24 Votes) Doromizu Jirouchou
44th (23 Votes) Nishiki Ikumatsu, Dozaemon
46th (21 Votes) Balmunk Fezarion
47th (20 Votes) Isaac Schneider
48th (18 Votes) Terakado Tsuu
49th (16 Votes) Itou Takahisa
50th (15 Votes) Hedoro
51st (14 Votes) Leukocyte King
52nd (13 Votes) Prince Hata, Kurokono Tasuke
56th (12 Votes) SHachi, Tokugawa Nobunobu, Shiroyasha
59th (11 Votes) Umibouzu, Matsuhira Katakuriko, Hiraga Gengai, Doromizu Pirako / Chin Pirako
63rd (10 Votes) Ketsuno Seimei, Bichigusomaru, Momochi Rappa, Takatin, Doumoto Tsuyoshi, Yoshizawa Ryou
69th (8 Votes) Sakata Kintoki, Fakersugi Shinsuke, Shoukaku, Obi Hajime, Seita, Toujou Ayumu, Nakamura Kyoujirou
76th (7 Votes) Tosshi, Harada Unosuke
78th (6 Votes) Catherine, Kurgoma Katsuo, Gedoumaru, Yamazaki Sagako, Akechi Mitsuhide, Sugita Tomokazu
Bottom Row: 84th (5 Votes) Kada, Housen, Terada Tatsugorou, Shijaku, Kotetsu Z-II, the first editor Oonishi Kouhei, Chiba Prefecture's Y-san, Ultimate Lifeform, AYAMO
93rd (4 Votes) Shinpachi's Glasses, Kanna, Hinowa, Sasaki Tetsunosuke, Kanshichirou, Musashi-like Person, Kozenigata Heiji, Mob Cop, Ebina-san, The Neo Armstrong Sakron Jet Armstrong Cannon, Masu Taichi Ana
104th (3 Votes) Sakata Ginko, Paako, Tsukuo, Agomi/Azumi, Ane, Yagyuu Binokusai, Lake Toya Hermit, Queen Bubbles, Enshou, Hijikata Tamegorou, Ketsuno Crystel, Mokichi, Last of Mohican Living of the Dead McGuffin, All-Purpose Oni-Shaped Decisive Weapon Hevandorogon, Hijikata-san's Mayonnaise, Former editor Saitou-san, Momoshiro Chiyoko, Suda Masaki, Hashimoto Kanna, Satou Jirou, Ishida Akira
125th (2 Votes) Kintarou, Murata Tetsuko, Komako, Paku Yasha, Hasegawa Hatsu, Toboso, Mone, Otohime, Okita Souko, Hanano Saki, Beri Kuzunosuke, Sakito, Oiwa-san, Kirara, Guardian Spirit Aslaman, Death Cancer, Jiraia, Honjou Kyoushirou, Guile User Iwai, Ochi-san, Saigou Tokumori, Shinohara Shinnoshin, Cyber Angel Blu-rayko, Ginjirou, Prince Hata's caretaker (Nes), Puppy, the sea alien that shows up in Lesson 32, The Santa from volume 12, Patriot, Gura-san, Sakata Ginpachi, Captain Dragon, Shinohara Kenta-sensei, Okada Masaki, Miura Haruma, Kubota Masataka, Katsuji Ryou, Yuusuke Fujisaki/Bossun

銀魂の

Page 57:
Top Row: 163rd (1 Vote) Makoto-chan, Akurogi Musai, Batou, Mountain Killer, Planet Chatoranian, Hijikata Xko, Kondou Goriko, Kitaooji Daigorou's Temple School Homeroom Teacher, Kitaooji Satsuki (Daigorou's Mother), Matsuko, Elder, Takaya Hachibei, Pachiko, Anpan, Taysumi, Former Pro Boxer Iwamatsu, Kuzunoha, Jinpachi, Tenchi-sensei, Oda Nobunaga, Tokugawa Ieyasu, Shuuki, Unkei Kaikei, Oryou-chan, Zenzou's Father, Minami Nao Robot, Col*nel S*nders, Upheaval Arc Cat, Steamed Cheese Bread, Prince Enshou's Wife, the Earth Defence Base Girl, No.307, Oguri Shunnosuke, Kamenashi, Shirino Douman, Enmi, Nine Dragon Prince Dragonia, Fumiko, Haji, Gin-san's Bokutou, Gin-san's Goggles, Meru-chan, Mayorin, Matsuhira Kuriko, Masked Gokibuleader Black RX, Kagura Kani Zousui Laputa, Megine-san, Barara Crocodile, Member No. 49, the Shinsengumi's Bandana Captain, Tanaka Kahei, Izumi, Michuko, Sazaharu, Shishimaru, Old Man with Escargot on his Head, Kintarou's Uncle, Murata Jintetsu, the mole parent and child that seem to live at the driver's license training place (Especially the daughter), Ginta-san, Kishimojin Haruna, Chamousuke, Super Earthling Girl, Narei-san, Chinpou-san, Guardian Spirit Do-S Sadist, Ben, Planet Zunboran, Kagemaru, Muramasha, Bakaizer, Ungyou, Hanako, Kanemaru-kun, Kobayashi,
Bottom Row: Machine wearing glasses, Fake Battousai, Donald Trump, Kaumi's ahoge, Houichi Hamuko (Nobleman), Tamo-san, Box Driver, Teacher, Kai, the Anpan that set off Yamazaki, Guardian Spirit Corolla, Kiku-ichimonji RX-7, Instructor, Ujikintoki-don, Old Lady from the Fixed Meal Shop, Usui Kazuyoshi, Onizuka Hime, Agata Soujirou, Karasuma Tadaomi, Korosensei, Shiota Nagisa, Akabane Karma, Saiki Kusuo, Kaidou Shun, Teruhashi Kokomi, Aiura Mikoto, Furuhashi-san, Maetel, Fuka Jirou (Gun Gale), generations of Jump editors, Former Editor Manabe Ren, Editor Isaka-san, Akimoto Osamu-sensei, Katagishi Sukejin, Everyone at the Gintama Anime staff, Nakamura Yuuichi, B'z, Kusano Masamune, DOES, BLUE ENCOUNT, Fukuda Yuichi, Oguri Shun, Miyata Toshiya, Ikewaki Chizuru, Saitou Asuka (Nogizaka46), Zakiyama-san, No. 502
White Text: To everyone who passionately voted in as well as everyone who sent in joke votes,
thank you for sticking around to the very end!!
Big Bottom Text: Thank you so much for the most votes ever!!
698 chosen from those that submitted votes will be chosen at random to receive a free gift clear file of the Weekly Jump Final Chapter center color and this issue's opening color!!
Bottom Small: *The winners will be notified.

Page 58:
Big Text: Commemorating the completion of Gintama!!
Bubble: Near
Middle Text: Congratulations from folks related to the series [Congratulations crossed out]
Over Congratulations: (Rebukes)
Comment collection!!
Small Right Text: With Gintama's departure approaching, we've received autograph cards from lots of different people involved with Gintama! Sorachi-san, please make sure you read these!
Rectangle: Voice Actor who plays Sakata Gintoki in the 'Gintama' TV Anime
Sugita Tomokazu-sama
Middle Text: Invisible ink
Bottom: Gintoki

Page 59:
Top Right Rectangle: Voice Actor who plays Shimura Shinpachi in the 'Gintama' TV Anime
Sakaguchi Daisuke-sama
Card Top: Get to it!
Bottom: Shinpachi.
Bottom Rectangle: Voice Actress who plays Kagura in the 'Gintama' TV Anime
Kugimiya Rie-sama
Card Top: Soracchimiii
You can do iiit!!
Bottom: Kagura

Page 60:
Top Left: Director of the 'Gintama' anime
Fujita Youichi-sama
Card: Sorachi-san, where are you gonna be serialized after GIGA? Is it GORAKU?
Middle Box: Director of the 'Gintama' anime
Miyawaki Chizuru-sama
Box: I think my family is going to go before my grandpa
Bottom Left Rectangle: Bandai Namco Producer for the Gintama 'Anime'
Higuchi Hiromitsu-sama
Card: Sorachi-sensei,
I hope you'll take a long listen to what I have to say,
want to get some food together?

Page 61:
Top Rectangle: Helped in plate-making and printing of the 'Gintama' manga
Everyone at Kyodo Printing Co., Ltd.
[I'm just skipping this]
Left Middle Box: The editor for the 'Gintama' manga volumes
Shoukigaku Co., Ltd.
Fujiwara Kazushige-sama
Right Card: To Sorachi-sensei
You really did it now, Gorilla
Happy to be working with you on Volume 77, too
Bottom Right Box: Weekly Shounen Jump Editor-in-Chief
Nakano Hiroyuki
Card: Hey... Sensei! Senseeei!!
Senseeeeeeeei?!
I'm going to have to apologize to a whole bunch of people again...
BUT! We'll work this out somehow, ["But" in a starburst]
so let's make this the final ending!!
Jump Editor in Chief
Bubble: MADAO-waranai?! (It's still not over?!)

Page 62:
Top Left Box: The 2nd editor of 'Gintama'
Saitou Yuu
Oonishi Kouhei
Card Small Text: I knew from the beginning it'd end up like this
Card Big Text: Sorachi-sensei, well done on all your hard work!! Let's have a meeting on March 3rd!! At Winzer Hotel Toya!!
Card Bottom: 2nd Editor
Middle Box: First Editor of 'Gintama'
[His card is the top right one. It's too small so I'm just skipping this]
Left Rectangle: The 4th and 6th editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Honda Hiroyuki
[I'm skipping this card]
Bottom Right Rectangle: The 3rd editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Nakasaki Atsuhi
[I'm skipping this card]

Page 63:
Top Left Rectangle: The 7th editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Naitou Takuma
Card: You're totally planning on making a brilliant comeback with Gintama 2 in the main magazine later, aren't you? You really know how to pretend like the best of them, Sorachi-san!
7th Editor
Right Middle Rectangle: The 5th editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Matsuo Osamu
Middle Left: The 9th editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Isaka Takeru
Bottom Left Box: I couldn't write a comment in time because I was picking up the manuscript.
Bottom Right: The 8th editor of the 'Gintama' manga
Manabe Ren
Bottom: Everyone, thank you so much for your comments!!!!

Page 64:
Gin: bi
Middle Text: We're so sorry we couldn't end it. ["couldn't end it" big.]
Bottom: *We couldn't get this done in time for the printing schedule, but this is the correct cover design for this issue. Our humblest apologies.
T/N: This cover makes the three bubbles Gin says read "o-wa-bi" meaning "apology", rather than "o-wa-ri" meaning "end".


 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43981 [English] [Translation] Gintama 700 by kewl0210 2019-01-25T05:42:36+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 700 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
For real this time
We're
Heading
to the
End?!
Gin: Wa
Center: Running 3 issues in a row

Page 2:
Top Left: ☆The 2nd chapter in Giga!! For the climax of the climactic battle, enjoy this special illustration color page and a 52 page chapter!!
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Title: Lesson 700
Steel Heart
Gin: Hm. He really brought out my handsome-dude side!
Shin: C'mon, this looks nothing like you! He even has a racket!! They made him way tooooo cool!!!
Middle Insert: 'Shin Prince of Tennis' author Konomi Takeshi-sensei has drawn... Gin-saaaaan?!
Starburst: Win special crossover goods featuring this artwork!! Check the next page!!

Page 3:
Insert: After traveling around the universe, Kagura reached a certain place...
Guy: He's certainly not dead, this one.
But nor is he alive.
He exists in between the two.
Over the course of a fierce battle, this fellow was unable to maintain his existence in this world.
It seems to me that he sealed himself in here in order to keep his body connected to this world.
Though I cannot say I know when those wounds will heal.
It's honestly my first time ever seeing an inugami in this state.
But an inugami
is a keeper of the Dragon Veins that act as the source of a planet's life.

Page 4:
Guy: As long as a planet's life has not run dry, this fellow may very well return as that keeper.
So perhaps it would be best to simply let him rest quietly for now.
Your friend fought hard.
Maybe the best thing you can do is defend the planet he fought so hard to protect in his place?
It would be quite the pity
if this fellow's home is gone when he wakes up, wouldn't you say?
Somoene: .....-n
...chan!!!

Page 5:
Shin: Kagura-chan!
What're you waiting for?! C'mon, this way!
SFX: GOSO
Somone: Dammit...
Did Gintoki and the other already make their way to the enemy mother ship?!
We keep cutting these enemies down, but there's no end to them!
SFX: WAAAA
Guys: They keep seeping up out of the cracks one after another!
And in the meantime, they're still constantly sucking up the Earth's Altana!

Page 6:
Kon: Keep pressing forward! Don't stop for anything!
Put all your focus on moving forward!
Kagu: ----Sadaharu,
even without you,
I promise we will protect this place.
Nobume: What're you doing? Did you not hear the orders from your chief?
SFX: ZA ZAH

Page 7:
Nobume: Keep moving.
I'll take take care of things here.
I do not plan on allowing the police force that I took over form Isaburou
to end here.
Guys: Geez.
If the director of police is going to personally hold off the enemy, then I don't think this director of police is going to last too long either.
So you'll have to excuse me, Chief.
SFX: KACHIH (CLICK)
SFX: DOKAAA
Zaki: We'll be ignoring
both the chief and director's orders.

Page 8:
Zaki: It looks like we've got this whole business in front of us now.
You all, go right ahead.
We'll be behind you later. That's a promise.
And she'll be with us.
This time, both the Chief and the Director are going to stay live.
Someone: Just outright disregarding a superior's orders?
I can't believe this organization...
All right, we're all going back together.
And when we do, I'm slashing your salaries.
Guys: ---We promise
we'll protect the home for you to return to.
So...

Page 9:
Kagura: Please...
Please...

Page 10:
Gin: Takasugiiiiii!!

Page 11:
[No text]

Page 12:
Utsuro: It's over.

Page 13:
Guy: Disciples of Shouyou,
you cannot stop the revival of Utsuro.
You cannot save Shouyou.
SFX: DOH
Guy: Everything
is decided by Utsuro.
It is fate.

Page 14:
SFX: DOGOO
SFX: DOU ZAZAA

Page 15:
SFX: GIIN GAKIIN GIIN GAIN
SF:X DOGOOO

Page 16:
Guy: Did you see it?
The Utsuro inside me?
SFX: DOH ZAN
SFX: DOSHAAA
Guy: Then you should understand.
The likes of you cannot defeat me.
SFX: SHUUUU

Page 17:
Guys: Utsuro fell to ruin by your hands once before.
But the elements of him had even before then
lived on inside us who inherited his blood.
And they guided us here.
Do you understand?
We are a part of Utsuro.
The revival of Utsuro,
the destruction of you that resist him,
all of it was established by Utsuro.
It is your inescapable
fate.

Page 18:
[No text]

Page 19:
SFX: GA KII
SFX: ZAZAA
SFX: BIKIH
Guy: I see.
SFX: ZAH
Guy: And just what do you tryin' to do exactly?

Page 20:
Taka: Is me, somebody who nobody'd miss if they died, standing here like this
all thanks to Utsuro's guidance, too?
Gin: Takasugi!
Taka: I don't think so.
I... we aren't here because of anyone.
We're standing here by our own wills.

Page 21:
Taka: What's flowing through this nearly-rotted body
in order to stamp out
every last one of you
ain't Utsuro's immortal blood.

Page 22:
Taka: It's the steel teachings of Shouka Sonjuku

Page 23:
left behind by our master and senior disciple
to keep getting up no matter how many times we fall.
We've clashed with and duked it out with all sorts of people and ended up pretty bent and twisted along the way,

Page 24:
Taka: but that steel is unmistakably still here,
never rusting, never bending.
That blade is here in our souls.
SFX: DOH

Page 25:
SFX: DO DOOON
SFX: ZAZAZA
Katsu: We're taking this back.
And our master, too.
Someone: Is this destiny as well?

Page 26:
SFX: WAAAA
Guys: ZURAAAA!!
Looks like this is as far as we're gonna be able to escort ya!
SFX: GAKIIIN GIIIN
Hiji: Leave Katsura to us.
Catching idiot Patriots like him is our job.
Kon: Your guy is close... get goin'.
Get too careless and he's gonna slip away from you again!
Oki: You get it, right? This is the last time in this life that we're gonna help you guys.
The next time we meet...
Guys: ...Yeah. We'll make sure to hurl abuse at you
along with that guy.
So please let me say this for the last time in this life,

Page 27:
Guys: thank you.
SFX: GAKII
Gin: This guy...
Utsuro's swordsmanship...
These guys are really...
SFX: GIIIN
SFX: GIGI
Guy: So you've accepted Utsuro's blood,
yet you resist it as well?
Actually it seems that that blood, too, is starting to wilt.
Just how long will that half-connected neck hold out?

Page 28:
SFX: GOFAA
SFX: DODOO
SFX: DOU
SFX: GAPAA
SFX: DOH
SFX: HIIN

Page 29:
SFX: DO N
SFX: BUSHIII
SFX: DOKAKAK
SFX: DOSHAAAA
Gin: ...Hey.
These guys...
Taka: Yeah.
Just how the hell many Senseis do we need to cut down?

Page 30:
Guys: We are immortals that have undertaken an ample amount of Utsuro's blood.
What's more, we are able to draw power from Utsuro's blood.
Killing us is no simple task.
Taka: Can you see it?
We'll use the core that's on the verge of going berserk thanks to them.
They may regenerate no matter how much damage they take, but the high energy levels in there can even make that immortal blood go up in smoke.
Meaning if we use that Altana, we can wipe them out along with that blood.
What we need to go for is a level where we can get close to the core.
We'll have to bring them there with us, but...
we have immortals on our side, too.

Page 31:
Taka: Use me.
I dunno how long I'll be able to hold out, but I can at least act as a shield.
Gin: You...
Taka: Looks like it might've been worth it, getting this screwed up body.
Ready?
SFX: DOH
SFX: GASHAN

Page 32:
Guys: Have they gone mad?!
Or do they actually think they can escape...?
SFX: DO DOH

Page 33:
[No text]

Page 34:
SFX: DOOOON
SFX: DODOOON
SFX: OOOO

Page 35:
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO
SFX: DON
SFX: GOFAAA
Guy: It's useless.
The Utsuro within us cannot be extinguished with such things.

Page 36:
SFX: ZAZA
Guy: With that dried up blood of yours,
you cannot keep up with our regeneration.
SFX: DO DO
Guy: We'll drain all of that blood
and see that you rot away completely.

Page 37:
Taka: I see.
Then I guess that means...
it's a race to see whose blood runs dry first.
Your Utsuro blood, or my Shouyou blood?
SFX: GAH
Guys: ............!!

Page 38:
Someone: GO!

Page 39:
SFX: GAGOOOO
SFX: GOFUU
SFX: GOU

Page 40:
SFX: GAKAH
SFX: KAH
Guys: What's happening?!!
SFX: WAAAA
Guys: Guh!!
Did they have to show up now?!!
Sister!!
SFX: GAKIII
Kagu: Shinpachiii!!
Shin: Kagura-chan!
Kagura-chaaaaan!!

Page 41:
SFX: KAH
Guys: Guh, let go...!!
SFX: MEKI MEKI
Guys: Gah...!!
GAAAAAAH!!
SFX: SZZZZZ
Taka: Just a little more.

Page 42:
Taka: Just a little more should do it.
Sensei,
senior disciple.
Lend me your strength.

Page 43:
Guy: You bastard.
You intend to wipe yourself out along with us?!
SFX: MEKI MEKI
SFX: ZUH
Guy: Death-dodging bastard!
I'll gouge out your heart and spill out the rest of that blood first!!
SFX: BUKUH
SFX: ZUH
Guy: !!
SFX: DO SHI
Taka: Take it.
But your heart will get skewered, too.
SFX: GOFUH
Taka: I didn't plan on
using all the rest of this blood at a place like this, but...

Page 44:
Taka: if this will get us there,
then it's not so bad.
I wonder if the thing that made me start thinking in this way that's so unlike me
was your blood?
Or maybe...
...No.
That's
not so bad, either.

Page 45:
Taka: Ginto-

Page 46:
[No text]

Page 47:
[No text]

Page 48:
Guy: Foolish.
You couldn't take your comrade sacrificing himself,
so you actually let your chance to defeat us
slip away?
You will not have another such a chance.
There will not
be another miracle for you.
Now rot away in a pit of despair!

Page 49:
SFX: GOH

Page 50:
Both: GIN-SAAAAAAAAAN!!
-CHAAAAAAAAN!! [The "san" and "chan" are next to each other under the "GIN"]
Gin: Hey.

Page 51:
Gin: You don't need to yell,
I can hear ya.
I always could.
SFX: GOH

Page 52:
SFX: DOKAAA
SFX: GOFAAA
SFX: GAAA
SFX: JAKIN
Guy: Y-You bastaaaaard!!
SFX: GAGAGAGAGAGA
SFX: KAH

Page 53:
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO
Kagu: Gin-chaaaaaan!!
UAAH!!
SFX: GOAA
Kagu: Sadaharuuu!!
Bottom: ...Lesson 700
/ End
Insert: The other member of the Yorozuya has spilled out---!! https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43974 [English] [Translation] Gintama 699 by kewl0210 2018-12-28T09:25:46+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 699 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Right: For real this time
we're
heading
to the
end!
Gin: Oh!
Smasll red: With the opening color pages, and it's 53 pages long!
MIddle: Running 3 issues in a row

Page 2-3:
Big Red Text: It's back!!
Just barely making in under the deadline!!
The off-the-charts
crazy
manga!!
Purple Right: ☆Thanks for the great fanfare for the Silver Soul Arc!! And now, we head for the end...! For the return, here's some opening color pages and a special expanded 53-page chapter!!
Bottom Blue: Sorachi Hideaki
Red: Lesson 699 Sakata Gintoki and his Comrades
Bottom Left Blue: Hurry to the next page for the manga!!

Page 4:
Insert: What the hell is going on...?!
Narration: Summary up to this point
A universe-scale war intended to bring an end to everything
was created by the immortal majin
Utsuro.
But by the power of the Yorozuya and their comrades,
he disappeared into the swirling Dragon Veins.
But as Utsuro was a being born from those Dragon Veins, an element of him lived on
deep underground inside the Dragon Veins.
Two years later, his body was successfully reconstructed
and he revived out of a remote Dragon Hole.

Page 5:
Narr: Having predicted that Utsuro would be revived, Gintoki had set out on a journey. And along the way he encountered it...
But as he still did not know just what this baby was, he could not bring himself to lay a hand on it.
Though also searching for Utsuro
was a group lead by the remnants of the Tendoushuu,
a religious group called the 'Seibouists', who took Utsuro from him.
They needed Utsuro himself in order to manipulate Utsuro's blood in order to create a perfect form of 'immortality'.
But just before he fell into their clutches, a personality that seemed very much like that of 'Yoshida Shouyou' was discovered to be dwelling within Utsuro's body.
He entrusted his own heart to Gintoki in order to prevent the Seibouists from obtaining 'perfect immortality'.
The master entrusted his disciple with his wish
that his 'immortality' would no longer be misused and that no further monsters like him would be created.
But that wish nearly started another meaningless, foolish war.
Having obtained Utsuro's incomplete body, the Seibouists started targeting the Earth's Altana in order to fully revive him.

Page 6:
Narr: Takasugi and Katsura, who were acting undercover to track the movements of the Seibouists, met up with Gintoki
and in order to grant their master's wish,
and in order to save their master,
decided to take Utsuro back.
They made their way into the the Seibouists as they advanced, seeking the Earth's Altana
to the location of the final battle, the Terminal.
Will Gintoki and the others be able to save their master?
Will the Z Fighters be able to grasp the future?

Page 7:
Zura: How about I just pound the sumamry into your heaaaad?!!
Handwritten: Wolf Fang Fist!
Zura: The art style's changed too much! This looks like a summary for an entirely different manga!! Honestly, this looks like a Dragonball fan comic!!
What in the world happened when we moved from Jump to Giga?!!
Gin: Dregen Bale? What're you talking about, Ketsura?
Zura: It's not Ketsura, it's Katsura!!
'Ol Sorachi's finally gotten serious.
After he was released from the weekly publication, he finally managed to put some real power into his drawings. This is his true artistry power.
Zura: All he's doing is drawing with a Dragonball in his left hand!!
And anyhow, why am I Yamcha while this guy is Vegeta?! Why do I get saddled with the loser role?!
Taka: This is ridiculous. I'm not sticking around with you.
Zura: Mugh! I hate to admit it, but you're the spitting image of him, aren't you? When did you master the widow's peak?

Page 8:
Gin: You guys just don't get it.
We've gone beyond the final chapter. We've gone beyond jump. And now we've finally made it here.
To a place with none of those eyesore pirate senpais
and no more cheeky kouhais either,
this new holy land of Jump Giga!
And now, the world is within our grasp.
Here, we can become legends!
SFX: BIRI BIRI (SPARK SPARK)
Gin: Whadda ya say we show those newbies with their shit sales
just what power we've got?!
With this GIGA's
SFX: DOH
Gin: Akira Toriyama power!

Page 9:
Gin: Well, Shouyou, looks like somehow or another it worked out.
Shou: Yeah!!
Gin: No matter what anybody says, somehow or another it worked out.
Didn' iiiiiiiit?!!
Narr: And this is as far as we can show you of the grand adventure of Gintoki and his comrades. They'll probably get into all sorts of trouble from here, but I'm sure they'll be able to overcome it all as well. It'll be okay. They have the Silver Balls after all...!!
Taka: What the hell are the Silver Balls?
Handwritten: Galick Gun
Taka: Are they balls that grant wishes? Or is it that empty ball that sits on top of your neck?
Well if there are some handy balls like that around,
then there's no reason for you or me to thrash around a place like this.
But... Let me show my thanks.
SFX: ZAH

Page 10:
Taka: Thanks to that, we were able
to make it here
on our own power.
We took quite the detour,
but without anyone else's help,
with purely our own hands,
we'll be able to take that person back...

Page 11:
Taka: With the very same hands he was taken from,
we will take him back.
That's how we, the disciples of Shouyou,
do business.
GUys: Fi-
SFX: KORO KORO (ROLL)

Page 12:
SFX: DOOOON
Guys: Y-You fieeends!!
SFX: ZUGAGAGA

Page 13:
SFX: DO DO
SFX: GAGAGA WAA
Guys: Eliminate them!!

Page 14:
Guys: Any heretic that interferes in our god-channeling ceremony...
shall feel our wrath!!
SFX: WAAAA
Zura: God-channeling?
Sounds like something a bunch of folks swarming to an immortality bargain sale would say.
Look, their ship has fallen,
but it's still sucking up the Earths Altana through the Terminal's core.
It's a vile sight not unlike that of a blood-sucking leech.
With that massive amount of energy,
you could even revive an incomplete god without a heart.
If you could gain control over such a power, the idea of a world where everyone lives for all eternity would not be a dream.
...Or at least that's what they seem to be saying.

Page 15:
Zura: Honestly, I'm surprised that there are so many people that would go through such lengths
to extend their lives.
SFX: GA GA GA GA
Guys: Do only those that live lives of little consequence try to extend them?
I've had plenty.
Sadness, happiness,
I'm satisfied with this life.
If I can overcome
this final trial with you two,
SFX: DOU

Page 16:
Taka: If these lives end here,
I'll have no regrets!
Heh.
Even now, I'm not sure
if those meetings brought more sadness
or joy,
But if there's one thing we can say for sure...

Page 17:
Taka: no matter how long I live from here,
there's no chance I'll ever meet guys like that again.
SFX: DOOO
SFX: DOON DOON DOOO
GUys: We may hate each other
and try to kill each other,
SFX: GOPAA
SFX: GOGOO
Someone: but still,

Page 18:
Someone: they're bonds we can't sever.
Being swung around by such rotten bonds...
by such a bunch of idiots...

Page 19:
Guys: is something I wanna limit to this life!!
SFX: DO DOH
SFX: WAAAA
Guys: Owww...
Gin: Is that so?
Too bad for you though,
you two can't die yet.

Page 20:
Gin: 'Cause I won't let you.
I understand how they feel.
I don't want to die yet.
I want to keep living a lot longer.
Cause both the idiot master that put his disciples through all this,
and the idiot fellow disciples that tossed me around,
I still
have to beat the crap out of a whole lot more.

Page 21:
Someone: You know,
I have things I want to say to Sensei, too.
Taka: I've got a ton, myself.
I wonder how much beating I'd need to do before I'd feel satisfied?
...........
I think...
even an eternity wouldn't be enough.

Page 22:
Someone: ----Sensei,
if you were here right now, what would you say?
You entrusted us, your disciples,
with all sorts of your wishes,
but
the thing you really wished for
has already long since been...

Page 23:
SFX: GOU
SFX: GAH
Someone: JUUUUUMP!!
SFX: DOGAAA
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO GO
Someone: Zura!!
!!
SFX: DO DO DO DO DO

Page 24:
SFX: WAAAAA
Zura: Geez,
I never knew how popular Sensei was.
From this side, too.
Even if we had a whole slew of lives, would that not be enough to make it though?
Taka: No, three should be plenty.
Though if one of them exits here, I can't be so sure.
Zura: Is that supposed to be
encouragement?
Taka: If that's what it sounded like, then maybe making an exit would be a good idea.

Page 25:
SFX: DOON
SFX: GOON
Guys: !!
That was...
No way...

Page 26:
Someone: This is an message to the group that is occupying the Terminal.
SFX: OOOOOO
Matsu: You are surrounded.
Stop resisting and abandon your weapons immediately.
If you do not comply...
Guys: Shoot them out of the skyyyyy!!!
SFX: WAAAA

Page 27:
SFX: GOPAA DODOOO
Matsu: If you do not comply
we will thank you.

Page 28:
Matsu: Thanks to all of you,
we,
this country,
has become so strong.

Page 29:
SFX: WAH
Guys: It's them...!!
SFX: DOU
Kon: It's been decades since you Amanto first came to Earth.
You shook our sense of values to its core, did away with the old, and brought in the new. And all through that chaotic era
we lived out lives in a stat of confusion and worry,
but now, we can say
those days were not a waste.

Page 30:
Kon: During that changing era,
we found some precious things we'll never forget.
During an era when things were disappearing,
we found some precious things
that we had to protect.
Tsuku: The shadows on the ground of us worrying, struggling, and down on our hands and knees...
taught us the location of the sun.
So we will no longer
be afraid.
No matter what arrives at this country beyond this point,
no matter what difficulties are awaiting it,
we'll face them all head-on.

Page 31:
Someone: We can finally say them, huh?
Those words we couldn't say to you Amanto on that day 20 years ago.

Page 32:
Someone: Welcome to the Country of Samurai!

Page 33:
Guys: This is the country...
of those with steel hearts.
The country of people...
with silver souls.
Let us welcome you!!

Page 34:
SFX: WAAAA
SFX: DOOON
Guys: Nooooow!!
We can cut our way through!!
Tottsan, back us up!!
Scatter the enemy's guard!
Matsu: Forget slow tactics like that. We should just hit that mother ship sitting up there head on!
That thing is drawing all the Altana it's sucking up from the Terminal to one place.
Kon: We dunno what'll happen if we shoot up that thing, but leave that to us!!

Page 35:
Matsu: A raid where we try to go straight for the enemy general's head.
Geez, what era of aamurai are we?
Kon: Heh. For that, there's no past or present.
The same old idiots
are called samurai.
Someone: Yo!
You sure took your time!
You took so long we thought you might've turned tail and ran.
SFX: ZAN
Someone: And if there's no palanquin to carry, it's not a real festival!
SFX: DOH

Page 36:
Kagu: Hohoh. So you finally admit that we Yorozuya are the superior ones, yes?
Someone: Heh. Where'd you get that from?
If we're gonna have a wild time anyhow, it's way more interesting if you're lifting a total idiot on your shoulders while you do!
Shin: Well then, I don't think we're worthy of that position.
How about we go to where the real palanquin is?
For one last
wild time?
Tendou: It appears that a prolonged battle is unavoidable.

Page 37:
Tendou: We should regroup.
Our goal is not a war nor to commit terrorism.
Those are purely means to the end of obtaining Utsuro's complete body and invent a means of manufacturing immortality.
Even if we revived Utsuro, if we lost the religion in the process, we would be right back where we started.
We would lose the means of manufacturing immortality as well as the power to restore our positions.
Ten: There is no need for concern.
Everything is progressing nicely.
Look closely.
As expected, Utsuro is taking in the Earth's Altana splendidly.
Look, our god is pleased.
His chest...
The Earth's Altana he's absorbed is forming into a crystal...

Page 38:
Tendou: Do you mean to say it's creating a new heart...?!
Soon...
Just a bit longer and our god... Utsuro will awaken.
That's plenty, is it not?!
Have we not gained enough?
Any longer and it will become too difficult to withdraw from this front!
If that happens, everything will be for naught.
We should proceed with preparations to retreat!
SFX: DOH DOH
Ten: How do you feel?
Guys: Guu.... GH.
Ten: Are your bodies not doing what you tell them to?
Fear not.
It was the same for me.
But I was mistaken.
I had thought I was acting on my own will.

Page 39:
Ten: Think back.
We stole Utsuro's blood which destroyed our bodies,
but it was through the use of that same blood
that we were revived.
Though that was by no means because we found some method of controlling this immortal blood.
The ones being controlled were us.
We were allowed to live so we could be used.
Used to revive Utsuro.
By the elements of Utsuro
that now run through our veins.
We have long since lost any wills of our own.
Creating the religion as well as coming to this planet were all none other than Utsuro's will.

Page 40:
Ten: We are already a part of Utsuro.
We are his arms and legs.
---Now stand.
By the command of that internal will.
What you should use those hands to grasp,
where you should use those legs to move,
if you surrender yourself to that great will,
then the elements of Utsuro will give you strength.
We will carry out our,
Utsuro's, will.
Someone: Looks like we couldn't escape them.

Page 41:
Zura: We knew they were the kind of people that would come if they knew.
That's why we split up from them and took a separate paths in the first place.
The ones to bear the burden of saving or killing master is us, his disciples.
It seems the idea of not getting the people we were entrusting the world to roped into that
was too much of a luxury.
Perhaps we took up that burden as well
long ago.
They really have
gotten strong.

Page 42:
Binboku: Ready yourselves.
This is where we die.
SFX: JAKI
Tae: Kyuu-chan!
Kyuu: We'll hold them off here!
Shinpachi-kun, Kagura-chan, you take care of Tae-chan!
If you meet them, tell them this for me.
I've decided I'd like to keep on being idiots with you guys a little longer. So if I live to see you again...
then why don't you come destroy the plans I had for a marriage interview?
Someone: ...Gintoki,
hand over the 'heart'.
I told you, didn't I?
I'm not entrusting this task to someone playing games of pretend.
Go.

Page 43:
Taka: There's something way more fitting
for you to be carrying with you than that heart, right?
I have what I have to take back,
and you have
what you need to take back...
SFX: GOUN
SFX: ZUGAGAGAGA
SFX: DODODODODODo

Page 44:
SFX: GO GO GO GO
SFX: OOO OOOO
SFX: GA PA
SFX: DO DOO OO
SFX: GAPO

Page 45:
SFX: DOGOOO
SFX: OOOOO
Gin: We should hurry.
Taka: .....
SFX: DO DO DO DO DO
SFX: WAAAA
Tsuku: Get movin', Shinpachi!! Kagura!!

Page 46:
Sa: Tsukky!!
SFX: DO DO DO
SFX: ZAZAU
Sa: You weren't planning to die at a place liek this, were you?
You finally got out of Yoshiwara, right? When you die, it should be between the legs of the man you love.
Hattori: Sarutobi, I wish you'd come to grips with the idea that in both living and dying, shinobi should be hidden, unseen in the shadows.
Saru: At the very least, I have no plans of dying anywhere near your blood-covered crotch.
Tsuku: I do not intend to die with anyone.
SFX: Hm

Page 47:
Tsuku: I'm gonna live on
and see him again.
Kagu: Sacchaan!! Tsukyy!!
Tsu: So until them, you guys'd better take care of him!
Sa: You Yorozuya are the only ones taht can protect that man!
Hatto: And tell him this.
If he doesn't come back, I'm throwing out all the old issues of Jump that you missed reading.
Gin: ----Takasugi,
there's no longer anything
that I gotta take back.

Page 48:
Gin: The things I lost,
I got back a long time ago.
I've got them all
right here with me.
The reason I'm here
is so I don't lose a single one of them.
SFX: DOPAA

Page 49:
SFX: DOKAA
Zura: Gintoki!! Takasu-
SFX: DOH
Gin: ZURAAAAAAA

Page 50:
SFX: GAH GAGARI GARI
Gin: JUUUUMP!
SFX: KAH GA

Page 51:
SFX: DOPAAA
SFX: DODOO
SFX: ZAZAA
Someone: Watch where you're stepping.

Page 52:
Gin: Now we're even.
You're one guy I'd rather not owe a favor to.
Taka: What a coincidence,
I'd say the same about you.

Page 53:
Someone: Hurry up, already.
You don't plan on just letting Zura die, do you?
..........
Right.

Page 54:
Insert: The "rotten bond" that was supposedly could not be severed is torn apart by an assassin's blade----!!
Bottom: ...Lesson 699
/ End https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43911 [English] [Translation] Gintama 698 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-09-13T02:24:27+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Hi wa mata noboru only.



Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
Final lesson: Go beyond the final chapter.
(Red text- Until the day we meet again.)
SORACHI HIDEAKI

002
(Top Text- Goodbye Yorozuya, Goodbye Gintama. The grand finale with lead color pages!!)
(Bottom text- Check out info on the special project announcements and the manga's continuation on page 95!!)

003
(Text about a popularity poll ya'll cant participate in.)

004
{Apology and Edit: The “Tengen sect” That appeared in Issue 24 and 25 of the manga, as well as the alternate spelling used in issue 26 are of a fictional group related to and utilized in the series and not at all related to the actual organization “Tengenkyou”. We apologize deeply for any issues raised by those involved with the organization, and thus we will change the name going forward in future volumes sold to the “Seibou sect”.}
Tae: Shin-chan..
If you all are...
Going to become the Yorozuya to grant Gin-san's desire...
(Bottom text- Don't miss the color page three pages back!!)
Tae: Then we..
Will become the Yorozuya..
Who will grant your wish.
(Bottom text- The Gintama app is now up for distribution!! Manga, Light Novels, and anime are all at your finger tips for a few coins!!)
Tae: The threads that the Yorozuya bonded us together with..
will connect all of you together again.
(Side text- Grand bonds that are full of strength...)
(Bottom text- It's a hit beyond wildest expecations! The live action “Gintama 2” is in theaters everywhere!!//The TV Anime Gintama: Silver Soul arc airs every week at 1:35 am on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)

005
Saigo: We're repayin' you guys Yorozuya!!
Can't have you up and disappearing –there won't be anyone to do odd jobs!!
(Sfx- Gahahahaah)
Shinpachi: E---
Everyone...
Otose: My, my..
You've gained quite a few employees in the short time since I saw you last.
However with this many people joining forces...
It might just be possible to grant that wish.
Gintoki's wish...
And the Yorozuya's wish...whatever it may be.
Take this.
There's something in here,
that you'll probably need to make his wish come true.

006
Otose: And this one...
is for you.
Tell that fool...
To hurry back and pay his rent.
(Sfx- Dodododdodo blamblamblamblam)
???: There are believers of that sect here too?
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah roaaaar)
Believers: This is where God's second coming will be!
Purge all of the nonbelievers until there are none other than the seibou sect!

007
Jirocho: Give me a break.
Ya'll are a lawless lot aintcha?
The best booze is the stuff you slug down with....
People who have different beliefs and thoughts.
And the booze your daughter picks up for you when you're enjoying retirement.
Pirako: Pops, looks like they got here first.
Jirocho: No kidding.
(Sfx- Tohh tok)
Jirocho: The next in line after the Yakuza is the freelancers.
Not a damn thing has changed in all this time huh?

008
(Sfx- Dooohhh fwhooom)
Jirocho: And here I was dreamin' of kicking my feet up in retirement. Guess I've still got a while till then.
(Sfx- Dooooh fwhoooom)
(Sfx- Waaaah roar)
Jirocho: Let's do this guuuuuuuuys!!!
???: Who--
Who the hell are these people?!
Just what the hell...
Is this group doing?!

009
Shinpachi: We're the Yorozuya.

010

011
Jirocho: Get moving.
We're going to protect...
The place you'll return to.
So...
Get your ass out there and tell that idiot to come back.
{Gin-san...}
{Are you watching?}

012
{Maybe we haven't been able to...}
{Take a single step forward since then...}
{But everyone is...}
{Waiting for us here.}

013
Hattori: 'Sup.
Guess I chose a pretty good time to return to Edo, huh?
Nobume: It appears...
We weren't the only ones getting restless.
Shinpachi: Zenzou-san! Nobume-san!
Soyo: Kagura-chan!
We'll open a path for you!
It's our turn to repay you for what you did...
two years ago.
All of us together.
{Everyone...}
{Returned here.}

014
Matsudaira: Katsura might have gotten the jump on me before...
But this time the old man's gonna shine.
We're gonna teach those terrorists not to screw with the protectors of Edo!!
(Sfx- Dooooon boooom)
(Sfx- Gogogogogo rmmmmmble)
Kondo: Protector of Edo?! Are you including yourself in that, old man?!
We just got the city back for craps sake, so why the hell are you trying to blow it up?
Matsudaira: We can rebuild it if that's what it comes to.
So there's no need to hold back..
Shinsengumi.
That's just...
How we roll.
{No one forgot...}
{Anything.}

015
{Not those good old days...}
{Or even you.}

016
(Sfx- Dododooon baboooom)
Umibozu: Heh...
So you're here too huh?
I see so that appearance of yours...
So you taught her—Kagura those odd moves too huh?
So unless you look like a brat..
You can't save one measly younger sister?
You truly are a difficult bastard.
{So we're...}
{Going to take that first step forward with everyone.}

017
Hanano: Are you all watching?
All around the Edo there are people taking the fight to the streets.
Madao has died along with those beings too crass to be aired on broadcast television..but Edo hasn't yet …
Wha...What's that?
???: People of Edo!!
Can you hear mbria palace?!
I'm your idol –everyone's idol, Terakado Tsuu toroiyaaaaah!!
And I'm....going to fight with you!!!
I may be only able to sing to encourage you, but...
If that is able to help you even just a little, if just one of you is made stronger by my songs...
(Sfx- Hira hira hira shfftt sshffft)
Tsuu: Then I think it's well worth standing he-stcles!
Takachin: It's okay Otsuu-chan.
There's one guy for sure who yearns for your song.
You'll reach his heart for sure.

018
{Back then...}
{What I wanted to say but couldn't...}
{What I was thinking but couldn't convey...}
{I'm going to take all of them...}
{And stride forward.}
{Gin-san...}
{I'm coming to where you are.}
Tsuu: This song is for all of the brave samurai...
fighting for the sake of our planet!
I hope you all are listening!

019
{Isn't the Prince of Tennis awesome~}
{It's my everything!~}
{No matter how tough things get, it'll all work out.}
{So try again, open up a new page and restart.}
{Because the greatest story awaits!}
{They may say I'm a mangaka with flash and circumstance...}
{But because I'm just sitting at a desk...}
{Good news and sad things...}
{Just pass on by.}
(TN- So this is actually a song written by Takeshi Konomi who created Prince of Tennis.)
{Let me see those smiling faces, and hear those angry shouts! There's no need to be anxious...}
{Stand up and draw! Rush forward and make a statement here and now!!}
{Prince of Tennis sure is awesome~}
Gintoki: LIKE HELL IT IS!!
THE FUCK IS THIS?! I'LL TELL YOU WHAT IT ISN'T –PRINCE OF TENNIS'S FINAL CHAPTER! WHY THE FRICK IS THE SONG FROM THE SERIES COMING OUT ON SEVERAL PAGES?!
Katsura: To be fair, this is a song Konomi-sensei wrote to all of the readers of prince of tennis using his heart and soul.
Gintoki: AND WHO WOULD WANT TO HEAR THIS?! WASN'T IT SUPPOSED TO BE A SONG FOR SAMURAI?!
Katsura: Gintoki it would appear that somehow we arrived here.
What we want is right over there.
I'm sure that from here things will only get more difficult.
But truly what we should fear...
the most now is..

020
Katsura: The lacking page count.
Gintoki: I KNOW RIGHT?? It's because we were bs'ing around up until now that we don't have the pages needed to finish this!
Katsura: We've no choice but to allow the song to play through the remaining pages...
As BGM and hope this fools everyone into thinking this truly is the end of the “Prince of Tennis.”
Gintoki: And I'm asking you why are we using Prince of Tennis?! Only Konomi-sensei would be crazy enough to try a stunt like that!
Katsura: This is why I said that five chapters wasn't nearly enough to end the series!!
Those fools at Zip HAD to make a big deal about it and so we couldn't then apologize and take it back!!
(Handwritten- I curse Matsu in particular!!)
Takasugi: Hmph, I'm done dealing with you all.
(Sfx- Dan tapt)
Katsura: Wait, Gintoki Takasugi! What are you doing?!
More like, what CAN you do with merely a page left? You can't possibly think to end this in a single page, can you?
Gintoki: Screw ending,
We haven't started a damn thing yet.
(Sfx- Dahh tap)
Katsura: Gintoki..!!
Oh I see! We're doing one of those “The true battle starts here” endings huh?!
The final chapter means nothing to us! We won't be stopped!!
We'll keep going to a place beyond the end!!
Gintoki: Yeah...

022
Gintoki: OUR BATTLE...
WILL CONTINUE IN JUMP GIGA!!
???: I KNEW IT WASN'T ENDING, DAMMIT.
(Side text- To all of our beloved readers, thanks so much for reading along for 14 years. Please by all means do NOT look forward to Sorachi-sensei's next work.)
GINTAMA..............END.

023
(Side text- Please check out the next page for a proper explanation.)
From Sorachi:
So uh, first thanks to everyone who read Gintama for 14 years in weekly Shounen Jump, and my deepest apologies for things ending up this way. So starting from next week Gintama will be leaving Jump but well, it's clearly not ending at all. I think a lot of you probably realized this when we did the five chapter countdown and then got a chapter about Gorillas getting married, and despite being a Gorilla among Gorillas, pulling an ending out of my ass after five chapters is impossible. So to explain Jump has a thing where you tell the editorial department about half a year in advance that the series is going to end by a certain date and you move to slowly wrap up the story in that time frame. The thing is, with Gintama I sorta miscalculated and for the last three years I've been constantly saying “Not yet, just one more thing”. It's like having a family gathering for Grandpa's funeral but Grandpa keeps sitting up and saying “Actually I think I might live a little longer” over and over. Eventually the fam is going to start getting irritated, tapping their feet and sucking their teeth at grandpa and then Granpa gives a quasi definitive date of “August, August for sure” and then he takes out a cigar and acts like Big Boss in Metal Gear Solid four, puffing away, but...despite acting like a big shot things still didn't really work out that way. Even with trying my damned hardest to fit things in the weekly chapters, little boss with all of the stubbornness just kept clinging on for dear life. So to finally finish things off we're taking off to a different place. Honestly? I'd have much rather have finished everything off in Jump, but since that didn't happen I have to apologize for being a screwup. I do hope you'll keep enjoying Jump –as I say farewell. For you kiddos who just flipped through Gintama idly, don't expect Grandpa to leave anything in his will for you. Meanwhile for you guys who are sticking with Grandpa through thick and thin, yup, bupkiss. Why is that? Because the inheritence is all of you. Let's hook up again beyond the final chapter.
SORACHI.
The uh, conclusion? Sorachi gives a word about the ending and major annoucement!!
(Side text- Yeah there's no way this is the end.)
(Bottom text- And so the beyond the final will take place in Jump Giga's fall issue series!!)
Gintoki: I figured...
This shit wasn't going anywhere.


And that's it, but not really. Honestly I kinda saw this coming when this whole end after the end arc began, so I'm not at all surprised. It's been pretty clear for a while that Sorachi has no idea of what he really wants to do with the series, so my enjoyment of it has been dwindling. That being said, Gintama is still a series that's more than a weekly bit of translation but a part of my life as it has been for the last 9 years. Although it is true the series will be back in two months, I won't be, (probably). I've had lots of good times, bad times, frustrating times, and rewarding times with Gintama over the years and while it sorta fell apart for me I've gotta admit I've learned a lot from the series and maybe even had a little fun? For now I'm just...I need a vacation from silver soul. I'll be lurking in the shadows maybe, and might have more to say when I've sorted out my thoughts but for now...I bid Gintama and you guys farewell. I hope you'll look forward to other TL's from me, but if you were only here for Gintama I'm glad to have met you and if only just a little my weekly complaining about this series made your week then I'm deeply honored. Thank you, and be well.

-BDR.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43910 [English] [Translation] Gintama 698 by kewl0210 2018-09-12T20:54:04+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


Man, this chapter sure is final.

[Gintama 698 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1-2:
Right Insert: Final Lesson
Go Beyond the Final Chapter
Middle Insert: Until the day we meet again----
Top Left: ☆Goodbye, Yorozuya, goodbye, Gintoki.
A grand final chapter!
With two-page center color pages!!
Bottom Left: On the next page, check out the special project announcement and about the manga continuation on page 95!!
Bottom Right: Sorachi Hideaki

Page 3:
Top Text: A final commemorative general election
is now underway!!
[I'm gonna skip the rest here]

Page 4:
Box: Apology and Correction
The 'Tengenism' that previously appeared in this series (issue 24 and 25) as well as the alternate kanji used in issue 26 are meant to be a fictional religion created for this series and are not connected in any way to the actual organisation 'Tengenkyoh'. For the issues caused to those involved with this organization, we want to offer a sincere apology. In all volumes and such sold in the future and such, the name of the in-series organization will be changed to 'Seibouism'.
Tae: Shin-chan,
if you're going to become a Yorozuya
that can grant Gin-san's wish, then...
Insert: Make sure you don't miss the color pages a few pages back!!
Tae: We
will grand your wish.
And become a Yorozuya.
Middle Insert: ☆The official Gintama app is now available!! The manga, novels, and anime can be enjoyed with coins!!
Someone: This threads that were connected by the Yorozuya
will connect you all together again.
Middle Insert: Those bonds, big and strong...
Bottom Insert: ☆An incredible hit!! The live action movie 'Gintama 2' is now on sale!!
☆The TV Anime 'Gintama' The Silver Soul Arc is airing every week at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!

Page 5:
Someone: We're paying back what we owe ya, Yorozuya!
Without you guys around, there's nobody around to do odd jobs!!
SFX: GAHAHAHA
Shin: ...Huh?
Everyone...
Otose: ---Geez.
You sure added a lot of employees in the short time since I last saw you.
But actually, maybe with all these people working together,
that wish can come true.
No matter what his wish...
no matter what you Yorozuya's wish is.
Take this.
There's something
you'll probably need to make his wish come true in there.

Page 6:
Otose: And
this one's for you two.
Tell him this for me, will ya?
Hurry up and pay your rent.
SFX: DO DO DO DO
Guys: !!
There are followers of the religion here, too?!!
This is sacred ground where god will soon have his second coming!!
SFX: WAAAN
Guys: Eliminate all those besides us Seibouists!!

Page 7:
Jiro: My, oh my...
Guys: !!
Jiro: What an unrefined bunch.
Ya know, the tastiest booze is the type you drink
with people who feel and believe different things.
That booze you have you daughter get for you when you're taking it easy in retirement.
Pira: Pops, looks like that guy got there first.
Jiro: Yep, that's for sure.
SFX: TOH
Jiro: Right after yakuza is the jack-of-all-trades.
Not much has changed in all these years, has it?
SFX: CHIN

Page 8:
Jiro: Looks like my dream of a relaxin' retirement's still a ways off.
SFX: DOH
SFX: WAH
Pira: Let's go, you bastaaaards!!
Guys: Hey,
who are these guuuys?!!
This group,
who in the world...?

Page 9:
Shin: We're a Yorozuya.

Page 10:
[No text]

Page 11:
Jiro: Get goin'.
We'll safeguard
the place for you guys ta come home to.
So,
go tell that guy to come back.
Shin: Gin-san.
Are you watching?

Page 12:
Guys: Since then,
we may have not been able to take a single step forward, but...
all of them
were waiting here for us.

Page 13:
Zen: Yo.
Looks like I picked the perfect time to come back to Edo again, huh?
Nobu: It seems that we were not the only ones
with an itch to scratch.
Shin: Zenzou-san! Nobume-san!
SFX: SUH
Soyo: Kagura-chan!
We'll open a path!
This time, we're going to pay you back
for what you did for us those two years ago.
Together.
Shin: They all
came back there.

Page 14:
Matsu: I may have been busted out by Katsura last time,
but now this old man's got his day.
We're gonna teach these terrorists just who it is that protects Edooo!!
SFX: DOON
Someone: GEHO GOHO
SFX: GO GO GO GO
Kon: Well it sure ain't you, Tottsan!
We finally got Edo back up and running, are you trying to blow it up now?!
Matsu: If the time comes, we'll rebuild like we did before.
So there's need ta hold back now.
Shinsengumi,
it looks like
this is just how it's gotta be.
Someone: They didn't forget.
None of them.

Page 15:
Shin: About those days...
About you...

Page 15:
SFX: DODOON
Umi: Heh.
So you showed, too, eh?
I see. That odd form...
You're the one that taught her those weird techniques, too, huh?
So unless you make yourself out to look like a kid,
ya can't save one little sister?
What a difficult brat.
Shin: So we
are going to take a step forward with everyone.

Page 16:
Ana: Can you see that?
All over Edo, people are standing up and doing battle.
Even after Madao has perished and after those beings indecent for public broadcast perished, Edo is still alive...
Hm? What is that...!!
Tsuu: People of Edooooo!!
Is my voice reaching you-mbria Palace!!
T/N: Cambria Palace is a talk show/documentary on TV Tokyo.
Tsuu: I'm everyone's idol, Terakado Tsuu-troyyyaaa!!
And I... am going to fight together with all of you!!
All I can do is sing... and try to encourage you, but...
If that becomes even a tiny bit of help, if there's anyone at all that my singing makes stronger,
that's who I'm standing here for-nuki's testicles.
Take: It's okay, Otsuu-chan.
I know there's at least one person's heart
I'm sure you'll reach.

Page 17:
Shin: ---Back then,
those words I couldn't say,
those thoughts I couldn't get across...
I'm going to hold them all up
and move forward.
And go straight to you,
Gin-san.
Tsuu: This song
goes out to all the samurai out there fighting on this planet.
I hope you'll listen.
[Then there's four music notes followed by tildes.]

Page 18:
Tsuu: Prince of Tennis sure is goo~~~d
It's my everythi~~~ng
T/N: This is an actual song from an album put out by the mangaka of the (bad) Jump manga The Prince of Tennis, Konomi Takeshi.
Tsuu: No matter what trying things happen, it'll be okay.
So try again, and we'll out all this down on a new page and keep going
because a great adventure is waiting!
Even if they call me a flashy mangaka,
I'm always just facing a desk
and so both happy news and sad things
are always passing my by.
Middle: JASRAC pending

Page 19:
Tsuu: I want to see your smiling face, I want to hear your angry voice! There's nothing to worry about,
now, draw! Stand up and push forward! I'll make this statement here and now!
Prince of Tennis sure is good!
Gin: NO, IT'S NOT GOOD AT ALLLLLL!!
BECAUSE THIS ISN'T THE LAST CHAPTER OF GODDAMN PRINCE OF TENNIS!! Why in the blue hell is this Prince of Tennis song going on page after page?!!
Zura: To be precise, it's a wonderful song Konomi-sensei is singing from the heart out to all of the readers of Prince of Tennis.
Gin: Nobody in their right mind would listen to something like that!! And what the hell happened to the song going out to all the samurai?!
Zura: Gintoki, it seems that somehow, we made it.
The thing we've been after is right over there.
It's likely that all sorts of difficulties will befall us from here.
But the thing I think we
should be most afraid of right now...

Page 20:
Zura: is that we don't have enough pages left.
Gin: I know, right?!! Because we spent all that time fooling around, we're way too low on pages!!
Zura: In order to conclude the story in the remaining number of pages,
our only choice is to let that song keep going on in the background and fool them into thinking this is the last chapter of The Prince of Tennis.
Gin: No, seriously, why is it a Prince of Tennis song?!! There's nobody but Konomi-sensei that can pull off a crazy technique like that!!
Zura: Didn't I tell you there was no way we could end the story in just 5 more chapters?!!
Those bastards on that ZIP! show! They had to make it into big news and now we can't take it back!!
Handwritten: I'll never forgive Masu, that bastard!!
T/N: ZIP! is a morning show on Nihon TV, hosted by Masu Taichi.
Taka: Keh. I'm not hanging around for this.
SFX: DAN
Zura: Wait! Gintoki, Takasugi!! What're you gonna do?!
Just how in the world are you going to wrap things up with just one more page?!! Is it even possible?!
Gin: Forget ending.
We haven't even gotten started yet!
SFX: DAH
Zura: Gintoki...!!
Oh, I get it. One of those "Our battle has only just begun" endings, huh?! I get you!
Some final chapter can't stop us!!
We'll keep going, to the place beyond the end!
Gin: That's right.

Page 21:
Gin: Our battle
starts in JUMP GIGA!!
Someone: I knew you couldn't end iiiiit!!
Insert: ☆To all of you out there, for 14 years of readership, thank you so much.
Please do not anticipate the next work from Sorachi-sensei.
Bottom: Gintama
...End
We'll explain everything, just check the next page!!

Page 22:
Right: Celebrate!
The conclusion...?!
And honest comment & major announcement from Sorachi-sensei!!
Box: No matter how you slice it, it's not ending. What's the explanation for the whole ending...?!
Gin: Yeah, thought so.
I knew it wasn't gonna end.
Bar: And so... for beyond the final chapter, this winter
a series will be published in Jump Giga!!
Starburst: ・The results for the final chapter commemorative general election will also be announced in Jump Giga
・Submit it with a return address for the clear file and we'll send you one back if you win.
Bottom Right Box:

'Beyond the Final Chapter' will be running in 'Jump Giga' starting in the December issue. Please stick around with us until the very, very, very end.
Bottom Right: For details, check upcoming Weekly Jumps!!
Paper: For everyone out there who read Gintama for these long 14 years, thank you so much. And I'm so very sorry. So uh, with this week, Gintama will no longer be running in Jump, but it's not actually ending at all. I think a good number of you out there probably realized that when we announced there was 5 chapters to go and we were doing a gorilla wedding. Going from a gorilla to a conclusion to the story in 5 chapters was impossible even for a gorilla. So on that note, you see, Jump has a system where you notify the editorial department about 6 months in advance that that's about where you'll be wrapping things up, and then you move to get everything concluded by that time you gave. But with Gintama, I misread this and for the past three years now I've been saying, 'I don't think I can wrap up quite yet. There's still one last story I need to put in.' It was like getting your family together and saying, 'Huh? Ya know, I may actually not die quiet yet,' over and over. And then of course the family starts getting restless, starts tapping their feet, starts clicking their tongues at grandpa now and then and such, so grandpa says definitively 'I can definitely make it by the end of August,' and then takes out a big cigar and starts smoking it like Big Boss in Metal Gear Solid 4. But uh, it didn't work out that way. Even if I try to pack everything really tightly into weekly chapters, this stubborn Small Boss just wasn't gonna kick the bucket. So then we decided that with a bigger time frame and with a larger number of pages, we would finally bring and end to grandpa's life. So, for just a little bit, we'll be doing it in a different place. I honestly would've preferred to bring you the story all the way to the end in Jump, so I really have to apologize for screwing that whole thing up. This is goodbye to all those that just skim through Gintama chapters in Jump, but even if I'm gone, I hope you continue to enjoy yourselves reading Jump. Just don't expect to get any inherence. For those that are sticking around with Grandpa for the long haul, even if you stubbornly keep hanging around me I'm still not giving you any inheritance, got that? Why? Because my inheritance is all of you.
Let's meet again beyond the final chapter.
Sorachi

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43908 [English] [Translation] Gintama 697 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-09-10T02:04:21+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Man between this and Hitoribocchi ending in the same month, it's like someone out there is telling me to get a move on with all these stalled projects of mine.

Hi wa mata noboru only.


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Side text- Two more chapters left until the finale!)
Lesson 697: A myriad of threads.
(Side text- Two years ago the Yorozuya trio...)
Shinpachi: I was lying.
{To begin with do you know why I started the Yorozuya?}
(Middling text- The Gintama app is now being distributed!! Enjoy the Manga, LN's and Anime using a coin system!!)
{To cut to the chase, it's because I had nothing better to do.}
{I didn't reel like doing anything so I just did anything. Screwed up, huh?}
{We've all decided that we've got things to do, things that we want.}
{And things that we absolutely cannot avoid doing.}
{So it's about time to...}
{Take down that screwed up signboard.}
(Middling text- It's a super hit beyond our wildest expectations!! The LA movie “Gintama 2” is in theaters everywhere!)
{Even I found something...}
{That I absolutely have to do.}
{Shinpachi, what do you...}
{Want to do?}
{The choice is yours...}
{As to what you want.}

002
Shinpachi: He didn't have anything he wanted to do....
And now he had found something.
Upon hearing that I was kind of happy.
And...
A little lonesome.
(Middling text- The TV anime “Gintama: Silver soul arc” Airs every Sunday night at 1:35 am on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)
Shinpachi: I just didn't want to...
get in his way.
{There's plenty I have to do.}
{So I'll be fine.}
{So go on ahead...}
Shinpachi: I said that, but...
when everyone left.
{I didn't want to forget them...}
{I wanted to keep them in my memories..}
{That person...}
{And all of us, the Yorozuya.}

003
Shinpachi: It was nothing but …
a lie.
I wanted to look cool and show off.
And make up excuses for my own inability to choose.
In all honesty there was nothing I wanted to do.
It didn't really matter what I did...
As long as Gin-san and..
Everyone else was there.
Everyone's found something they want to do,
And was making moves toward their goals,
meanwhile all I did was sit back for two years waiting for something to happen.
Pretty awful, huh.

004
Kagura: But we were not doing anything major, nope.
I just went off to try and find a means to save Sadaharu alone.
It was because of me the Yorozuya broke up and yet I could not do anything alone.
I thought if I could return Sadaharu to normal then everything would go back to how it was.
I believed that.
But by the time I had realized it, I had even destroyed the place where Sadaharu would return to.
What we really wanted was always right in front of us.
So then what was so important that we ended up...
throwing what we had away to take it back?
We cannot move forward...
Because to begin with we have forgotten where we should be.
So there's no choice but to once again take a step forward.

005
Kagura: From the place...
We started from, yes?
Once again.
Otose: Thank goodness...
It appears you're still kicking.
Oh?
Shinpachi, that's a fine girl you have with you. Going on a date before the planet is no more?

006
Shinpachi: Otose-san!! Why are you stil here?!
You're aware of what's going on right!! You should take shelter and get away from this dangerous place!
Otose: And what kind of place do you two think this is?
It's at times like these that I really want nothing more than to knock one back.
It's idiots who think like this that populate this town.
So unless I open my doors they'll have nowhere to go.
Moreover...
I thought it was about time for you to come back here...
Yorozuya.

007
(Sfx- Gogogogogo rmmmmmble)
Hanano: Uh...
Madao-san?
Um, it's looking pretty bad here. How are things there at the studio, Kusano-san?
Kusano-san?
Kusano: Uh, Hanano Ana, is that you? Yeah, um, we just started a 10 minute cooking segment so if you could just wait a moment...
(Sign- Ten minute cooking)
Hanano: YOU'RE DOING THAT NOOOW?!
The hero Madao got injured in an explosion....
And the one who's been defeating the enemies was in fact not Madao.
That is...
???: You may be at ease now Citizens of Edo.
There's nothing to fear.
Everything is going to be fine.
Why you ask?
(Sfx- Zattshh shfft)
(Sfx- Jyakkii clang)
Hata: Because I am here.

008
{We're having problems with the live footage so while we address the issue please enjoy these rice balls kneaded by Kusano Ana.}
Hata: Heeeey! Are you getting my heroic side?!
Wha? I think something weird's going on here.
Jii: They're using mosaics on us?!
Dammit these aren't THOSE, for craps sake!!
Hata: For what reason are you people treating our heads like X-rated material?!
Jii: Damn straight! If anything the Prince's entire being should be moasaic'd!
Hata: That's not what I meant and you know it! Geez, we shouldn't have come to help these stupid earthlings in the first place!
(Sfx- Dodododdo thtohtthooom)
(Sfx- Goshaaaaa dsshhhhh)
(Sfx- Aauuuughhhhh!!!)
Hata: Help meeeeeee!!!
(Sfx- Pipipip bebebebeeeep)
Shijaku: Hata...
How are things on that end?
Hata: AUUGHHHHH!!!
Shijaku: Quite the war cry you have there. I knew leaving things to my little brother would be the right choice.

009
Shijaku: I know how you love the Earth, so I thought I could depend on you.
(Sfx- Dododdodododo thtohthohthothom)
Shijaku: The planet still bears may scars from the last war and has yet to recover.
As we are the reason why it went to war in the first place, we must protect it now.
There are brave heroes who protected the Earth there as well.
Oh right...
(Sfx- Baaahh fwhooom)
(Sfx- Gashiiii vvreeeeen)
Shijaku: Your dearest friend Hasegawa is there too.
I'm sure they'll lend you a hand.
Hasegawa: PRINCE ASSFAAAAACE!!
Hata: HASEGAWAAAAAA!!!
Shijaku: And I'm sure you will be able to keep the world safe from harm.
Jii: Hang in there your highness while I kick this bastard off!!!
(Sfx- Gasu gasu thok thok)
Hata: UM THAT'S MY FACE YOU'RE KICKING?!

010
Hata: Um, it it just me or has this ship been moving around strangely for a bit...
(Sfx- Moku moku puffpfff)
Hata: UH THERE'S SMOKE COMING FROM THE TOP?!
(Sfx- Gogogoggogo rmmmmmble)
Hata: Wait, this couldn't be..
Shijaku: Oh yes, before I forget, here's a little tip...
There have been several reports of a ship of which has no known allies.
(Sfx- Doooooon boooom)
Shijaku: On this battlefield...
Lurking about is an element that is neither friend nor foe.
I'd watch my back if I were you.
(Sfx- Baaah booom)
Hata: W—wait--
(Sfx- Oooooohh Whoooom)
(Sfx- Dohhh Thooom)

011
Kagura: Another bowl please.
Otose: Yes, yes, I'm aware. I already made eight helpings because I knew this would happen.
Kagura: And the side dishes?
Otose: Pickled radish, right?
Kagura: That makes things quick, yes.
Shinpachi: Otose-san, we...
Otose: Time is a scary thing wouldn't you say?
In just a blink of an eye, the two brats Gintoki brought here to eat...
are full grown nuisances now.
Kagura: Michiyuko-san is dinner ready yet?
Otose: There's food in your mouth now, dear.
Catherine: I think this one's grown up TOO fast!!
Wasn't being a lolicon good enough for you?!
Are older women your thing too?! Don't even THINK of getting anywhere near my territory, got it?!
Gengai: I'm sure he has no intention of encroaching between the two telephone poles you peed on, ya fossil.
Catherine: Look who's talking! There's a grave-site calling, and they'd like you to return asap!
Gengai: I don't wanna hear that from you, old bat!
Catherine: And which old bat are you referring to, asshole?!
Take a look around, there are nothing but old bats as far as the eye can see!!
(Sfx- puhh pffft)

012
Shinpachi: Please, just stop. At a time like this...
You've gone and wrecked all of the tension!
(Sfx- Gera gera gera hee hee hee)
(Sfx- Hahaahahahaah)
Otose: It's a strange thing, no?
You, me, and all of these fools are here connected to each other through one thread.
A man who had absolutely nothing to do...
And me who picked him up on a whim...
Just kept connecting threads until he had a myriad of them.

013
Otose: Even without him present those threads...
are still forged together in a tight bond like this.
Shinpachi: Otose-san...
We as the Yorozuya along with him...
Rushed along to many people and granted their wishes.
But..
That's because it was our wish to be with him.
To be connected to....
Gin-san and everyone else.

014
Kagura: He really was...
granting all of our wishes constantly, yes?
Yet he never once told us what he wanted...
And without a word...
disappeared.
I am not saying we should try to keep that thread connected...
Or that we should continue where we left off and continue granting wishes...
But now this time..
It's our turn, yes?
We have to make...
Gin-chan's wish come true.

015
Both: For Sakata Gintoki...
We will become the Yorozuya once more.
And the wish of the man who granted everyone else's wishes...
Will be the final job of the Yorozuya.
Otose: So it's your desire to make his desire come true...
No matter how hard you have to work for it?
???: That's right.
But I know what we have to do now.

016
Tae: We may not know what it is he desires...
But we know what kinds of desires he's granted for all of us until now.
We know what kind of feelings he's saved,
And what kind of people he's protected,
And the kind of heart he's had when he's fought.

017
Tae: We know Sakata Gintoki...
of the Yorozuya.
So no matter what it is he wishes for...
We ask you allow us...
To fight alongside you for his sake.

018
Tae: It's because of the Yorozuya that we're here...
It's because of the threads you wove that we are all here...
bonded together.

019
We are...
Your Yorozuya.
(Side text- Bonds tied together!! Next issue the final chapter and a center color page!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 697..............END. https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43907 [English] [Translation] Gintama 697 by kewl0210 2018-09-09T04:27:33+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 697 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Insert: Just 2 more chapters to the final chapter!!
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Title: Lesson 697 A Myriad of Threads
Someone: I lied.
Insert: Two years ago, these three...
Someone: Do you know why I started the Yorozuya in the first place?
Middle Insert: ☆The 'Gintama App' is now available!! Enjoy Gintama manga, novels, and anime with coins!!
Someone: To make a long story short, it's because I had nothin' to do.
I didn't feel like doing anything, so I decided to do whatever. Pretty messed up, right? ["whatever" in italics]
Like I said, we decided that each one of us have things we have want,
things we have to do, so...
It's time to take down
this messed up signboard.
Insert: ☆It's a bigger hit than any of us would have imagined!! The live action movie 'Gintama 2' is still in theaters!!
Gin: I found something I need to do...
myself.
Shinpachi, the ball's in your court.
What about you?
Is there anything
you want to do?

Page 2:
Shin: ----That person that didn't have anything he wanted to do
found something he wanted to do.
Hearing that,
I was happy
...but felt lonely.
Insert: ☆The TV Anime 'Gintama' The Silver Soul Arc is airing on TV Tokyo and affiliates every Sunday at 1:35!!
Shin: I just couldn't bring myself
to get in the way of that.
I've got plenty.
So I'll be okay.
Go ahead, go do what you need to do.
Shin: Despite that,
even after everyone left...
Paper: Yorozuya Gin-chan
Shimura Shinpachi
Shin: I don't want to forget them.
I want to remember them.
That person,
and us...

Page 3:
Shin: It was all
a lie.
I was showing off, just trying to look cool.
I was trying to excuse my own indecisiveness.
I... didn't have anything I wanted to do.
I was fine with pretty much anything
as long as Gin-san
and everyone was there.
---Everyone had found something they had to do
and was moving forward, but...
all I did was sit here for two years.
Pretty lame, huh?

Page 4:
Kagura: We weren't moving forward or anything great like that...
I just went off on my own to try to help Sadaharu.
I broke up the Yorozuya and in the end... I could not do a single thing on my own.
I believed that if I could just get Sadaharu back to normal,
then everything else would go back to normal, too.
But before I knew it, I'd even destroyed the home for Sadaharu to come back to, yes?
What we wanted was always right there.
What was so important to go get back,
that we would throw that away?
We can't move forward, not even close.
Not us, people that forgot where we should be.
So we are going to step forward once again.

Page 5:
Kagura: From here,
from the place where se started from,
one more time.
Otose: ---Oh thank goodness.
Looks like you're okay then.
Oh?
Shinpachi, that's a nice woman you've got with you there. What, going on a quick date before the world ends?

Page 6:
Shin: Otose-san!! Why are you still hanging around here?!!
You know what's going on, right?! This place is dangerous, you've got to go take shelter!!
Otose: Where do you two think this place is?
It's times like this where I really want to have a drink.
This is a town for idiots who say things like that.
So unless I open this place up, they won't have anywhere to go.
And I figured it might be about time for you to come back,
Yorozuya.

Page 7:
SFX: GOGOGOGO
Ana: Um...
Madao-san?
Guy: Something terrible has happened, studio reporter Kusano-san.
Kusano-san?
Guy: Ah, Hanano Ana, we have a 10-minute cooking segment happening at the moment, could you wait just a little bit?
Ana: You're cooking noooooow?!!
The hero Madao has been caught in an explosion and is injured.
It seems that the one who defeated the enemies was not Madao.
Those are...
Guys: People of Edo, be at ease.
There is no longer anything to fear.
Everything is under control.
Because...
SFX: ZAH
Prince: I am here.
SFX: JAKI

Page 8:
Text: There has been an issue with the video signal. Please wait and look at these rice balls molded by Ketsuno Ana for a short time.
Somoene: Hey, what's going on? Are you capturing my gallant figure?
Huh? Hey, I think something odd's going on.
!!
We're being mosaiced!
Old: Heeeeey! This ain't that sorta thing!!
Why the hell are you treating people's heads like something obscene?!!
That's right! You should be putting a mosaic on the Prince's entire body!!
That's not what I meant!! Ugh, I knew we shouldn't have come help these earthlings!
SFX: DO DO DO DO
SFX: GOSHAAAA
SFX: AHHHHH
Prince: Help meeeeee!!
SFX: PI PI PI
Ku: Hata.
How is the situation over there?
Hata: AHHHHHH
Ku: That's a ferocious war cry I hear. That's my little brother. Seems I was right to leave the command to you.

Page 9:
Ku: Knowing how much you love the Earth, I knew I could count on you.
SFX: DO DO DO DO
Ku: that planet still has not fully recovered from the last war.
And as the ones who caused that war, it's our duty to protect it this time.
There are heroes that protected the Earth in that war there, too.
And yes.
SFX: BAH
Ku: Your dear friend Hasegawa is among them.
I'm sure they will lend you their strength.
Hase: IDIOT PRIIIIINCE! YOU BASTAAAAARD!!
Prince: Hasegawaaaaa!!
Ku: And then, I'm sure the world will be kept safe.
Old: PRIIIINCE! Try to endure it for a little bit!! I'll kick him off!!
Prince: You're kicking me off along with hiiiiim?!
SF:X GAS GAS

Page 10:
Prince: Ya know, this ship's been moving pretty strangely for a while now...
!!
SFX: MOKU MOKU (SMOKING)
Prince: Hey, there's smoke coming out of it!!
No way, is this...
SFX: GOGOGO
Ku: Yes. And with that, let me give you one piece of advice.
We are getting repeated reports of a ship of unknown affiliation.
SFX: DOOOON
Ku: Lurking in this battlefield
there is someone not an ally not an enemy.
Do be careful.
SFX: BAH
Prince: Hey, uh....
AHHHHHH
SFX: OOOOO
SFX: DOH

Page 11:
Kaura: Another helping, please.
Otose: Right, right. That's why I made 8 helpings from the outset.
Kagu: What side dishes are there?
Otose: Pickled daikon is good, right?
Kagu: That's made this discussion quick.
Shin: Otose-san, we...
Otoso: Honestly, the passage of time is a scary thing, isn't it?
Those brats that Gintoki brought here to eat just a little while ago...
are all grown up now.
Kagu: Michuko-san, is supper ready yet?
Oto: There's supper in your mouth right now.
Cat: I think she may have grown up a little too much!!
Were you not satisfied with just being a pedophile?!
Are you trying to add being into older women now, too?!! Do not go encroaching on my territory!!
Gengai: Your territory is between two telephone poles you peed on, ain't it, old bat?
Cat: Yeah? And your territory's a coffin! Why don't you head back there?!
Gen: You're one to talk, old granny!
Cat: Which granny are you talking to, dammit?!
All of a sudden there's nothing but grannies here!
SFX: PFF

Page 12:
Shin: Oh, quit it! At a time like this...
You totally wrecked all the tension!
SFX: HEHA HA HA HA
SFX: WA HA HA HA HA
Otose: Isn't it strange?
You all and me are all a threat connected by that man.
That man that had nothing to do
By some fluke I picked up, just kept connecting them.
Countless... A myriad of threads.
T/N: The term "myriad" here is the same one from Yorozuya.

Page 13:
Otose: Even if he's not around, those threads,
are still bound together like this.
Shin: Ototse-san, we....
alongside that man, as the Yorozua,
we ran and ran to grand the wishes of a whole lot of people.
But
that itself
was our wish.
To be connected
with Gin-san and everyone.

Page 14:
Kagura: He really
kept granting our wishes constantly, didn't he?
But despite all that, he never told anyone
what his most deeply desired wish was
and left.
Kagu: I am not trying to say to keep those threads connected.
Or even that we need to keep granting people's wishes...
But now
it is our turn.
This time it's our turn
to grant Gin-chan's wish.

Page 15:
Both: For Sakata Gintoki,
we'll become the Yorozuya once again.
The wish of that person that granted the wishes of everyone else for so long.
That is what we've chosen to be the Yorozuya's final job.
Otose: .........
So no matter what his wish is,
you're going to work to grant it?
Someone: That's right.
But I know what we do know.

Page 16:
Tae: We may not know what that man's wish is,
but we know what sorts of wishes that man has granted up to this point.
We know what kinds of feelings he's saved.
We know what sorts of people he's protected.
And with what sort of heart he's fought with.

Page 17:
Otae: We know
Sakata Gintoki and the Yorozuya.
So whatever that wish is,
allow us...
to fight alongside you and that man.

Page 18-19:
Tae: It's because of you Yorozuya that we are here now.
It is because of the threads that you joined
that we are bonded here together.
We
are your Yorozuya.
Insert: The thread is tied----!!
Next issue, for the final chapter, a center color page!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 697
/ End
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43905 [English] [Translation] Gintama 696 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-09-07T15:52:14+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
I've learned that I need a drinking buddy....

Hi wa mata noboru only.


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

(Side text- Banana uncontrolled! Enemy Fleet sunk!! Symbol of culture destroyed!!)
Announcer: A large space vessel has...
rammed into the terminal –the symbol of our country's culture.
GINTAMA
Announcer: And even now a mystery fleet wages war...
in the skies of Edo.
(Side text- It's a superstar beyond our wildest expectations! The second LA movie “Gintama 2” is in theaters!!)
Announcer: Just what is going on in Edo?!
We can probably assume that this is an act of terror...
That caused the explosion in the terminal and furthermore ended with the Prime Minister's assassination.
(Middling text- The TV Anime Gintama: Silver soul arc airs every week at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!)
Announcer: So now the ones responsible for terrorism around the universe have extended their reach to earth too?
Oh, excuse me..
It would seem that there is something ocurring as we speak and one of our reporters is on the scene.
Hanano Ana.
Hanano: Yes, Hanano here. Thank you for your patience.

002
Hanano: That man has finally stepped up to the plate..
The hero who protected the people of Edo two years ago in that horrible war..
(Sfx- Zaahh sffft)
Hanano: The Last Samurai who swore to us all that...
Should Edo be threatened he would once more take up his blade...
Madao –or Hasegawa Taizo...
Has finally come prepared for battle!
(Side text- Three chapters until the finale!)
GINTAMA
Lesson 696: Cheap Booze.
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Side text- Volume 75 hits stores October 4th (Thursday)! At long last the time to have everything together may be coming..?)
Hanano: Madao-san would you mind commenting on your current thoughts at this moment?
Madao-san?

003
Dudes: What's there to say?!
Madao is here so Edo's saved!!
(Sfx- Madao, Madao, Madao!!)
Dudes: No matter what enemy he comes up against his sword the Joblesscaliber will make mincemeat of 'em!!
(Bottom text- The official Gintama app is now up for download! Manga, novels, and anime are all up for purchase using coins!!)
Hanano: You certainly are popular Madao-san.
But how likely is it that you'll be able to live up to these expectations? How confident are you?
Hasegawa: Well...about that.
I didn't think Edo would actually face another crisis, much less this soon.
I think I might have miscalculated....nah, I've been waiting for this.
Been forging the Neetcaliber for this very occasion.
Hanano: Don't you mean the Joblesscaliber?
Hasegawa: Either way I'm a dude who loves the thrill of the fight!!
I wanna get in there and rumble as soon as possible!
(Sfx- Pan pan thk thok)
Hanano: That puts me at ease!
Hasegawa: It's just today is kinda...well..y'know.
Hanano: What's wrong?
Hasegawa: Oh it's no biggie, just an old wound of mine....a cursed flame is flaring up and it hurts like the dickens.
Hanano: Cursed flame? Ah so that's what you mean about an old injury...
Hasegawa: Yeah.
It's thanks to this cursed flame in my mouth that I haven't been eating properly.
Hanano: Wait that isn't an ulcer of the mouth is it?
Hasegawa: I haven't eaten in about two or three days.
Actually maybe it's been about five days since I put it in?

004
Hasegawa: So I kind of wonder if I've got the ability to fight to the best of my abilities...
Dude: What the hell are you doing there?!
This is an evacuation zone!!
No civilians allowed! Now leave this place at once and take refuge!
Hasegawa: Ah! That's how it is...this is an evacuation zone!! Damn, well then I'm out of options.
Even if I am a hero I am first and foremost a civilian! An ordinary joe with mouth ulcers!
Damitaaaaalll! I wanna help fight!!
Dude: W—wait, hold on is that him?
It is! It's Madao!!
Who knew THE Madao would be here to help us out?!
Wa...wait a sec, was Madao one who always had a chin like that?
But look, the great sword on his back...
(Sfx- Fun hngh)
(Sfx- Mogiii crackle)
Dude: Ah! The great sword broke!! it's nothing but styrofoam!!
I knew it, that's not him!
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah)
Dude: The civilians!!
What are you doing?!
You can't get in Madao's way!
He's the only one who can save Edo!!
We'll hold them back...
So you have to go now Madao!!

005
Hasegawa: I'm sorry citizens of Edo...
It's as you said –I can't back down here!!
Just be patient...I will bring peace back to Edo...
Right after I'm finished tying my shoe laces!!
In order to really get the maximum efficiency out of my Nikes, I have to tie them just right!!
Dude: Um...pretty sure those are sandals.
Hasegawa: Dammit, my hands are shaking so much I can't tie 'em! Don't get in my way cursed flame!!
Dude: Yeah, uh, not seeing the connection between this and mouth ulcers...
Hasegawa: Nikes, grant me your strength!!
Hanano: Um, Madao-san if you don't do something fast, everyone's sympathy is going to...
Um...Madao-san?
Madao-...
(Sfx- Chuunn pluck)
Hasegawa: Dang, my lace broke...
Geez, that's a bad sign. Maybe I shouldn't do this today...
(Sfx- Oooooooh)

006
???: Infiltration unit, charge into the unit immediately...
and capture it.
(Sfx- Kuwaaaaah roaaaaar)
???: The ships surrounding the perimeter will widen their scope and eliminate anyone who approaches.

007
???: The Kuyou might have been sunk but we still have plan to execute.
We will seize the terminal and take the Altana directly.
And once we offer that power to our god...Utsuro..
he will be restored and revived to his true form...
And it is then that our greatest desire...
Immortality
Will be realized by all living things in the universe.

008
Sakamoto: Hey idiot trio!
That god o' yours has fallen down to earth.
So even you guys should be able to reach him now.
Best get movin.

009
Sakamoto: Can't say if what you find there is gonna be a God to be destroyed...
Or a master to be saved...
Though...
One thing I can say is...
No matter what path you guys take..
You got allies behind you.
No matter what you lose,
Or gain...
That's something that'll remain unchangin'.
Never forget that.

010
Sakamoto: This isn't just your fight...
But all of ours.
Okita: Gimmie a break!
Maybe bringing God down to earth was a good thing, but he brought all of his believers down with him.
Kondo: Can't say I fully understand this situation...
But ultimately we gotta kick those guys asses and go to the Terminal.
And then that guy –Gintoki is headed there too, uho?
Okita: Oh isn't this great Hijikata-san? Seems he's retained some of his humanity after all.
Although that mission statement is as primitive as it gets, but that's just how the Shinsengumi is.

011
Hijikata: We might be reviving a monster that can destroy the world...
But hey, it could be a fun time for all too.
Kondo: Maan...
It sure is nostalgic though.
More than living in a peaceful world,
Shielding ourselves from a deluge of bullets feels more like our speed. We've had one hell of a life, huh?
What the heck were we even fighting for over the last two years?
Okita: Oh? Someone's finally figured it out.
(Sfx- Kachaa clack)
Okita: We're....
the worst sorta folks to be deputized as police protecting the peace.
(Sfx- Dooooon boooom)
Okita: But it's a little early to be waxing nostalgic.
If it's a fight you're looking forward to...
The strongest opponent here hasn't come back yet.
(Sfx- Dooohh whoooom)
(Sfx- Kuwaaah Roaaar)
Hijikata: Nah, they're back all right.

012
Hijikata: It appears that we weren't needed here.
They just get people going by silently being there...
But you aren't wrong...
looking upon those backs is nostalgic.
Announcer: This is footage from a secrity camera.
From what we can see they are ronin fighting with an army clad in black!
Just who are they!?
With Madao killed in action, could they be the new saviors that have inherited his will?
No...
(Sfx- Zazaaa szzzzt)

013
Hasegawa: I AIN'T DEAD YEEEEEEEEEEET
(Sfx- Dododdododo thoththothooom)
Hanano: Don't cut transmission like that, we're still very much alive thank you very much!
We're currently being hunted down by the mystery group that came from that ship!!!
Announcer: Oh? Is that all. Well, it does appear you'll be shuffling off that mortal coil soon so I send you my regards toward your hard work.
Hanano: DON'T CUT ME OFF! ARE YOU HOPING WE'RE GOING TO DIE?!
The hero Madao is here with me! I'm sure he'll save us somehow!!
Hasegawa: ACTUALLY COULD YOU QUIT FOLLOWING ME?! WITH YOU HERE I CAN'T RUN AWAY...um...
Hanano: We've come this far so we're going to keep going with you! We'll capture your brave exploits on camera!!
Hasegawa: Uhhh that's...kind of an issue for me. If you guys are here I uh, um...
I can't show my true power! You'd end up getting involved in the fight!
Once I flip my switch and get serious I'm nothing more than a mindless killing machine!!
If you're next to me, death isn't a possibility but a certainty! I can't help you, and if I'm to be honest, you might even find more safety if you hide with the enemy!
Hanano: ….Just what kind of hero are you supposed to be?

014
Hasegawa: In any case I can't stop until every single one of them is dead so you'd better skedaddle--
(Sfx- Fuhhh sfft)
Hanano: Oh no! They're coming from the front?!
Madao-san!!
(Sfx- Kuwaaaaah)
(Sfx- Doooon Thoooom)
Hanano: Ah! Madao leaped into the air!
And now..
(Sfx- Dogiiiishaaa thuuuud)
Hasegawa: I'm soooooorrry!!!
Hanano: Huh...
That's...
A cowt--

015
(Sfx- Dooooon Thoooom)
Hanano: An exploooosion?!
The very second Madao got on his knees to beg for his life the enemy was involved in a massive explosion!!
Just what's going on...?
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah roaaaar)
Hasegawa: I'm sorry I acted like a big shot hero...
Please forgive meeeee!!!
(Sfx- Doooooonnn boooom)

016
Hanano: Wh—wha? Another explosion?
Whenever Madao-san apologizes, the enemy goes up in flames!!
What on earth is happening?
{Wh—What on earth indeed...}
Hasegawa: Okay, so it might look like I'm kneeling on the ground and begging to be saved..
It's a, uh, technique where the mouth ulcers take shape and travel through the ground exploding at my enemy's feet.
Hanano: Can mouth ulcers really do that?! If you ask me, it looks as if you were just begging to be saved!
Hasegawa: I wasn't begging for forgiveness but allowing them to be forgiven with my “Isorryforgiveth” spell...
(Sfx- Gacha gacha clack clack)
Hasegawa: GAHHHHH!!
There are enemies all over!!
Hanano: Heeey! Don't use me as a shield!!
Hasegawa: Isowwyforgiveth!
Hanano: This is basically you apologizing!!
Kyaaaah! Don't come any closer!!
(Sfx- Buuunn wffff)
I'm sorry, I'm sorry!! Someone save---

017
(Sfx- Kaaah thoooom)
Hanano: Whoa, I can use Isowwyforgiveth too!!
Hasegawa: Uh no, that was probably my Isowwyforgiveth, but it somehow infected you so now you've got my mouth ulcers.
Hanano: Eww! Please don't say disgusting stuff like that! I think I'm better off just believing I can use Isowwyforgiveth, then!
Hasegawa: I'm sorry...!!
I'm sorry!!
(Sfx-- Doonn dokaaan Booom Booom)
{Whoa, I've...really awakened...}
Hanano: Th—this is amazing, is this the power of a hero?
I'm sorry I ever doubted you.
I though that perhaps even with a hero's reputation that you were in fact not all that great.
But you really are...
Hasegawa: No, you're right.
I didn't do anything of note in the war.
The guys who were really amazing didn't do it for the glory or reputation, and once one war was won, they immediately launched the offensive into another more personal one right after.
I took all of their glory....I'm just a fraud.

018
Hasegawa: Even getting treated to all of the spoils a hero gets...
Women, booze aplenty and...
all the food I could stuff myself with...
I really wasn't having any more fun...
then I had been beforehand.
I wonder what was up with that?
Ultimately I had only lost a drinking pal, yeah?
That's why I'm here.
Even if all I could do was run around helplessly and toss away this heroic title...
I wanted to...
Enjoy some cheap booze with that guy.
Maybe God blessed me with these abilities...
Cause he saw my feelings from on above.
But, I did lie so I have to apologize to you.
I'm sorry.

019
(Sfx- Doooon boooom)
(Sfx- Bushaaan craaaaash)
Hata: Outta the way old fart! I missed because of you!
Jii: And who's problem is that?! There are more than enough enemies –if you didn't suck you could fire anywhere and hit one!
Hata: Oh geez, did I hit a human? Was there someone there?
Ah...then I guess it wouldn't hurt to say it...
Sorry!
(Side text- End of one idiot, beginning of another.)
GINTAMA LESSON 696...................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43904 [English] [Translation] Gintama 695 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-09-05T20:46:50+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
In the immortal words of a sage somewhere. "What?"

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

(Side text- Jr runs wild!!)
(Sfx- Aaaauuuughhhh!!!)
GINTAMA
(Side text- The Live Action Movie “Gintama 2” is a smash hit in theaters!! The TV Anime, “Gintama” Silver Soul arc is airing every late Sunday Night at 1:35 on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)
Princess: Uho (Kondo....)
Uhouho (Hurry while they're distracted!)
Uho (Take a ship to earth!)
Uhouho (We cannot my liege!!)
Uhouhouho (Earth is in an abnormal state....it's too dangerous!!)
Queen: Uhohohoho! (I don't need my status or homeland...)
Uhouhohuho! (I'm going to live on earth with my family....)
(Sfx- Doooonn Thoooom)
(Sfx- Pihh beeep)

002
(Sfx- Viiii viiii viii)
Emergency system: Uhohoho (Emergency additional materials sold separately mode activated. Now switching to regular materials also sold separately mode.)
Uhouho (This second block has taken massive damage.)
Uhouho (To prevent other blocks from being damaged...)
Uhouho (The ship will separate and this block –block two will be cast aside.)
Gorilla: Uhouhouho!! (Kondo, what the hell did you do?!)
Kondo: What? Did something happen? Huuh?
Gorilla: Uhouho (IF we don't do something the second block is going to...)
Uhouhouho (Even the steering has been disabled!)
Uhouho (Quick! Take cover!!)

003
GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Sfx- Dodododododo thththoooooom)
(Side text- An attack that hits out of nowhere...!!)
Lesson 695: Back on that day...
(Side text- Only four more chapters until the ending!)
Dude: We're being attacked from above!! What is this?!!
(Sfx- Dodododododo thtthhoooom)
Dude: Get a barrier set up! Prepare to counterattack!!
(Side text- There's an app for that! The Gintama official app is now availble! Check out the manga, the anime, and the light novels with a coin system! More details on page 401!!)
Anotherdude: This is....it can't be..
The attack from the anti-air weapon from before...
Shifted the special camouflage on the Kuyou so that we could defend on the attack launched below us...
{Kuyou}
{Terminal}
Anotherdude: So the true aim of this trap is...

004
(Sfx- Dododododo thththoooom)
Anotherdude: To leave us open from an attack from above!!
What's that?!
???: Yo.
How you guys doin' down there?
Ya'll must have been real lonely without me...
But no need to worry.

005
Sakamoto: Because Sakamoto Tatsuma...
Has returned to the sky!
Katsura: Sakamoto?!
What on earth are you doing...
Wait, Shijaku...
Was this you??
Shijaku: I apologize Katsura.
I do realize your plan was to have countries who have animosity toward the sect take them down themselves....
But there weren't any countries willing to take up arms, and then these strange people found me...
If you need help then rather than asking other countries, you should first...

006
Shijaku: say “Hey buddy...we are buddies right”?
Can you...
Lend me some money?
Sakamoto: Load every bullet you got into that ship's carcass!!
Don't worry about the tab!
No matter what I got this tab...
And a friend who'll hook us up!!
Shijaku: Heh...
Just doing whatever you please huh?
However if it's able to clean up what those monsters of the last war left behind...
Then money is no object, my friend from earth.

007
Sakamoto: That's the score you trio of dumbasses!
Ya'll can't be hogging the spotlight to yourselves got it?
I'm not going to let....
you fight this alone!
You say only the students can clean up after the teacher?
Then...
The one who has to clean up after guys like you....
Is a friend like me.
Gintoki: Tatsuma, you...
(Sfx- Dodoooon ththooooom)
Someone: Sink 'em!!
Each and every one of those annoying flies will be scorched to hell!!
Mutsu: Sakamoto, that hugeass thing is covering the ship in a barrier.
You can fire peashooters at it all day long and it won't bring it down.
Sakamoto: Cease fire!!
Make a perimeter around the enemy ship to keep it from moving!!
Dudes: What the hell are they doing now!!?
Hey look at that!
{10 minutes earlier...}
???: Hurry!!
We've gotta book it for earth immediately!!
Edo's fate is in our hands...
Dude: Captain!!
There's a distress signal!!
Sakamoto: Distress?
Dude: Wait, we're receiving communication...!!
(Sfx- Zazaaahh dssshhh)

009
Kondo: Tha—nk good—ness it—connected.
(Sfx- Za za za za ssshhhhht)
Kondo: S—so—rry for this bue could you –save us.
Gorilladude: This is the Kairinmaru...who are you?
Kondo: A—nother G—rila? Uho uho uho....
(Sfx- Zazaaa sszzzzt)
Gorilladude: He started uho-ing all of a sudden....
Sakamoto: Seems like he's tryin' to communicate.
Gorilladude: Whatever language he's using is so primitive that the automatic translator can't make heads or tails of it.
Sakamoto: Then lower the translation a notch and use the one for lower life forms.
Kondo: (Uhohoho) Please save us!!
{Translation: We're going to save you.}
Kondo: Uho uho (The ship I'm riding on has been broken and we're going to crash land on earth.)
(Sfx- zazaaaa sszzzzzt)
{Translation: My ship is broken and it's going to crash into Earth, but I still have a trump card to use.}

010
Kondo: Uho uho (Please, is there anything you can do to help us escape?)
(Sfx- Doohhh whoooom)
{Translation: I'll find a means to ram this vessel into the enemy and sink them.}
Kondo: Uho uho (I know this is a lot to ask...)
Uho uho (But could you please help us get safely back to earth?)
{Translation: I understand we both have the same enemy.}
{Translation: So please allow me to use my life to protect the earth.}
Dudes: T—This is ridiculous!!
That Banana ship is...
Sakamoto: Heh...
I guess you guys didn't notice due to chasing small fry but...
But it seems your reputation proceeds ya to a point...
Where you've got enemies all over tha known universe

011
Kondo: UHOOOOOOOOOOOOH (NO, I'M ASKING YOU TO SAVE US!!)
{Translation: EAT THIS, FINAL GORILLA....}
{Translation: CRASH!!!}
(Sfx- Dogoooooh BOOOOM)

012
(Sfx- DON BOOOM)

013

014
Gintoki: He did it..
That guy...
Actually friggin' did it.
Jr(?): Uhoo
Uhho.
UHOOOOO!! (Daddy!!)
(Sfx- Nuh)

015
Jr: Uhho (Daddy)
Uhho (Daddy!)
(Sfx- Buunn whooom)
Queen: Uhoho (That isn't your father, Jr.)
(Sfx- Petchin snap)
Queen: Uho uho (He protected our family.)
Uhho (He is a treasured benefactor of ours.)
Uhouhouho (He is a gorilla among gorillas.)
Uhohhohoho (King of Gorillas.)
Dad: Uhohoho (Whatta guy.)
Uhoho (Even after we got you wrapped up in our personal matters, you still got us back to Earth.)
Uhoho (I'm a damn fool. I dunno how to even begin apologizing or thanking you, but..)
(I'm proud to know there are Gorillas like you out there in the universe.)
Queen: Uho (You are a fool, yes.)
Uhoho (He's not here for you to shower him with praise.)
Back then...
Your friends came to reclaim you from us.

016
Queen: But this time...
It is you who needs to reclaim something.
It's the people...
From back then –those days.
So I will..
Give this back to you.
(Sfx- Pasaah fwap)
(Sfx- Zubooooh bloop)
Queen: To the you...
of back then...
(Sfx- Do dooo blam blam)

017
Sakamoto: The path's been open!!
Leave the skies to us!
I'm leaving things to ya'll down there, dumbass trio!
Gintoki: Tatsuma...you...
Sakamoto: Two years ago...
Sure I was in this to save the world....
But more than that, I risked my life in battle...
To take back...
Those good old days once more.
However even after the war ended...
Those days didn't...
Return to Edo.

018
Sakamoto: That's the only reason I need to fight.
If you say yer fight ain't over yet...
if ya'll can't go back quite yet...
Then I've still got a fight ahead too.

019
Kondo: Um...well...
To be honest I'm not even sure where we should start this conversation..
But when it comes to times like this...
(Sfx- Pori pori scrtch scrtch)
Kondo: I picked up a pretty convenient saying...
UHO!
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah)
Everyone: Uhooooooo!!
{Translation: Uhoooh}
(Side text- The Gorilla king has returned!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 695.............END.

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43903 [English] [Translation] Gintama 694 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-09-05T20:44:12+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
I'm still gonna cross that finish line, even if I'm half dead when I get there.

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

002
(Top text- The live action movie is in theaters everywhere, and the anime is on air as well! Huge news –the true final climax is here and commemorated with a lead color page!!)
{We have met many of you Gintoki over the years, but now...}
GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Blue fanning- Important announcement: There are only 5 chapters left to the conclusion. Run with us until the very end!!)
Lesson 694: Gorilla comes from Gorillas and is more Gorilla than Gorilla.

003
{There are only five more of you to meet.}
(Top text- The manga starts on page 5!)

004
Gorilla: UHOOOOOO!!!
(Side text- The LA movie Gintama 2 is a huge hit in theaters everywhere!! Volume 74 is in stores everywhere!! The official Gintama app is now live! Use coins to read the manga, novels and watch the anime!! For more details check page 44.)
Gorilla: Uhoooooooo!!! (Stop this wedding ceremony at once!!)
Uhoooooo!!! (The queen is mine, and Jr is my son!!}
(Middling text- The TV anime “Silver Soul arc” airs every Sunday at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)
Gorilla: Uhooooo!! (If you won't stop this stupid party, then I'll friggin smash it to pieces!!)
Uhoooooo!! (I'm taking my family back!)
{I get it...}
{I can somehow understand that guy's uhoing.}
{Words are merely the passengers of ships known as emotion.}
{But if those emotions overflow from their ships, perhaps through the vastness of the ocean alone communication can happen.}
{Then perhaps if I put passion into my own emotions...}
{Then I can get my point across.}

005
Kondo: UHOOOOOOO!!!!
(Sfx- Gashaaah crasssh)
{I'll give you back the queen, just please take me back to earth!!!}
{Translation: The princess is mine. If you want her then you'll have to take her from my mighty gorilla grip by force!!}
Gorilla: Uhouho!! (Atta Boy Kondo!!)
Uhouho (Even with the mistakes she's made Kondo still loves her!!)
Uhouho (Man I didn't think it was possible but I love him even more now!!)
Uhouho! (You go Kondo!! Some guy like that could never be royalty!!)
{What the....why's everyone giving me applause despite what I just said?}
{And despite me publicly dumping her, the princess is giving me one weird look.}
Gorilla: Uhouhouho (Man, you really got some balls for a scalper who stole a man's woman for her riches and position.)
(Sfx- Pan pan pan pan clap clap clap)
{Even he's giving me a hand?!}
{Oh wait, maybe he's giving me applause for giving up wealth and power by denying this marriage?}
Gorilla: Uhoho (But it's too late to regret anything now...)

006
Gorilla: UHOOOOOOOO (I'LL JUST HAVE TO TAKE HER BACK BY FORCE!!)
(Sfx- Gooooonn thoooom)
Gorilla Uhoh...? (T—that's...)
Uhooo? (N—No way...)
Uhoooooo!!! (He stopped iiiiiiit?!)
(Sfx- Meki meki mishi grrnd grrnnd)
{G---}
{Gorilla grip is nothing to laugh about!!}
{I managed to stop his friendly handshake but if this keeps up I'm going to be a smear on the ground!!}
Gorilla: Uhouhooo (L—Let me go, asshole!!)
{What's he so surprised about?!}

007
{Oh wait I think I get it. If he's making a face like that despite trying to be friends....}
{Then he just must be bad at smiling....yeah, it doesn't matter what country it is, all handshakes gotta be accompanied by a smile.}
Kondo: Uhooh
{Never let the princess go again.}
{Translation: If you think you can free yourself of my grip then try. This Gorilla's stress is no joke, and he gets an upset stomach easily!}
(Sfx- Zawaaah)
Gorilla: Uhoooooh (Don't you dare screw with me!!)
{Guwaaaaaaah!!! His handshake is no joke either!!}
{I finally got him to chill out a little bit and now my arm is in danger of coming clean off!!}
{Isn't there a way I can futz my way through this!?}
{How about a huuuuuuuuuuug?!}

008
{After a handshake comes a hug. This is the natural way of doing things.}
{Though this is a gorilla so I can't halfass this if I want him to understand how I feel.}
{Gorilla God...}
{Please...}
{Give me your strength!!}
(Sfx- Meki meki grind grind)
Gorilla: Uhoooooo!! (You assshoooole!!!)
(Sfx- Meki meki meki Grinnddd)
{He seems kinda pleased, but geez, a human's entirety is only equal to a Gorilla messing around huh?}
Gorilla: Uhoooh!! (Look at him go! He's actually picking a fight with that guy despite being a shrimp!?)
Uhooooh (Choke his ass to deaaaaath!!)
{Everyone is really into this display of budding friendship between Gorilla and human!}
Kondo: Uho
{Gorillas are surprisingly relaxing to hug. Relax, I won't do anything to the Queen.}
{Translation: You're even better to hug than the queen, though the queen made a much better sound than you. A Gorilla's vitality is no joke, and mating season never ends.}
Gorilla: Uhoooooo!!! (I'LL FRIGGIN KILL YOU!!)
(Sfx- Gooooshaaan CRASH)

009
Kondo: GUWAAAAHH!!
{What's going on?!}
Gorilla: Uhouhooo!! (You finally dropped off you little fly...!!)
Uhoooo (Now the real party's gonna start!)
Uhoooo (And then a funeral procession for you!)
{Kondo translation: And now it's time for the banana party to start!}
Go on, eat to your fill!!
(Sfx- Dodododdo thtothoooom)
Gorilla: Uhohohoho!! (Look at that!!)
Uhouhouhohoho! (He's seeing right through each attack and dodging it!!)

010
Gorilla: Uhoho (Not only that but...)
He's munching on Bananas!!
Gorilla: Uhohohoooooo (IS THIS A JOKE TO YOU, ASSFACE?!)
{After eating all of these Bananas...}
{It feels like my entire body is going to turn into a Banana smoothie!}
{I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!!}
{Hm?!}
{Come to think of it this guy hasn't eaten a single Banana...}
Gorilla: Uhohohoho.
{Here have a few bananas!!}
{Translation: Here have some Bananas!!}
(Sfx- Zuriii sliiiip)

011
(Sfx- Paara para clatter clatter)
(Sfx- Kutushhh shffft*)
Gorillas: Uhooooooh (Kondooooo!!!)
Uhohuho!! (What a guy this is!! He really pulled it off!)
Uhouho (You're a Gorilla among Gorillas!!)
Uhouhooo (King of Gorillas!!)
Kondo: W—wait, what?
Gorillas: Uhouhouhouho (Our king!!)
Uhohoho (The King!!)
Kondo: Uho.
Uhoooooooooooo (WHY ARE WE BACK TO WHERE WE STARTED?!)
{Translation- I'm the champion!! All Gorillas are B-blood type!!}
Kondo: Q--
QUEEEEN!!!

012
???: Planet Shoujo's Mothership. Banana...
Why is a ship like that in Kuyou's airspace?
It would appear a royal wedding ceremony is being held there...
Their weddings take place over a long period of time and orbit the newlywed's planet. Perhaps this is just a stop on an itinerary?
Either way they're not anyone to be worried about.
And assuming they have sniffed something out and are watching us...
It's impossible to capture the Kuyou.
We've already locked onto the target.
And nothing can stop us now.
(Sfx- Gouuunn veeeem)
???: Activate the Seirei gate!

013
???: The phantom ship that cannot be seen by the naked eye or radar –Kuyo..
and the silent and deadly weapon it possesses....
The Seirei Gate..
This is how they managed to steal Altana from all sorts of planets.
Gintoki: Seirei gate?
Katsura: A simple explanation is that it's a vacuum with great inhalation power yet it's silent.
It's a giant machine devolved by the sect to collect Altana from the outside.
The scariest thing about it is how it can operate quietly in secret.
The Seirei gate can carry out jobs for the sect 10,000 meeters in the air without being seen or detected.
In short the terrorism the sect has been behind all around the universe are merely a distraction.
They avert eyes from them to the surface when the truth is...
An invisible ship far off in the reaches of the sky is taking the energy of the planet while the people remain unaware.

014
Katsura: However it's that day...
Where the sect makes a decision to take a planet...
That the fake gods...
Who captured them...
Will undoubtedly invite him...
To the surface as well.

015
(Sfx- Doooooon Thoooom)
Katsura: Even if you can't see it...
You can rest assured...
They are indeed up there.

016
{They're using the smaller ships as shields?!}
Tendoushuu: A trap huh? Figures.

017
Gorilla: Uhouho! (There's another! We just picked up a large energy signature from earth!!)
Uhohouho (What the heck is going on there?)
(Sfx- Gahh grab)
Gorilla: U,uhoho!! (Y—Your majesty!!)
(Sfx- Poii wffft)
Queen: Uho. (Change course immediately.)
(Land this ship on earth, now!)
Kondo: U—uh? What? Are you starting the process so I can disembark?
Ah, my baaad, but thanks.
(Sfx- Pikuhh poit)
Queen: Uhooo (Darling, when did you...!!)
Kondo: Listen I'm really sorry about everything that happened. I did wanna go through with the marriage and everything....
But when your betrothed is a queen things tend to happen, huh?
I'll get out of your way so you can find your happiness.
Ah, I forgot about the Uho thing. Uh, Uho.

018
Queen: This is fine...
I can speak... a little.
Ever since we met I've wanted to talk like this..
But even when I learned your language I've been depressed since I learned your true feelings toward me.
It is your fault that I got involved with a rotten element like this,
But it's because of you that I was able to make a family.
I don't care one bit about our gulf in status.
As long as I can be with him and Jr. that's what matters.
But everyone else around us wouldn't allow this, and thus we ended up like this.
Kondo please....
Take me and my family down to Earth with you.
Kondo: You mean like a honeymoon?
Well if that's what you wanted you should have said it outright.

019
Gorilla Uhoho (My Queen!)
Uhohoho (So it really was that man who made you do this.)
Uhohoho (Move out of the way Kondo.)
Uhohohoho (Even if you are being of assistance to the Queen they won't allow you to a moment's relief.)
Kondo: So they're all here to see me off?
I guess it gets stuffy when you're dealing with royalty.
But it's fine guys...
I don't need a farewell hug or anything...
(Sfx- Bekkiii wara wara)
{Uh...}
(Sfx- Meki meki grrind grrind)
(Sfx- Beki beki Crack crak)
{Huh...}
{Is this a sendoff to hell?!}
{AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHGHHH!!}

020
(Sfx- Bekiii crack)
(Sfx- Doshaaahhh thuuud)
Kondo: Gorillas sure are passionate, huh?
You're even crying at our farewell. Is it really that hard to see me go?
(Sfx- Gokiiii crack)
Kondo: I'm really sorry about this but I have to go.
Even after millions of hugs...
There are more here who want some.
Well if you want I'll stick around a bit.
Who else wants some sugar?

021
Jr: Uhooooooooooo (Meeee!!)
Uhoooooohh (Dadddy!!!)
(Sfx- Goshaaaaaa dssssshhh)
Jr: I've been looking for you! Where'd you go!!
Kondo: Stoppit! I just changed these undies!!
Forget hugs you're going to tear it clean off!!
Gorilla: Uhoo! (Hurry to Earth everyone!!)
Uhoooh (But my queen!!)
Uhouhoho (There's something odd happening in Earth's airspace! Getting any closer is dangerous!!)
Uho (Then let me control the ship!!)
Uho (You can't! One wrong move and something...)
(Sfx- Dooooon Thoooooom)

022
Katsura: It would appear they predicted what we were up to.
We sent anti-aircraft units to the Terminal's permimiter but...
{Kuyo/Terminal}
Katsura: But they formed a barrier of ships before the Kuyou and that was able to block our fire.
In short...
The airspace above them is open for attack.
(Side text- From above heaven someone else looks down upon them...!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 694................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43899 [English] [Translation] Gintama 696 by kewl0210 2018-08-31T06:45:38+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 696 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Someone: Symbol of our country's culture,
the Terminal, has been struck by a gigantic ship.
Insert: ☆Banana out of control!
->Enemy fleet taken down!
->Symbol of culture destroyed!
Title: 'Gintama'
Someone: And now, a mysterious pair of fleets
is doing battle in the skies of Edo.
Insert: ☆A bigger hit than we ever would have dreamed!! The live action movie 'Gintama 2' is still out in theaters!!
Someone: What in the world is happening in Edo right now?!
Surely we can assume that this is the work of the terrorist organization
that caused the earlier explosion in the Terminal and assassinated the Prime Minister, no?
Middle Insert: ☆The TV Anime 'Gintama' The Silver Soul Arc is now airing every week at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!
Someone: So has whoever is behind those acts of terror all across different planets now come to Earth as well...?
Oh, excuse me.
It seems that there's an event in progress near one of our reporters in the field.
Hanano Ana.
Ana: Thank you, this is Hanano. Thank you all for your patience.

Page 2:
Ana: That man has finally snapping into action.
The hero that protected the people... protected Edo in that war 2 years ago.
SFX: ZAH
Ana: This Last Samurai that has declared before
that if a crisis approaches Edo again, he would take up his sword once again.
Madao
has finally taken to the field!!
Top Insert: Three chapters left until the final chpater!!
Bottom Insert: ☆Jump Comics Volume 74 is now on sale!!
Volume 75 goes on sale October 4th (Thurs.)!!
The time to get the complete set may be coming up!
Title: Lesson 696 Cheap Sake
ANa: Madao-san, would you mind letting us know how you're feeling at the present moment?
Hase: ..............
Ana: ...Madao-san?

Page 3:
Guys: Goes without sayin', right?!
Now that Madao's here, Edo's good as saved!!
Whoever the enemy is, his great sword Unemployedcaliber can cut them down in a single stroke!!
Handwritten: MADAO!!
MADAO!!
MADAO!!
Insert: ☆The Official Gintama app is now available!! Use coins to enjoy the manga, novels, and anime!!
Ana: You sure are popular, aren't you, Madao-san!
How confident are you you'll be able to meet everyone's expectations?
Hase: Well... Funny you should mention.
I never would've thought a crisis would arrive in Edo this quickly.
I really miscalculated... Not. I've been waiting for this moment!
Sharpening this great blade Neetcaliber all the while.
Somoene: Wasn't it called Unemployecalibur?
Hase: Anyhow, I'm a guy who thrives on battle!
Man, I wanna get to that fight so bad!
Ana: That's certainly reassuring.
SFX: PAN PAN
Hase: But... Today, I'm kind of um... Ya know...
Ana: What's wrong?
Hae: Nothing, just... An old wound of mine, this cursed flame causing me pain inside my mouth.
Ana: Cursed flame?! Is this a wound from a previous battle?
Hase: Yeah, pretty much.
Because of that pain from the cursed flame in my mouth... I haven't been able to eat much.
Ana: Wait, you're not talking about mouth ulcers, are you?
Hase: I haven't eaten in two or three days.
Ana: ..........
Hase: Actually I think it's been five days since I put that thing in.

Page 4:
Hase: So 'cause 'a that, I'm a little worried about whether or not I'll be able to be up to my usual standard.
Guy: What're you people doing over there?!!
This is an evacuation zone!!
Civilians are not allowed inside!! Please take shelter at a safe place immediately!!
Hase: Oh, I see!! An evacuation zone!! Shit, well, nothing I can do then!!
Even if I'm a hero, I'm still a civilian. Just a regular guy suffering from mouth ulcers.
Goddammmiiiiit!! I wanna fiiiiight!!
Guys: Hey, hold on a minute, isn't that...
It is, it's Madao!!
No way, Madao the hero is here to lend us his strength?
Hold on a second. Have you always had that upturned chin, Madao?
But wait, that great sword on your back...
Hase:: Hngh!
Someone: The great sword broke! It's made of styrofoam!
I knew that guy wasn't the Madao!
SFX: MOGIH
Guys: !!
SFX: WAH
Guy: Citizens!!
What are yo do-
We can't let you get in Madao's way!!
He's the only one that can save Edo!!
We'll hold these guys back,
goooo, Madaoooo!!

Page 5:
Hase: I'm sorry, people of Edo.
It's just like you said. I can't give up at a time like this!
Wait for me until I restore peace in Edo! And...
until I finish tying my shoe laces!
In order to get the maximum potential out of my Nike basketball shoes, the way you tie them really is important!
SOmeone: Uh, but those are sandals.
Hase: Shit! My hands are shaking so much I can't tie them right! Quiet down, cursed flame!
Guys: Uh, what does anything about you're doing have to do with mouth ulcers?
Hase: Nike, please give me streeength!!
Guys: Um... Madao-san. If you don't hurry up, everyone's sympathy for you is gonnna...
Um... Madao-san?
Madao-sa-
SF:X CHUUIN
Hase: ...Huh? My lace broke.
Dan, that's unlucky. Maybe I should just call it quits for toda-
SFX: OOO OO

Page 6:
Someone: Infiltration unit, enter the Terminal at once,
SFX: WAH
Someone: and seize it.
The ship unit will expand around the perimeter of the Terminal and remove all those that approach.

Page 7:
Someone: The Kuyou has fallen, but our plan remains in place.
We will capture the Terminal directly and procuring the Altana.
And once we offer that power to our god,
He will be restored in his complete form.
Tendou: It is at that moment that our deepest wish,
immortality,
will belong to all living creatures in the universe.

Page 8:
Saka: Hey, three idiots,
that god or whatever's fallen ta earth.
Right now, you guys should be able ta reach it.
...So get goin'.

Page 9:
Saka: I dunno if what you'll find there is a god that aught to be destroyed,
'er a master you'll wanna save,
but...
the one thing I am sure of
is whatever path we take,
we've got friends here.
No matter what ya lose,
or what ya gain,
that's something that ain't gonna change.
Don't go forgetting that.

Page 10:
Guys: This ain't just your fight,
it's our fight.
Okita: Dang.
Bringing that god down to earth was good, but thanks to that, there's a whole ton of these annoying believers swarming around here.
Kon: I don't totally get what's going on,
but we just gotta beat those guys and get into the Terminal, right?
And that Yorozuya guy's headed there, too, UHO?
Oki: Hijikata-san, we're in luck. It seems like he's still got some of his human mental faculties left.
These orders are even more crude than usual. But I guess that's how the Shinsengumi's gotta be.

Page 11:
Hiji: We might be reviving a monster that could destroy the world,
but it sure looks like fun.
Kon: Ya know, it sure...
brings back memories.
Being in a rain of bullets sure feels more nostalgic
that living in a peaceful world where war's ended. We sure have lived some crazy lives.
What the hell were we fighting for these past two years?
Okit: Finally figured it out, huh?
We
SFX: KACHA
Oki: are the people absolutely least suited to being peace-protecting police.
SFX: DOON
Oki: But it's still a little early to be nostalgic.
If ya like fighting,
the strongest fighter still hasn't come home.
SFX: DOH
SFX: WAAA
Haji: ---No, they're back now.

Page 12:
Hiji: Looks like we butted in where we weren't needed.
They're the type to silently spur you on.
But... those are definitely
some nostalgic backs.
Guy: THis is an image from a security camera.
The form of ronin fighting with the army in black clothes...!!
Just who in the world could they be?
With Madao deceased, are they perhaps new saviors that will carry on his will?
...No.
SFX: ZAZA

Page 13:
Hase: I'm not deaaaaaaaad!!
SFX: DO DO DO DO
Ana: How could you cut off the relay like that, we're still alive!!
We're currently under attack from the mysterious group that came out of the ship!
Someone: Oh, I see. Then it sounds like you'll be dying pretty soon, huh? Thank you so much for your reporti~ng.
Ana: Don't cut me ooooff!! Do you want us to die that badly?!!
I have the hero, Madao, here with me! I'm sure he'll easily get us out of this pinch!!
Hase: How the hell long are you gonna keep following me?! With you around it's so much harder for me to get awa- Er...
Ana: We've come this far, so we're going to go with you!! We need to capture the hero's bravery on camera!!
Hase: Uh, that might be a problem. With you guys here, I... Uh....
Can't fight all-out!! You guys could get caught up in the fight!!
Once I get into go-mode, I become a mindless killing machine!!
If you're next to me, you'll die for sure!! And I definitely won't be able to help you! In fact you might even be safer next to the enemy!!
Ana: Uh, what kind of hero are you exactly?

Page 14:
Hase: Anyhow, I'm not gonna stop till every last one of them is on the ground, so you'd better hurry and get out of-
SFX: FUH
Guys: !!
Oh dammit, from the front, too?!
Ana: Madao-san!!
SFX: WAAAA
Ana: Aah! Madao-san jumped!!
And...
SFX: DON
SFX: DOGISHA
Hase: I'm sorryyyy!!!
Ana: .........
...Huh?
Um, er...
Are you uh,
beggi-

Page 15:
SFX: DON
Ana: A-A huge explosiooooon!!
The moment Madao-san shot onto the ground to beg for his life, the enemy suddenly exploded!!
What in the world...?!!
SFX: WAAAA
Hase: I'm sorry I acted all high and mighty like I was a hero...
Please forgive meeee!!!
SFX: GUWABA
SFX: DOH

Page 16:
Ana: Oh my, another explosion!!
Every time Madao-san apologizes, the enemies explode like powder kegs!!
What in the world is going on here?!
Is this the power of Madao, the hero?!
Hase: Wh-What the hell?
Ana: Madao-san, just how did you do what you just did?
Hase: Uh... Yeah, er, uh, that may look like begging for my life at first glance, but...
It's... It's a technique where I sent the burning flames of my mouth ulcers through the ground and explode at the feet of my enemies.
Ana: Mouth ulcers can do something that terrifying?! It honestly looked like you were just apologizing!
Hase: Th-That wasn't me saying I was sorry, that was an incantation, "Aym sah ri"...
Guys: !!
SFX: GACHA GACHA
Somoene: AAAAAHHH!!
There's enemies all over the place around here!!
Ana: Heeeeey! Who do you think you're using as a shield?!
Hase: 'Aym sah ri'! 'Aym sah ri'!
Ana: Oh come on, you were totally just blurting out apologies!!
KYaaaa! Stay awaaay!
Hase: I'm sorry, I'm sorry, please don't-
SFX: BUN

Page 17:
SFX: KAH
Ana: I used aym sah ri, toooooo!!!
Hase: Uh, no, I think that was my aym sah ri. My mouth ulcers must've spread splashed onto you, infecting you with them, so now they're in your mouth, too...
Ana: Could you please don't say super gross stuff like that?!! I think I'm okay without being able to do aym sah ri, then.
Hase: I'm sorry!!
SFX: DOO
Hase: I'm sorry!!
SFX: DOKAA
Hase: I... I've really awakened...
Ana: Th-This is amazing. So this is what a hero can do.
I'm sorry I doubted you.
I'd thought that, despite everyone calling you a hero, you maybe weren't really anything that impressive.
But you really are...
Hase: ...No, you were right the first time.
I didn't do anything great in that war.
The ones that pulled off the really incredible stuff didn't even think about trying to get any personal glory from them, and just started off on their own person wars right after.
I claimed all their achievements for myself. I'm total fraud of a hero.

Page 18:
Hase: But even after getting so pampered over being a hero,
with all these great women surrounding and getting all the booze I could drink
and gorging myself on food,
I wasn't enjoying myself
even a little more than I had been before.
I wonder why.
All I'd lost was just one drinking buddy.
That's why I came here.
Even if I couldn't do anything useful, even if I threw away the title of hero,
I wanted
to drink cheap sake with that guy again.
Maybe the reason I got a power like this
is because those feelings reached the heavens...
But... Since I lied, I gotta make sure I say this to you.
I'm sorry.

Page 19:
SFX: DON
SFX: BUSHAAN
Hata: Old man, stop getting in my way. You made me miss my shot!
Old: What do you mean? There's enemies all over the place, just shoot wherever and you'll hit somebody!
Hata: Did I hit a human? Was somebody down there?
Ah, then should I? Should I say it just in case?
I'm sorry!
Insert: One idiot leaves and another one enters.
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 696
/ End
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43893 [English] [Translation] Gintama 695 by kewl0210 2018-08-24T06:51:03+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 695 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Insert: ☆Junior goes on a rampage!!
SFX: AUAAUAAAAAA
Title: 'Gintama'
Left Insert: ☆The Live Action movie 'Gintama 2' is a big hit, now in theaters!!
☆The TV anime, 'Gintama' The Silver Soul Arc is now airing on TV Tokyo and affiliates every Sunday at 1:35AM!!
Gorilla: UHO... (Kondou...)
UHOUHO (Hurry!! While he's got them occupied!)
UHO!! (Get the ship to Earth!)
UHOUHO (I mustn't, Princess!!)
UHOUHO (Something strange is happening on Earth right now... It's too dangerous)
UHOHOH!! (I don't need status or a hometown...)
UHOHOH (I'm going to live down there on Earth with my famil-)
SFX: DON
SFX: PIH

Page 2:
SOmeone: UHOUHO (Emergency Sold Separately Mode activated. The ship is now switching to regular Sold Separately Mode.)
SFX: VIIII VIIIII
Someone: UHOUHO (This block has undergone severe damage.)
UHOUHO (In order to prevent the damage from spreading to other blocs,)
UHOUHO (This ship will now partition, and this block, block 2, will be discarded.)
UHOUHO (Kondou!! You bastard, what did you do?!)
Kon: Uh, huh? What? Did something happen?
Gorillas: UHOUHO (If we don't do something, the block that we're on right now...)
UHOUHO (It won't even accept steering instructions.)
UHOUHO (It's no good! Hurry, take coveeeer!!)
SFX: GO GO GO GO GO

Page 3:
Insert: ☆A sudden assualt out of nowhere...!!
Botton Left: 4 chapters left until the final chapter!!
Title: Chapter 695 Those Days
SFX: DO DO DO DO DO
Guy: Incoming fire from above!! This is...
Setup a barrier!! Prepare to counter fire!!
Middle Insert: ☆The 'Gintama Official App' is now available!! Check out the manga, novels, and anime with a coin sysyem!! Details on page 401!!
Guy: What is this?!
...........
The attack from the anti-air weapons from earlier
Forced the Kuyou to abandon its special camouflage and focus our defenses on attacks from below.
Box: Kuyou
Bottom: Terminal
Guys: The true goal of this trap is...

Page 4:
SFX: DO DO DO DO
Guys: so a fleet can approach from above!!
Those are...!!
SFX: DOGAGA
Someone: Yo!
You guys holdin' up okay?
Must be lonely down there without me around.
But your troubles are over now.

Page 5:
Saka: Because Sakamoto Tatsuma
has returned to your sky.
Guys: Sakamoto? What are...
you doing there...?!
No way, Shijaku?
You?!!
Ku: My apologies, Katsura.
I know encouraging countries that hold a grudge against the religion to sink the Kuyou was your plan,
but not only did no country show any signs of acting, but as you can see, I got caught by these odd people.
If you're going to ask for help, before asking other countries or anything of that sort,

Page 6:
Ku: you say 'Hey, we're friends, right?
So,
lend me some money, won't ya?'
Shoot every last bullet ya got inta that ship!!!
No need ta worry about costs here!
I'll pay the bill now matter how much you rack up!
My friend here will pay us back!
Ku: Hmph.
There you go, just saying whatever you please.
But if this cleans up the monsters leftover from that war,
then I'll lend you any amount of money, my Earth friend.

Page 7:
Saka: ---So there ya have it, idiot trio!
I can't let you guys do somethin' so interestin' all by yourselves.
I cant let ya
fight all by yerselves.
Only a master's disciples can wipe his ass for him?
In that case...
then the only one that can wipe the asses of some friends,
is another friend, like me.
Gin: Tatsuma, you...!!
SF:X DODOON
Guys: Shoot them down!!
Reduce every last one of those meddlesome flies to ashes!!

Page 8:
Mu: Sakamoto, that huge thing is covering the whole ship in a barrier.
No matter how many peashooters you fire at it, it won't take it down.
Saka: Cease firrrre!!
Surround the enemy mothership to seal off its movement!!
Guys: What is this?! What are they doing now?!
!!
Hey... Look over there!!
Narr: 10 minutes earlier.
SOmeone: Hurryyy!!!
We've gott get ta earth on the double!!
The fate of Edo's in our hands...
Guy: Captain!!
There's a distress beacon!!
Saka: Distress?
Someone: Ah, there's a communication...!!
SFX: ZAZA...

Page 9:
Kon: Thank.... goodness, I got... through.
S...orr....y. Please... save... us.
SFX: ZA ZA ZA ZA
Guy: This is the Kairinmaru. Who are you...?
...............
Kon: Another... rilla...?
...UhoU...Ho Uho...
Guy: He started going UHOUHO all of a sudden!!
Saka: He's tryin' ta tell us somethin'.
SFX: ZAZA...
Guy: His language is too primitive. Even the automatic translation functions won't work.
Saka: Use the translation function fer lower life forms.
Kon: UHOUHO (Please help us!)
Translation (We're gonna save you guys!)
UHOUHO (The ship we're on is broken, and at this rate it's going to crash-land on Earth.)
SFX: ZAZA
Kon: Translation (My ship is broken and it's in the process of crashing on Earth, but I've still got an ace up my sleeve.)

Page 10:
Kon: UHOUHO (Isn't there any way you can save us from this ship?)
Translation (I'm going to find a way to ram this ship into my enemy to sink them.)
SFX: DOH
Kon: UHOUHO (I totally understand how big a favor this is to be asking,)
UHOUHO (but please, is there any way you could safely land us on Earth?)
Translation (I totally understand that we have the same enemy.)
(Let me use this life of mine as a way to protect the Earth.)
Guy: M-Madness!!
That banana ship!!
Saka: Hmph.
Didja not notice it while you were chasing flies around?
I guess you guys are so well known
that you've got enemies all over the universe!

Page 11:
Kon: UHOoooooo!! (No, I said I need you to save meee!!!)
Translation (Take thiiiiiis! Final Gorilla...)
(CRAAASH!!)
SFX: DOGOO

Page 12:
SFX: DON

Page 13:
[No text]

Page 14:
SOmeone: He did it...
He actually
went and did it.
Gorilla: UHHO
UHHO
UHOOOO!! (DADDY~~~~!!)
SFX: NUH

Page 15:
Gorilla: UHHO! (DA~~~DDY!)
UHHO! (DAAADDY!!)
SFX: BUN
Gor: UHOUHO (That man is not your Daddy, Junior.)
SFX: SNAP
Princess: UHOUHO (He protected our familyt.)
UHHO (And for that, we owe him a great deal.)
UHOUHO (He is a gorilla among gorillas.)
UHHOHHOHHO (The king of gorillas.)
Guy: UHOHO (I can't believe that guy.)
UHOHO (Even after we got you roped into this and did all we did, you still really got us to Earth...)
UHOHO (I'm such an idiot. I dunno how to apologize er how to thank you,
but I feel proud as a fellow gorilla, knowing there's gorillas like you out there.)
UHO (Yeah, you sure are an idiot...)
UHOHO (That man didn't come here just so you could praise him.)
Back then
your comrades came to take you back from us.

Page 16:
Princess: But this time,
it's time for you to take something back, isn't it?
Those people
from those days.
So...
I'm returning it.
SFX: PASA
SFX: ZUBOO
Princess: The you
from back then.
SFX: DO DO KAAA

Page 17:
Saka: Yer path is clear!!
Leave the skies to us!!
You take care of things there, three idiots!!
Gin: Tatsuma, you...
Saka: Two years ago,
more than to save the world,
what I was risking my life in battle for
was to take back
those days again.
But even after the war ended,
those days
didn't come back to Edo.

Page 18:
Saka: That's enough reason fer me ta fight.
If you say yer battle still ain't over,
if you guys say ya still can't go back yet,
then my battle ain't over either.

Page 19:
Kon: Umm... So uh, yeah.
I'm not sure... where either of us should start from really.
But for times like this,
there's a pretty convenient phrase I learned...
SFX: SCRCH SCRCH
Kon: UHOH!!
Guys: UHOoooooo!!
SFX: WAH
Kon: Translation (UHOH!)
Insert: The king of gorillas is back!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 695
/ End
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43892 [English] [Translation] Gintama 694 by kewl0210 2018-08-19T02:06:34+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 694 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Big Middle Text: The Gin-sans of 3 different mediums, assembled together!
Boxes: Manga Gin-san
Movie Gin-san
Anime Gin-san
Left: The hit movie is out in theaters
&
A major announcement!!
Bottom: Gintama
Opening color pages!!
Right: Live-Action Movie [Yellow top]
"Gintama 2 [Black big]
Bonds are Meant to be Broken" [Black small]
now in theaters! [Red]
TV Anime [Yellow top]
"Gintama [Black big]
The Silver Soul Arc" [Black small]
Now on TV Tokyo and affiliates Every Sunday starting at 1:35 AM! [Red]

Page 2-3:
Top Right: ☆The live action movie is now in theaters! And the anime is being broadcast!! And we have a major announcement!!!
Opening color pages for the true, true climax!!
Insert: We have met many of of you, Gintoki.
But now, there's only---
5 left to meet.
Bottom Left: Gintama
Sorachi HIdeaki
Starburst: Major announcement!!! [Grey with red outline]
Only 5 chapters left until the final chapter!! [Yellow]
Please stick around for the final part of the story!! [Light blue]
Bottom Right: Lesson 694 Gorilla Comes From the Gorilla And is More Gorilla Than Gorilla
T/N: This title is a pun on an idiom "blue dye comes from the indigo plant and is bluer than indigo". Meaning "The student has become the master".

Page 4:
Gorilla: UHOooooooooo!!
Insert: ☆The live action movie 'Gintama 2' is a big hit, now in theaters!!
☆Jump Comics Volume 74 is now on sale with great fanfare!!
☆The 'Official Gintama App' is now available!!
Use coins to enjoy Gintama manga, novels, and anime! For details check page 44!!
Gorilla; UHOoooooooo!! (Call this wedding off right now!)
UHOoo!! (That woman is mine!! And Junior is my son!!)
Middle Insert: ☆The TV Anime 'Gintama' the Silver Soul Arc is now ariing every Sunday at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!
Gorilla: UHOooo!! (If you won't stop this farce of a party, I'll have to smash it to pieces!)
UHOoo!!
(I'm taking back my family!)
Kon: ---For some reason
I can understand those Uhos...
Words are nothing more than ships that carry emotion.
But perhaps when those emotions overflow from those ships and spread into the ocean, those thoughts can be conveyed without any words at all.
Then if I put all my emotion in as well,
I'm sure that how I feel will get across.

Page 5:
Kon: UHOoooooo!!
SFX: GASHA
Kon: I'll give you back the princess, just please bring me back to eaaaarth!!
Left: Translation: The princess is mine. If you want her, just try to take her! This gorilla's grip ain't nothing to sneeze at!!
Gorila: UHOUHO (Well said, Kondou!!)
UHOUHO (So, he loves her along with all the mistakes she's made?)
UHOUHO (Look, after hearing that, I love him even more!!)
UHOooo (Get 'im, Kondou! Somebody like that could never join the royal family!)
Kon: ...What? It looks like everybody's praising me for something besides what I was going for.
And for getting dumped in a situation like this, that's a strange look the princess's got.
Gorilla: UHOUHOUHO (That's quite some guts you got. For a guy that stole somebody's girl for her money and power, that is.)
Kon: Even that guy's giving me some applause!
SFX: CLAP CLAP CLAP
Kon: I see. He's applauding me for giving up this marriage into wealth by giving up the princess.
Gorilla: UHOUHO... (But it's really too late for second thoughts now.)

Page 6:
Gorilla: UHOOOOOOO!!
(Guess I've gotta take her back by fooooorce!!!)
Kon: !!
SFX: GOGAAA
Gorillas: !!
UHOH (Wh-What...?)
SFX: OOO O O
Gorillas: UHOo!! (It... It can't be...)
UHOooo!! (HE STOPPED IIIIIT)
SFX: MEKI MISHI MEKI
Kon: A...
A gorilla's grip ain't nothing to sneeze aaaat!!
Well I just managed to stop his signal of friendship, but... I feel like my body's gonna implode!!
Gorilla: UHUHOO!! (L-Let me go, you bastard!)
Kon: What?! What's he surprised about?!

Page 7:
Kon: Oh I get it. If he's making such a tough face even after having extended the hand of friendship...
must mean that's his way of smiling. Ain't that right, Kondou? No matter what the country, handshakes are always done with a smile on one's face.
UHOo
Make sure you don't ever let go of her hand again.
Translation: If you think you can let go of my hand, go ahead and try. This gorilla's stress ain't nothing to sneeze at either and he gets an upset stomach pretty easily!
SFX: ZAWAH
Gorilla: UHOOOOO!!! (Don't mock meeee!!)
Kon: GUAaaaaaa! His handshake's nothing to sneeze at eitheeeer!!
I finally got him to let his guard down around me, and now it feels like my arm's gonna come off!
Isn't there any way for me to cheat my way though this...?!!
A huuuuuuuug!!

Page 8:
Kon: If after a handshake there's a hug, that should be a really natural way to end things off.
But this is a gorilla we're talking about, if I'm half-hearted about it, my feelings won't get through.
Oh, god of GOrillas,
please...
SFX: MEKI MEKI
Kon: lend me your streeeength!!
Gorilla: (Y-You bastaaaard!!)
Kon: He kinda seems to be a bit happy about it... But man, a human's full strength really is equal to a gorilla playing around, isn't it?
SFX: MEKI MEKI MEKI
Gorillas: UHOooo!!! (I can't believe this guy!! Going toe-to-toe with one of our race with such a puny body...?!!)
UHOooo!! (Get hiiiim! Now strangle him to deaaaath!!)
Kon: Everyone's so touched by this budding friendship between man and gorilla!!
UHO
Gorillas are surprisingly pleasant to hug. Relax. I won't lay a finger on the princess.
Translation: You're even more pleasant to hug than the princess. Though the sound she made was way better. A gorilla's vitality is nothing to sneeze at, and it's mating season all year 'round!
GOrilla: UHOoooooo!! (I'll kill you!!)
SFX: GOOASHAN

Page 9:
Kon: GUHAAaaa
What's happening now?!
Gorilla: !!
UHOUHOOO!!
(Finally let go, didja? You little tick!!)
UHOooo
(Now, it's time for the real ceremony to start)
UHOooo!!
(Your funeral!!)
Kondou Translaton
Okay, now it's time for the banana party to start!
Go on, get eatiiiing!!
SFX: DODODODO
Guys: !!
Gorilla: UHOH HOH HO!! (Look at thaaaat!!)
UHOUHO UHOHOHO (He's seeing through every attack and dodging every last one of theeeem!!)

Page 10:
Gorillas: UHOHO (That's not all. This guy...
is eating bananas!!)
UOHOHOOO!!
(Are you makin' fun 'a me, you bastaaaard?!!)
Kon: After being served all these bananas...
I feel like banana smoothie is gonna shoot out every orifice of my body!!
I can't take any mooooore!!
Hm?!!
Now that I think about it, this guys hasn't eaten a single one, has he?
UHOHOHO
Here, have some bananas, too!
SFX: SLIIIP
Kon: Translation
Here, have some bananas, too!
SFX: SLIIP

Page 11:
SFX: PARA PARA
UHOoooooo (KONDOOOOOU!!)
SFX: WAH
Gorillas: UHOUHO (WHat an incredible man! I can't believe he really did it!)
UHOUHO (You're a gorilla among gorillas!)
UHOOO (The king of the gorillas!)
Kon: Huh? Wait...
Gorillas: UHOHOHOHOHO (The king!)
UHOHOHO (Our king!)
Kon: ...Uhoh.
Gorillas: UHOoooooooooo
(Why did we go back to the starting point?!)
Translation
I am the champion!! All gorillas are blood type B!
!!
Q-
Queeeen!!

Page 12:
Tendou: The Planet Shoujou mothership, Bahnana.
Why is such a ship in the Kuyou's airspace?
It seems that a royal wedding is taking place.
Their weddings always take place over long periods while orbiting the newlywed's planet. Perhaps it's just part of their itinerary?
Regardless, they are not anyone to have any misgivings about.
And even if that ship has caught on to our plan and is observing us,
it is impossible to capture the Kuyou...
Our target is already just under our gaze.
There is no stopping us now.
Seirei Gate, activate!
SFX: GOUN

Page 13:
Guys: The phantasmal ship that cannot be detected by the naked eye nor radar, Kuyou.
And the silent weapon it is equipped with,
the Seirei Gate.
It's with that that they stole Altana from all those planets.
Gin: Seirei Gate?
Zura: To put it simply, it is a vacuum with great sucking power, yet it makes very little sound.
It's a gigantic device invented by the religion in order to collect Altana from the outside.
What's most fearsome is how secretive it's able to be.
The Seirei Gate can carry out their jobs from a height of 10,000 meters with barely any detection.
In other words, the acts of terrorism the religion has been enacting all over are no more than a diversion.
They draw all the attention onto the surface while actually...
An invisible ship far off in the sky is gathering up the planet's energy while the populace is unaware.

Page 14:
Zura: But only on that day
only at that moment when the religion targets a planet, once the decision is made here,
those false gods
that captured him...
And it's not unimaginable that he
will be invited to the surface as well.
SFX: KAH

Page 15:
SFX: DOoooN
Guys: Even if you can't see it,
you can bet that they
are right up there.

Page 16:
Zura: They're using smaller ships as shields...!!
Tendou: As I thought, a trap.

Page 17:
Gorillas: UHOUHO (Another one!! We just sensed another huge energy signal from earth!!)
UHOHOHO (What the hell is going on down there?)
SFX: GAH
Goirlla: U-UHOHO! (Y-Your Majesty!!)
SFX: POI
Princess: UHO (Change course!!)
UHOUHOUHO (Land this ship on earth immediately!!)
Kon: Hm, what? Are you performing the procedure for me to leave the ship?
Thaaanks. Sorry for the trouble.
SFX: BIKUH (SURPRISE)
Princess: UHOo!! (Dear!! When did you get there?!!)
Kon: Ah, sorry all this happened. I seriously wanted to get married and all.
But when you've got a princess for a bride, sometimes these things happen, I guess...
I'll quietly step aside. You go ahead and find your own happiness.
Oh, I forgot to talk doing the UHO thing. UHO.

Page 18:
Princess: That way is fine...
We can talk... just for a little while.
Ever since I met you, I've wanted to talk with you.
But as soon as I learned your language, I've been depressed, having found out how you felt about me.
It's your fault that I got mixed up with a bad man like this one here, too.
But also, the reason I was able to have a family was because of you.
I didn't care about differences in status anymore,
as long as I could be with him and Junior.
But all those around me would not allow it... And so we ended up in this mess...
Please, Kondou.
Please take us, my family, down to Earth with you.
Kon: Huh? Like a honeymoon?
Is that it? Well you should've said so in the first place.
Gorillas: ?

Page 19:
Gorillas: UHOHO (Princess!)
UHOUHO (I knew it, so that man is the one that instigated you to do this, is he?!)
UHOHHO (Kondou, get out of the way.)
UHOUHOUHO (Even if you're just trying to help the princess, they won't let you off easy.)
Kon: Ah, already here to see me off?
It sure gets courteous when it's a princess, huh?
Hey, it's okay, don't worry about it.
I don't need a goodbye hug or any-
SFX: BEKI
Kon: Um...
ARe they...
SFX: MEKI MEKI MEKI MISHI
Kon: seeing me off to hell?!
AAAAAAHHHHH
SFX: BEKI BEKI BEKI BEKI

Page 20:
SFX: BEKII
SFX: DOSHA
Kon: Man, gorillas sure are passionate.
Are those tears? Is it that heart wrenching to say goodbye to me?
Ah, I'm sorry. But I've gotta go.
SFX: GOKIII
Kon: Even after thousands of hugs,
there are more here I think need one.
SFX: DOSHAA
So, I'll hang around here as long as you guys want.
Who wants me to hug them next?

Page 21:
Gorilla: UHOoooo (I'm heeere,)
UHOooo (Daddyyy!!)
SFX: GOSHAAA
Guys: I've been looking for you! I didn't know where you were!!
Hey, knock it off!! I just changed those underpants! Quit it!!
Forget hugs, those tugs are going to tear something clean off!!
SFX: DOGOGO GON
Gorilla: UHOH!! (Hurry, get this ship to Earth!)
UHOH!! (But princess!!)
UHOUHO (There's something strange happening in Earth airspace right now!! It's dangerous to get near!!)
UHO (Then let me have the controls!!)
UHO (I can't! If you don't handle them just right, something will...)
SFX: BUCHI BUCHI BUCHII
SFX: DOOOON

Page 22:
Guys: It looks like they predicted our plan.
We setup anti-aircraft weapons all around the terminal, but...
Sign: Kuyou
Terminal
Guys: they formed walls of ships in front of the Kuyou to act as a shield and blocked our fire.
In other words...
Above them is wide open.
Insert: From even higher in the heavens than those that look down---!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 694
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43891 [English] [Translation] Gintama 693 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-08-19T00:15:37+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Ah it was one of those where "I only needed 15 pages to tell a story" chapters this week, huh? Or well possibly more like "I was too lazy to add more." I get that feel, Gorilla, gorilla, gorilla-sensei.

Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

Hi wa mata noboru only


(Sfx- Gogogogo rmmmmmble)
(Sfx- Gouuuun veeeeen)
(Under panel text- The TV anime “Gintama: Silver Soul arc” airs every Sunday at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)
???: Serei Gate preparations have completed.
(Side text- The weapon of mass destruction waits for that certain moment....)
???: It is ready to deploy any time.
GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
Lesson 693: Uho.
(Under panel text: Volume 74 is out in stores everywhere!! The long anticipated muddy ship “Gintama Live action 2” will finally open in theaters August 17th!!)
???: How does the surface look?
Our disciples in Edo have...
Purged the terminal's outskirts of anyone who would stand in our way...
But it appears they have met with some resistance.

002
???: Release the invasion squads.
Upon our landing at the Terminal, we will use the Seirei Gate.
What on earth is this?!
???: What?
It's the foreboding shape of a ship's shadow nearby...
There's no way they could have realized this ship is here, right??
This is...

003
Gorilla: Uho.
Uho Uho uho uho.
Lady Gorilla: Uhoho
Uho uho uhohho.
Uhohoho
Uho uho uho uhohoho
Kondo: Uhoh.

004
Gorillas: UHYAHAHAHAHA!!
(Sfx- Dohhh thooom)
(Sfx- Don don don pan pan thud thud thud bang)
Gorilla: Uhoho Uhohohouho
Uhohohoh uhohohohoho
Kondo: Uho uho
Uhohoho
Gorillas: Uhyahyahoahahahah.
(Sfx- Pan pan tok tok)
(Sfx- Gasha gashaah clang clang)
Gorillas: Ohohohohohohoho

005
{I wonder what everyone...}
{Is talking about?}
{What the hell are they...}
{Busting a gut over?}
{Why are they...}
{Raising me up?}
{I don't...}
{Understand anything.}
{Why...}
{Is this happening?}
{Why?}
{Why?}

006
Hijikata: I'm...
Going to look for the Yorozuya.
If it weren't for them...
I wouldn't be standing here now.

007
Kondo: If you don't want to be the stepping stone for a new era...that's fine.
how about doing it, swinging that sword for those we've fought alongside all of this time?
We're going to live alongside them.
And to do that we need to swing this sword to open a new era...
The sword known as Shinsengumi.
Okita: Then, Kondo-san...
Will you be there for them too?
What I have to do...
Has already been decided.

008
Kondo: I have to marry a Gorilla.
(Sfx- Gogogogo rmmmmmble)
Kondo: WHHHHHHHHHHHHHYYY?!
MAYBE I SOUND LIKE A BROKEN RECORD, BUT PLEASE...
PLEASE TELL ME WHY I HAVE TO DO THIIIIIIIS?!
Matsudaira: Kondo....
What are you talking about now?
Didn't you already decide a while back that you'd do this? You were even doing house husband training, yeah?
Kondo: Yes, I mean that's true but there's still something extremely not right about this?!

009
Matsudaira: Kondo, since antiquity, the creature known as man...
Has lived his life in the shadow of his lower extremities.
You could say in a way that life is what happens while cleaning up after that lower half.
So quit bitching and do what you gotta.
Taking responsibility is only natural when you do certain things.
Kondo: Um, what kind of lower half am I supposed to have? Is my alternate self a Cenatuar? I don't remember canoodling with a beast like this???
Just being dragged along and being told “You are the father” is kinda, y'know....
Matsudaira: You can act like this doesn't involve you all you want, but there's a gorilla-like spot from the corner of his eyes to the bridge of his nose that's your splitting image, ya dumb ape.
Kondo: It's not that he LOOKS like a Gorilla, he IS a Gorilla, and one who very much takes after his mother!!
Matsudaira: Quit bellyaching. Most kids come out looking like Gorillas when they're born, don't they?
Like when I first saw my daughter Kuriko, I was shocked as hell, man. I really wondered how thing's would work out in the future...
But before I realized it she became as cute as a button.
And before I could even blink my eyes we had already passed the point of no return in regard to washing our underwear together.
(Sfx- Kusuuh sniff)
Kondo: AND BEFORE I REALIZED IT HE GREW UP INTO A PLAIN OLD GORILLA??
AND FORGET NOSTALGIA, HE'S RIPPING MY UNDIES CLEAN OFF??
(Sfx- Ugaaaah roaaaaar)

010
Matsudaira: Well, you two sound like peas in a pod. Anything change with Princess Bubbles?
Kondo: She's changing her wedding dress for the 3,423rd time....
Weddings on planet Shoujyou go for 3 months and today is the last day.
And I'm really afraid once everything is said and done, I'll be an actual Gorilla body and soul.
PLEASE TOTTSAN!! I THOUGHT I COULD TAKE ONE FOR THE COUNTRY BUT I CAN'T TAKE THIS ANYMORE!!
(Sfx- Buuun Buuun whoofft wffft)
Kondo: The wedding is taking place directly above earth! If you do something now then there's still a chance...
Matsudaira: And I'm telling you Earth isn't really in a position to do anything right now!
Kondo: That's why you gotta! I wanna fight too!!
Matsudaira: You just leave things here to us. Meanwhile you take those Gorillas for a ride and get every penny they're wroth.
That is your battlefield like I've been telling you.
Kondo: I can't do it! I don't even know what they're saying!! I'm only getting by with a “uho” every so often here and there!!
Matsudaira: QUIT YOUR BITCHING!!
WHAT CAN A ROTTED BANANA WHO COULDN'T PLEASE ONE GORILLA DO COMING BACK HOME?!
I KNOW THAT'S YOUR KID!! THERE'S NO MISTAKING IT!!
I heard everything from them!!
(Sfx- Gooh gooohh goooh whooom whoom whoom)

011
Matsudaira: You had a wedding ceremony with Princess Bubbles remember?
Apparently that kid is the one you have her in the Banana entry ceremony.
Kondo: THE HELL KIND OF PRETEXT IS THIS?!
And you know from seeing it yourself that I didn't do anything!!
Matsudaira: After that the princess was so screwed up after being dumped by you that she faded from sight for a while.
Night after night she'd play around with Gorillas from the wrong side of the tracks, rolling up blunanas and spend the night doing God knows what.
Kondo: What's a blunanaa?! IS that <what bad Gorillas do to get high??
Matsudaira: And so when she got back she had that kid in her belly.
Robert Gorilnny Jr.
Kondo: AND SHE GAVE IT A DIFFERENT NAME?? IF IT'S MINE WHY IS IT NOT ISAO JR?!
More importantly that's clearly one of the guys she was hanging out with!! You're just lying to force me to take care of the kid aren't you?!
Matsudaira: Kondo, listen, you know how to humans that all Gorillas look the same, yeah?
Then you're going to be fine. All Gorilla's kids are the same.
Now go hold that one like you would do any other.
Kondo: In what way is this fine?! Don't try to make this sound better than it actually is?!

012
Kondo: Hey! Tottssan!!
Tottsaaaaan!!
Dammit he hung up on me!!
(Sfx- Busasasaa dsssshhh)
(Sfx- Buchi buchi buchi bukkiin ripriprip)
(Sfx- Uooooooahhhhh)
Kondo; Sorry Jr!!
I can't be your father!!
Not when I have....
A family of my own waiting for me down there!!
I know they're waiting...
For me to come back.
So I have to get back to earth---
Gorillas: Uhooooh!!

013
Kondo: Move iiiiittt!!
I don't want to hurt you all so...
Please just move!!
Dammit! I'm not getting through to them!!
(Sfx- Uhoooh Uhoooo!)
Kondo: UHOOOOOOO!!!

014
{….So, even in that situation Uho just got a round of applause?}
{Just what the hell do they hear from my Uho's? Just how far can I slip into pleasing them??}
{And now I'm back at the ceremony....}
{Maybe they're happy thanks to my Uho's, but I sure ain't.}
{I need to somehow figure out how to use Uho's effectively and get out of here.}
{But I don't understand what they're saying...hell, I don't understand what I'm saying half the time, so what do I do...?}
(Sfx- Dogaaaahh thooooom)
(Sfx- Uhooh?)
(Sfx- Dokoooaaaahhh ththoooom)
Gorilla: Uhooooooooooooooo!!!
(Sfx- Ooooohhhh)

015
Gorilla: Uhoooooooooooh!!!
Uhoooooohhh!!!
{Wait, this guy couldn't be...}
{Jr's real....?!}
{Somehow I can....kinda understand his Uho's.}
{Could it be a classic tale of love being ripped asunder by social standing?}
{He crashed the wedding...}
{So he could take his child and woman back.}
Gorilla: UHOHOOOOOOOOH!!!
{Here's my chance...}
{If I use this situation, I might be able to get the plug pulled on this ceremony!}
{I have to cry out with the embodiment of all my Gorillaness!!}
{It's through this that the words of my soul will reach him!!}
{I'LL GIVE YOU BACK THE PRINCESS SO PLEASE TAKE ME BACK TO EARTH!!}
Kondo: UHOOOOOOOOHH!!
{Translation- The Princess belongs to me!! If you want her you'll have to take her from me, and my Gorilla grip is no laughing matter!!}
(Side text- Uhohohoho uhoooh!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 693.................END.

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43890 [English] [Translation] Gintama 692 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-08-19T00:13:19+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
For I was lost but the countdown has help me find (my motivation.)

Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

Hi wa mata noboru scans only


GINTAMA
(Side text- What they've discovered as old friends...)
Katsura: On retrospect.....
It's always been like this.
Gintoki because...
You're a white that's indelible by any other colors or people..
(Side text- The latest volume #74 will be in stores August 3rd (Friday)!!)
Katsura: That you can become any color you choose.
When the time calls for it to protect your allies...
you'll cut down your teacher.
When the time calls for it to protect that very same teacher's will...
you'll cut down your allies.

002
Katsura: Our paths, scattered as they are have...
brought us here.
(Side text- The TV anime, “Gintama: Silver Soul arc airs Sundays at 1:30am on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!)
Katsura: In both the old days and even now...
What kept us together as disparate as we were..
Was that whiteness of yours.
Then shall we wager...?
On that white of yours.
And believe in finding a path...
that will save this country...
and sensei, no, everything.

003
Katsura: Let us go...
disparate and all.
SORACHI HIDEAKI
GINTAMA
Lesson 692: Lost child.
Katsura: Just like we were back then.
(Side text- Because of who these three are and were...)

004
Okita: Seems that Katsura thought....
This country wasn't good enough to entrust to the next generation...
After all it still has...
Utsuro –a being that will destroy the planet if left unchecked...
And Shouyou a being that needed to be saved.
Shinpachi: Then...
Gin-san is waiting there too?
Okita: Beats me.
But it's pretty clear that the show is going to go on without us.
Pretty messed up that they left us holding the villain ball in order to create a new country, though.

005
Okita: Though it's not as if we're going to stick around...
And be the ones the country is entrusted to either from the look if it.
Dude: You all!!
What the heck are you doing there?!
This evacuation zone is off limits!!
So leave the premises at once!!
Okita: Yeah yeah, my bad dude.
Lemmie just mosey on out of here and refuge somewhere...
Dude: Not this way, that way!!
Okita: Sorry about this but there's this Rakugo CD I left at home that I juuuust can't go without...
Dude: This isn't the time to be talking about tha---
(Sfx- Gahh grab)
(Sfx- Doth doth thud thud)

006
Shinpachi: Okita-san!!
Dude: You bastard!!
Okita: “smatter? Fall down? I'd say it's you who needs to find a hidey-hole little buddy.
Or is it you're trying to shuffle us off because...
There's something you don't want us to see?
(Sfx- Dododooooh ththooooom)
Shinpachi: Who...
Who are you people?!
Okita: RUN FOR IIIITT!!!
(Sfx- Kuwaaaaah roaaaaar)

007
(Sfx- Waahhh)
Shinpachi: O---
Okita-san what the hell is going ooooon!?
Okita: Wow, even the Government has a few believers in it?
Guess even Katsura's gotta watch who he's in bed with.
But you thugs aren't even worth stopping the main event for.
(Sfx- Dogaaaaaaah ththoooooom)
(Sfx- Oooooohhh vrmmmmm)

008
(Sfx- Donnnn booooom)
(Sfx- Gyarriiiiiii Screeeeeeee)
Hijikata: GET IIIIIIIIIN!!!
(Sfx- Gyararararaaa vrrrmmmmmm)
(Sfx- Dogagagaga ththtthoooom)
Shinpachi: Hijikata-saaaaaaaaannnnnn!!

009
Okita: Oh? Someone's here despite not being called.
Hijikata: Yeah I came, but I'll have you know it was a case that called me back.
Okita: Whoa, that's a blast from the past. Have you always spouted old cop one-liners?
At the very least I'm pretty sure the prime minister didn't call you.
Hijikata: Prime Minister? Who gives a shit about him?
I just got tired of playing hot potato in the country.
A peaceful world just doesn't suit us –suit the Shinsengumi does it?
Okita: Nah, I'd say we've still got plenty of headliners to play in this world.
Hijikata: Sure 'nuff. I'll say one thing, I've had enough of escorting wayward brats.

010
???: No need to sweat it, I found their guardians here.
Taking kids who have gotten lost...
And reuniting them with their folks is one of the many jobs of the friendly police department.
Now all we gotta do is finish things.
Shinpachi: Hijikata-san?!
No way...
You all aren't going to...
???: Well this is surprising...
wouldn't have thought that everyone would have agreed with Katsura's suggestion.

011
???: We finally got to a point where we could finally have a Shinsengumi...
And now we're disbanding.
(Sign- Special police –Shinsengumi headquarters.)
???: Well, If that's what the new country needs then we just gotta do it.
'Sides, there really isn't much for us to do in a peaceful world anyway.
Okita: Kondo-san, you're too soft. It worries me, honestly.
You've gone and disappointed me.
Hijikata-san...
I figured you'd at least be against the idea of there not being a Shinsengumi...
Hijikata: Who said anything about there not being a Shinsengumi? We're just going through some structural changes is all.
When the time calls for it we'll be out on the front lines again.
I have to wonder if those guys will be down for it though.
Hijikata: I'm leaving Edo for a bit so maybe this is a good opportunity....

012
Hijikata: I'm going to look for the Yorozuya.
I'm sure you already know why he left Edo...
And what's going on with the Yorozuya now, yeah?
Is it really okay...
for things to end this way?
The ones who kept the Shinsengumi...
And the friggin' world itself from coming to an end...
in turn meets an end like this?

013
Hijikata: Assuming they are cool with this,
We're...
We're able to stand here because they saved us.
So there's no way we can just let this slide.
So this time...
It's our turn, yeah?

014
(Sfx- Oooooooohhhh fwhoooooom)
Dude: FIREEEEEEE!!!
Kondo: Sogo...
If you don't want to be the stepping stone for a new era...
That's fine.
If you don't want to take up arms for an era....
and swing your blade for faces you may never see...

015
Kondo: Then how about doing it for those...
We've fought alongside all of this time?
(Sfx- Dodooooonn Babooooom)

016
(Sfx- Gaooshaaa baboooooom)
(Sfx- Bootsuhh thhhhdh)
(Sfx- Ohhhhhh whoooooom)
Kondo: We're not entrusting it to them...

017
Kondo: We're doing it to live alongside them.
To rip open a new country, a new age....
We're swinging these swords....
The swords of the Shinsengumi.

018
{Okita-san, Hijikata-san...}
{You all....}
{From the very beginning you did this for us...!!}
(Sfx- Zatssuhh dshhh)
(Sfx- Basaaah fwap)
(Sfx- Jyakii clack)

019
Hijikata: Well met.
You all look sharp –those uniforms really do look the best on you.
It's different then back then since we don't have a Shogun or Bakufu anymore...
But rejoice...
We still have something...
We need to protect.
Let's go to where the Yorozuya are!!
Our battlefield is at their side!!
(Side text- To where they need to be!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 692.....................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43889 [English] [Translation] Gintama 691 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-08-19T00:11:13+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
What can I say, a numerical value assigned to the end of my suffering really motivates me.

Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

Hi wa mata noboru only


GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
Lesson 691: Pure White.
(Side text- Those who look down at Edo from the heavens are....)
???: The target is Edo's termal.
Prepare Seirei gate launch modules.
Infiltration squad, prepare for deployment.
(Under panel: The newest volume of the manga #74 will be in stores everywhere August 3rd! (Friday)
???: We will commence with the plan upon landing.
(Under panel: The anticipated 2nd muddy ship “Gintama 2” will hit theaters August 17th (Friday)!!)
???: It's unfathomable that someone other than us...
Would be targeting Earth's altana.
I'd wager they're nothing deserving of real concern, however.
Edo is a country who's government has rid itself of tradition and now undergoes reform. IT would see, that there are parties who opposed to this, I've heard.
So essentially they are eating each other alive.

002
Dude: So in short they have no idea they're being targeted by a third party as they casually snap and snarl at each other? How foolish.
However that isn't to say we can't take advantage of this.
We can slip in while they're confused and accomplish what we must without expending much effort.
The country has already been sent into ruin due to war two years ago.
The irony that laying an already dead country to rest will result in our immorality is not lost on me.
Starting now, Edo is under martial law!!
We will be leading civilians to refuge,
And creating a wall of defense around the terminal!
Any entry beyond this point is forbidden!

003
Soyo: No matter what happens, the safety of the civilians is your number one priority.
I hope for your cooperation in protecting the people and the country.
Nobume: Princess Soyo.
About Katsura's situation....
Soyo: I can't right now.
I can't allow myself a moment even for sadness.
Even if we push at break limit speeds we cannot find someone to replace him.
So please just let me move forward for now...
Nobume: If that's your intention then it's even more imperative you hear this.

004
Soyo: Katsura-san's remains...
have vanished?
Nobume: I had heard reports that his death was confirmed, however...
after this confirmation there's no other information. We don't even know where his body is now.
It's odd enough that the information has been scrambled in the confusion but that is clearly suspicous.
Still, even with that in mind the information was broadcast nationwide without a hitch.
Soyo: That's...
Nobume: That isn't the only thing that's strange....there's the explosion at the terminal...
Even before the explosion happened....
There were strange things going on.
There was something unusual found in the terminal which lead to them engaging emergency protocol.
In short people were already evacuated before the explosion occurred.
And the circumference of the evacuation efforts was five kilo around the terminal.
Rather huge, wouldn't you say?

005
Soyo: Then when the explosion occurred...
Nobume: We're still getting the information in regard to how much damage we're looking at but if this holds true...
Then the only casualty here was the Terminal itself.
Soyo: Then why would they attempt terrorism in the first place...
And who is behind this?
Matsudaira: Takasugi Shinsuke.
An act of terrorism by a joui patriot who acted in the shadows in order to overthrow the government...
That's how it's supposed to look but that's suspending disbelief to hell and back.
No matter how much of a troublemaker that guy is...
There's no way he's got enough cred to get this many people to make a move.
Now if we're talking about someone sitting in the Prime Minister's seat...
Then we have a story that holds some water.
Soyo: You couldn't mean...

006
Soyo: There are accomplises?!
Someone who has enough power to....
Destroy the Terminal and assassinate Katsura-san?
Okita: I hope you guys didn't go forgetting....
That there's a patriot in this country...
That's more dangerous than Takasugi.
Or that there's an idiot out there...
Who was able to do what every other Joui patriot could only dream of...
Which is,
To actually seize the country.
And the one man who did it...

007
Okita: Katsura Kotaro is here.
Katsura: Gintoki,
You'd do best to keep important things deep in your pocket.
After all there are those out there who would launch a sneak attack and take it from you at any moment.
Right, Takasugi?

008
Katsura: Saying that now however matters not.
Because I have no intention of giving this heart to either one of you savages, and will keep it mys--
(Sfx- Katsuh sffht)
(Sfx- Gotushhh thk)
Gintoki: YOU WERE THE ONE TO...
FOOL ME DAMMITT!!!
(Sfx- Dooohhh whoooom)
Gintoki: So you were the one behind that terrorist attack, for crap's saaaaaaaake?!
Were you two working together??!

009
(Sfx- Dattshhh thok)
Katsura: Don't you dare smear my sterling reputation!!
Who would besmirch themselves working for that supervillian?
We simply schemed to use each other because we both wanted to crush that religion!!
(Sfx- Dobushaaa craaaaash)
Gintoki: You're the supervillian, asshole! What kind of Prime Minister are you supposed to be?!
You not only fooled your constituents, but blew up a facility essential to the city!!
Once a terrorist always a terrorist huh?!
(Sfx- Gashiiinn craaaash)
Katsura: I....
(Sfx- Gyuuun wfhoom)
Katsura: Do not recall accepting the position of Prime Minister!!
(Sfx- Geshiihhh ththoood)

010
Katsura: And on that subject...
I don't recall ever saying I was a terrorist either!
(Sfx- Dokaaaahhh ththoooom)
Katsura: Then and now....
Nothing has changed.....
I have always been Yoshida Shouyou's student!!
(Sfx- Dokaaaaaah crraaaaash)

011
Katsura: However as Sensei's student....
and as your ally...
I've done some shameful things!!
(Sfx- Gooohh thoook)
Takasugi: Is that so?
Then you should know full well what it is you can do now.

012
Takasugi: The civilians have left.
The bait has been spread for the enemy to feed on...
And all of the wartime preperations....
have been prepared.
The only thing left to do now...
Is to sit back, twiddle your thumbs and watch me work!!
(Sfx- Dooohh fwhooom)

013
(Sfx- Gashii grab)
Both: That sounds like....
YOUR JOB!!!
(Sfx- Buoooohhh whooooom)
(Sfx- Gogaaaaaahhhh whaaaaam)

014
Matsudaira: From the start his intention was to die.
The country torn apart by war needed restoration.
However there are those who oppose change who would hinder the shift from the old to the new.
He took the role of lighting rod and stood in the center taking the brunt of the opposition to the reforms.
While standing and being struck from all sides by hatred, he enacted reform and thus created the foothold for a new country to step forth.

015
Matsudaira: And thus he exited stage right with his job complete –with a little help of assassination.
If the person who symbolized reform were to disappear then those who grew to hate them would also be mollified.
Ultimately his goal was to give those –the next generation what they needed to start a new government.
Okita: Actually assassinating him was our job,
But it seems that the situation changed up.
Who'd have thought that he'd get a flashy sendoff like that one with Takasugi's terrorism at the helm?
Shinpachi: Okita-san, then you all are...
We were trying to assassinate Katsura to keep him from really getting assassinated.
So instead of trying to put the kibosh on the opposition, we joined them and became the center focus,
in order to control their movements.
Dissolving the Shinsengumi was done in order to accompany this.
{This is as scheme to grant a new country a fighting chance.}
{In order for this to work, we need to prepare to act as a foothold.}
{So are you willing...}
{To die along with me and the era...}
{For this grand cause?}

016
{How about we...}
{Make a country of which...}
{We can turn to the new generation proudly...}
{And tell them everything about it.}
Okita: And so we...
Scrounged up a mountain of rubble...
And upon it built a crappy country.
Eventually it ended up getting this far...
But it seems...

017
Okita: Before we can give it to you...
There's still one last thing we gotta do.
(Sfx- Bishaaahh dsshhhh)
Katsura: Gintoki.
How has Edo been to you?
Have you found the answer as to how to use this?

018
Katsura: Even if it means the destruction of everything you saw here....
Would you still choose to save Utsuro? Do you have that resolve?
Or would you rather cut him down?
I'm...the same as you two.
I tried in my own way to find a way to save Sensei on my own over these last two years..
It's hard to say that it's been very successful.
We all feel the same way but...
How we've gone at it couldn't be any more different.
Gintoki: Heh..
Have we ever been able to agree on anything?
Zura, if you told me that you wanted to cut Utsuro down then...
I'd probably want to save him.
Gintoki: But if Takasugi said he wanted to save Utsuro...
Then I'd slice the guy down without hesitation.
You get it? Whatever you guys wanna do, I'm gonna do the opposite.
We can't let any possibility go by.
It's because we're so completely scattered that we can choose every path right?

019
Gintoki: I'm sure that whatever you guys choose that it'll be right.
So in turn I can choose whatever I want.
And I choose a path of pure whiteness.
(Sfx- Pashii grab)
Katsura: Then...shall we wager?
On that...
White of yours.
And believe in finding a path...
that will save both Sensei and the world.
(Side text- Because there isn't an “answer” then....)
GINTAMA LESSON 691............END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43881 [English] [Translation] Gintama 693 by kewl0210 2018-08-03T05:13:58+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 693 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
SFX: GOGOGOGOGO
SFX: GOUN
Top Insert: ☆The TV Anime, 'Gintama' Silver Soul Arc is airing every Sunday at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!
Someone: Seirei Gate preparations complete.
We're ready to launch at any moment.
Insert: The weapon of destruction waits for the moment----!!
Title: Lesson 693 UHO
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Middle Insert: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 74 now on sale with great fanfare!! ☆The long awaited 2nd ship full of mud!! The live-action Movie 'Gintama 2' finally hits theaters August 17th (Fri.)!!
Tendou: What is the situation on the surface?
Someone: Using our Edo disciples,
we've removed all possible interlopers around the Terminal,
but they have undergone slight resistance.

Page 2:
Ten: ..........
Send down the invasion unit.
Someone: The moment we land at the Terminal, we'll use the Seirei Gate.
Guy: !!
What is this...?!
Ten: What is it?
Guy: The ominous form of a ship in the skies nearby.
They couldn't possibly have noticed the presence of this ship, could they?
Is that...

Page 3:
Gorillas: UHO
UHOUHO UHOUHO
UHOHHO UHO UHO UHHO
UHOHOHO
UHO UHO UHOHOHO
Kon: .........
Uhoh.

Page 4:
Gorrillas: UH HYA HYA HYA
SFX: DOH BABAN DON DON GASHAN GASHAN
Gorrilas: UHoHHO UHOHO UHO
UHOHOHO UHHO UHOUHO
Kon: UHOUHO
UHOHOHHO
Gorrillas: UHYAHYAHYA HYAHYAHYA
SFX: PAN PAN
Gorrilla: OHOHOHOHOHOHOHO
SFX: GASHAN GASHAN

Page 5:
Kon: ...I have no idea
what anyone's saying.
What in the world
is so funny?
Why are
they hoisting me up?
I really
don't get it.
Why
is all this...
Why.
Why...?

Page 6:
Kon: I'm...
going to search for the Yorozuya.
If it weren't for them,
we wouldn't be here right now.

Page 7:
Kondou: Sougo,
If you don't want to be the foundation for a new era, that's fine.
What do you say we swing these swords
for those we've fought alongside all this time?
We're going to live alongside them.
In order to cut open the path for that country, for that era,
we'll swing this sword that is the Shinsengumi.
Okita: Then, Kondou-san,
are you also going to fight for them...?
Kon: What I've got to do
has already been decided.

Page 8:
Kon: I'm marrying a gorilla.
SFX: GOGOGOGO
Kon: WHYYYYYYYYY?!!
I know I've asked this a bunch of times already, but...
why am I the one that has to marry a gorillaaaaa?!!
Matsu: Kondou,
you're asking this now? ["now" in italics.]
Phone: Tottsan
Kon: I thought you'd made up your mind and been doing bridegroom training for a while now...
Kon: Yeah, but Tottsan, I can't help but feel there's something weird about this!!

Page 9:
Matsu: Kondou, since ancient times, the creature known as a man
has lived his life controlled by the alternate personality they call his lower half.
You could say life is nothing but wiping up after one's lower half.
Accept your fate already.
When you do certain deeds, all you can do is take responsibility for them.
Kon: Uh, forget alternate personality, do I have the lower half of a centaur or something?! I don't remember doing anything with a beast like this.
Just suddenly getting pulled into something like this and being told a kid is your kid is just...
Matsu: Play dumb all you want, that whole gorilla-like area from the corners of his eyes to the bridge of his nose look just like yours, don't they?
Kon: Uh, forget gorilla-like, that's an actual gorilla!! He clearly just looks like his mom!!
Matsu: Relax, Kondou. Pretty much all kids look like gorillas right after they're born.
Like when I first saw my daughter, I was pretty shocked and anxious about her future,
but before you knew it, she became cute as a button.
And then in the blink of an eye, she got so far from me we can't even wash our underwear in the same load.
SFX: SNFF
Kon: Uh, in the blink of an eye he turned into a regular old gorilla!
And in a totally non-nostalgic way, he's tearing my underwear off!!
SFX: UGAAAA

Page 10:
Matsu: Well, sounds like at least you're gettin' along well. Anything change about Princess Bubbles?
Kon: She's in the middle of changing her wedding outfit for the 3,423rd time.
Weddings on planet Shoujou go on for 3 months straight and today's the last day.
Once the ceremony's over, I'll be reduced to being completely a gorilla in both body and spirit.
Please, help me, Tottsan. I thought I could go through with this for the sake of the country, but I can't take it anymore!!
The ceremony is happening in space just above earth. If you act now, there might be a chance to...
Matsu: I told you, Earth's in no position to do that right now!
Kon: That's why you've got to! I need to fight, too!!
Matsu: Leave things down here to us. You gotta get as much money as you can out of the gorilla country.
I told you, that's your battle.
Kon: I can't! I still don't even have a clue what these gorillas are saying!! I'm just playing along by randomly blurting out UHOs every now and then!!
Matsu: Don't gimme that half-hearted shit!!
What can a rotten banana that couldn't make a single gorilla happy possible do if it comes back home?!!
That kid's your kid, there's no doubt about it!!
I made sure to hear all the details from them!!
SFX: GOH GOH GOH

Page 11:
Matsu: You had a wedding ceremony with Princess Bubbles before, remember?
That kid's the kid you gave her in the banana-cutting ceremony back then, apparently.
Kon: What the hell kind of pretext is thaaat?!!
T/N: I don't remember this. How long ago did this happen? Uhh... Oh god this is from volume 14. Remember that? It was like 60 years ago. You people reading this probably weren't even born when that came out...
Kon: You saw yourself that nothing happened back then, Tottsan!!
Matsu: So after you dumped the princess, she was so heartbroken that she disappeared for a while.
Night after night, she would fool around with no-good gorillas, inhale and light up bananas, and live an all-around wild life.
Kon: What does lighting up bananas mean?! Is that like a delinquent thing for gorillas?!
Matsu: And when she got back, she had that child in her belly.
Baby Robert Gorilly Junior.
Kon: Uh, she gave it a totally different guy's name!! Why couldn't it at least be Isao Junior?!
Anyhow, that's clearly one of the no-good gorilla's kid!! You're just trying to foist him onto me, aren't you?!!
Matsu: Kondou, listen ta me. You know how from a human's perspective, all gorilla's faces look the same, right?
So see... it all works out. So go embrace that gorilla kid
the same as you would any other.
Kon: That does not make it 'work out'!! Don't try to put a positive spin on it!!

Page 12:
Kon: Hey, Tottsaan!!
Tottsaan!!
That asshole, he hung up on me!
SFX: BUZAZA
SFX: BUCHI BUCHI BUCHIN
Handwritten: UOOOoOOo
Kon: I'm sorry, Junior!!
I can't be your dad!!
Not when I've got
my family waiting for me down there!
I know they're
waiting for me to come back,
so I've got to go back to ea-
!!
Gorillas: UHOH!!

Page 13:
Kon: Get out of my waaaay!!
I don't wanna hurt any of you!!
Please, mooooove!!
Goddammit. I'm not getting through to 'em.
Handwritten: UHO UHOOH!!
Kon: UHOoooooo!!

Page 14:
Kon: Even in that situation, saying Uho got them to hoist me uuuuup?!!
Just what the hell do my Uhos mean to them?! Just how much can you fall into pleasing people?!
Damn, I just ended up back at the ceremony.
Even if my uho's put smiles on these gorillas' faces, I sure don't feel like I have anything to smile about.
I need to somehow master these uho's and get out of here.
But not only do I not know what their uho's mean, I don't even understand my own. How in the world can I...
Handwritten: UHOO
SFX: DOGAAA
Kon: !!
SFX: DOGOAAN
Gorilla: UHOooooooooo
SFX: OOOO

Page 15:
Gorilla: UHOooOoOO!!
Kon: No way... Is he...
Junior's.. real...?!
Gorilla: UHOoOoOoO
Kon: For some reason, his uho's, I can somehow understand.
Did their difference in social status tear his love with the Princess apart?
Gorilla: UHOoOoOoOoOoOOO!!
Kon: He crashed this wedding
so he could take her and that child back...
---Now's my chance. Right now,
if I use him, I can end this ceremony.
Yell! Go full-gorilla!
And the words of your soul will reach him!
I'll give you back the princess, so let me go back to Earth!!
Top: UHOooooo
Left: Translation: The princess is mine. If you want her, just try to take her! This gorilla's grip ain't nothing to sneeze at!!
Insert: ☆UHOHOHO...
-----UHOH!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 693
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43871 [English] [Translation] Gintama 692 by kewl0210 2018-07-27T04:25:53+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 692 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Zura: Thinking about it now,
that's how it's always been, hasn't it?
Insert: Things they know after being friends for so long---
Title: 'Gintama'
Zura: Gintoki,
because you've always been a pure white that no one can dye with their own colors,
you've been able to turn any color.
Insert: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 73 goes on sale August 3rd (Fri.)!!
☆The long awaited 2nd ship full of mud!! The live-action Movie 'Gintama 2' finally hits theaters August 17th (Fri.)!!
Zura: Sometimes, in order to protect your comrades,
you'll cut down your master.
And sometimes, in order to honor your master's will,
you'll cut down your comrades.

Page 2:
Zura: All of our scattered paths
led us here.
Insert: ☆The TV Anime, 'Gintama' the Silver Soul Arc airs every Sunday at 1:30AM on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!
Zura: The thing that connected us together despite being so scattered,
both now and back in the old days,
was your pure white.
So, what do you say
we bet on that white?
Let's believe
that we'll find a path
to save Sensei, this country, everything,

Page 3:
Zura: and go,
as scattered as ever.
Author: Sorachi HIdeaki
Title: Lesson 692 Lost Child
Zura: Just like back then.
Insert: Because it's this three, because of who they are----

Page 4:
Okita: ---It seems that for Katsura,
this country wasn't enough ta leave for the next generation.
What with this country having
a being that had to be defeated or the world could be destroyed
as well as a being that had to be saved.
Shin: So then
Gin-san is here, too, then?
Okita: Dunno...
Sure looks like they left us out of the main event though.
Not exactly a fairy-tale story, pretending to be villains together in order to create a new country.

Page 5:
Okita: At this point, we're not staying behind
to be the ones the country's entrusted to either.
Guys: You there!
What do you think you're doing?!
This is an evacuation zone!
Vacate the area immediately!
Okita: Yeah, yeah, sorry 'bout that officer.
Gotta go take me some refuge.
Guys: Not that way, the other way!!
Okita: My bad, I forgot that rakugo CD I like at my house.
Guy: This isn't the time for things like that!
SFX: GAH
SFX: DOH DOH

Page 6:
Shin: Okita-san!
Guys: You bastard!!
Okita: What happen, didja trip on something? Hey maybe you're the ones that should be taking refuge?
Or maybe the reason you're clearing us out
is because there's something you don't want us ta see?
SFX: DODODO
Guys: !!
Ah...
Who are you people?!
Okita: Now, gooooo!!
SFX: WAa AA

Page 7:
Guys: O-
Okita-san, what is thiiiis?!
SFX: WAH
Okita: Dang, they have believers inside the government, too?
Even 'ol Katsura can't be too careless about using his pawns.
But I don't think we're gonna let even you guys push us out of the main event.
SFX: DOGAAAA
SFX: OOOO

Page 8:
SFX: DON
SFX: GYARIRIRIIII
Hiji: GET IIIIIIIN!!
SFX: GYURARARARA
Someone: Hijikata-saaaan!!
SFX: DOGAGA

Page 9:
Okita: You came back despite nobody calling for you, huh?
Hiji: Yeah, I'm back. A case called me.
Shin: Have you always been such an old-fashioned gumshoe?
Well I know the Prime Minister didn't call ya at least.
Hiji: Prime Minister? Who cares about that?
I just got sick of digging for sweet potatoes.
We Shinsengumi ain't really suited for a peaceful world, huh?
Actually, I think we've still got a role to play.
Okita: Yeah, me too. I'll tell you one thing, I'm real damn sick of babysitting lost children.
Shin: !!

Page 10:
Someone: You can relax. I found he guardians right over here.
Catching kids that've gotten lost
and bringin' 'em back to their parents is all in a day's work for the police.
Now let's make sure we see the job through.
Shin: Hijikata-san!
Don't tell me
you guys are gonna...
Someone: ---I've got to say, I'm surprised.
I never would've imagined everyone would've taken Katsura's suggestion.
Sign: Shinsengumi

Page 11:
Someone: A time when we could finally have a Shinsengumi again
and we dissolved it.
Sign: Special Police
Shinsengumi Station
Guys: Well if that's what the new country needs, not much we can do otherwise.
And it's true that in a peaceful world, there's not much for us to do.
Okita: You're too soft-hearted, Kondou-san. It gives me a bad feeling about this.
I'm disappointed in you.
Hijikata-san,
I was sure you at least would be against abolishing the Shinsengumi.
Hiji: We ain't abolishing the Shinsengumi. We're just reorganizing it temporarily.
When the time comes, we'll be able to come out into the light of day again.
But I doubt those guys will be the same way.
Okita: ?
Hiji: Since I'm leaving Edo, this might be a good opportunity. There's something I wanna do.

Page 12:
Hiji: I'm gonna search for the Yorozuya.
You guys know why he disappeared from Edo,
and what's happening at the Yorozuya place now, right?
I wonder if
they'll be okay like that.
The ones that stopped the Shinsengumi,
stopped the world, from ending
just ending like this...

Page 13:
Hij: Even if they've accepted it,
we...
The only reason we're standing here is because they saved us.
So we can't accept that, can we?
This time
it's our turn.

Page 14:
SFX: OOO OO
Guy: FIRRRRRRE!!
Kon: Sougo,
If you don't want to be the foundation for a new era,
that's fine.
If you don't want to swing your sword
for the next generation whose face you don't even know,

Page 15:
Kon: then what do you say we
swing these swords for those we've fought alongside all this time?
SFX: DOOON

Page 16:
SFX: GAO SHAAAA
SFX: BOH
Car: Ooedo
SFX: OOOO
Someone: We're not entrusting it to then,

Page 17:
Kon: we're going to live alongside them.
In order to cut open the path for that country, for that era,
we'll swing this sword
that is the Shinsengumi.

Page 18:
Shin: Okita-san... Hijikata-san...
From the beginning...
you were helping us...?!!
SFX: ZAH
SFX: FWAH
SFX: JAKI

Page 19:
Someone: Well sharpened.
Those uniforms really do suit you guys better than anything else.
It may be different from back then, there's no shogun or bakufu, but...
rejoice,
there's still something
we need to protect.
Let's go to where the Yorozuya are!!
Our battlefield is by their side!!
Insert: To the place where they need to be...!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 692
/ End


 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43869 [English] [Translation] Gintama 691 by kewl0210 2018-07-20T05:55:36+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 691 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Author: Sorachi HIdeaki
Title: Lesson 691 Pure White
Insert: Those that look down on Edo from the heavens...
Someone: Our target is the Edo Terminal.
Seirei Gate launch preparations.
Infiltration unit, hurry into formation.
Insert Middle: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 74 goes on sale August 3rd (Fri.)!!
Someone: As soon as we land, we will begin carrying out the plan.
Middle Insert: ☆The long awaited 2nd ship full of mud!! The live-action Movie 'Gintama 2' finally hits theaters August 17th (Fri.)!!
Someone: I can hardly believe that there is someone besides us
targeting Earth's Altana.
They are most likely nothing warranting any real concern.
The new government installed in Edo rid itself of old traditions. They are pushing reforms and there are forces opposed to them, I've heard.
This is nothing but them cannibalizing each other.

Page 2:
Tendou: .........
So unaware that their own country is being targeted by outsiders, they're nonchalantly fighting amongst each other, are they? Foolish.
But we cannot not make use of this.
If we take advantage of this confusion, we should be able to accomplish our goal without much effort.
That country already fell to ruin in the war two years ago.
Isn't it ironic by performing the the last rites to a country of the dead, what we will obtain is immortality?
Someone: We are now declaring martial law in Edo!!
Along with guiding citizens to shelter,
we are creating a line of defense around the Terminal!
Please do not allo anyone outside the infiltration unit to enter!

Page 3:
Soyo: In any situation, the first priority should always be the peoples' safety.
I hope you'll all lend me your strength in order to protect the people and the country.
...........
Nobume: Princess Soyo.
About the situation with Katsura...
Soyo: Not right now.
I cannot allow myself to be overcome with sadness at the moment.
No matter how fast we try, I'm not sure we can find a replacement for that man's post.
So for now, please just let me face forward...
Nobume: ..........
Then all the more reason for you to listen to me.

Page 4:
Soyo: Katsura-san's corpse
disappeared?!
Nobume: I had heard that his death was confirmed,
but after that, intel cuts off. We don't even know where his corpse is now.
Despite information getting obfuscated in all this confusion, that is unarguably strange.
Nonetheless, via some transmission, that death was broadcast all over the country in no time.
Soyo: So then...
Nobu: That's not all that's strange. The explosion at the Terminal as well.
It seems that before the explosion occurred,
something unusual was happening over there.
Due to some usual discovery, emergency procedures were underway inside the Terminal facility.
In other words, the people were cleared out before the explosion occurred.
And it was 5 kilometers around the Terminal.
It was quite a large scale evacuation.

Page 5:
Soyo: Th-Then when that explosion happened...
Nobume: We don't know the full picture of the damage yet, but if that's all true...
it may be only the Terminal itself that was harmed.
Soyo: Then what was the point of the terrorism...?
Who in the world...?
Matsudai: Takasugi Shinsuke.
This fiendish act was done by a radical Joui patriot that maneuvered in secret in order to overthrow the government
is what it was meant to look like, but that's a bit of a stretch.
No matter how crazy that guy is,
there's no way he's got the clout to mobilize this many people.
The only person that could do something like that...
is someone of the level of the Prime Minister himself.
Soyo: ...........
You don't mean...

Page 6:
Soyo: There's an accomplice?
Someone who has the power
to destroy the Terminal and assassinate Katsura-san...
Sougo: You guys didn't forget, right?
The fact that in this country
there's still a Joui Patriot
even more dangerous
than Takasugi.
Or that there's a bastard out there
that was able to do what all the other Joui Patriots couldn't,
take the country.
That that man...

Page 7:
Sougo: Katsura Kotarou is here.
Zura: Gintoki,
You need to take good care of important things, and keep them deep in your pocket.
There's a possibility of someone launching a surprise attack to steal it away from you at any given moment.
Isn't that right, Takasugi?

Page 8:
Zura: So that being said,
this heart will not go to either of you coarse buffoons, but to m-
SFX: GOSUH
Gin: The one that tricked me
was you, dammi~~~~t!!
SFX: DOH
Gin: You're the one that did that terror atta~~ck?!!
You guys were accomplices?!!

Page 9:
Someone: Don't say things that would tarnish my reputation!!
Who the hell would work with that villain?!!
We just used each other because we had the same goal of crushing that religion!!
SFX: DOBUSHA
Gin: You're the villain!! What kinda Prime Minister is that?!!
Not only did you deceive your people, you also destroyed an important facility!!
Nothing's changed about you from your terrorist days at all, has it?!!
SFX: GASHIN
Zura: I
SFX: GYUN
Zura: don't remember ever becoming any Prime Minister!!
SFX: GESHIH

Page 10:
Zura: And while we're at it,
I don't remember being a terrorist, either.
SFX: DO KAA
Zura: Both now and in the old days
I have been simply
a disciple of Yoshida Shouyou!!
SFX: DOKAAAA

Page 11:
Zura: It's just that as Sensei's disciple,
and as a comrade to all of you,
I did some rather shameful things!!
SFX: GOH
Taka: Is that right?
Then you know what it is you two can do now, right?

Page 12:
Taka: Bystanders have all been cleared out,
and the bait has been laid for the enemy.
all the preparations for war
are set.
So all that's left
is to stand and watch with a dumb look on your faces!!
SFX: DOH

Page 13:
SFX: GASHIH
Guys: Why don't
YOU GO DO THA~~~~T?!!
SFX: BUOOOO
SX: GOGAAAAA

Page 14:
Matsu: He planned on dying from the beginning.
Reforms were needed in order to restore the country that was devastated in the war.
But if one expects to get rid of the old and begin the new, one cannot escape opposition.
By standing at the center of it, he could take the brunt of the discord that arose from the reforms.
And while letting every sort of hatred pour down on him, he enforced reforms, and created the foundation for a new country.

Page 15:
Matsu: And his final task was to exit the stage via assassination.
If he, the symbol of reforms, disappeared, then the hatred born from them will also be purified.
His goal was to allow the next generation that allowed him to carry out this purification ceremony to take over the new government.
Okita: Though actually pulling off that assassination had been our job,
looks like the situation changed.
I sure didn't expect him to get that flashy exit with Takasugi and setting up that huge terror act.
Shin: Okita-san! Then you all are...!!
Okita: We were trying to assassinate Katsura in order to protect him from real assassination.
Rather than trying to crack down on opposition forces, we integrated into them and became their core.
That way we knew and could control their movements.
The dissolving of the Shinsengumi was also done to corroborate that.
Zura: In order to build the stepping stone for a new country,
you need the resolve to make yourself into that stepping stone.
So alongside me,
alongside the era,
will you die for the cause?

Page 16:
Zura: A country where we can hold heads high
when we talk to the next generation about it.
What do you say we
make a country like that?
Okita: And we
crawled onto the top of that pile of rubble
and on top of it, we build a cruddy country.
And then somehow or other, it got built up this far.
But it seems

Page 17:
Okita: before we can entrust it to you all,
there's still one last thing we've gotta do.
SFX: DOSHAAA
Zura: Gintoki,
how've you found Edo?
Did you find the answer of how to use this thing?

Page 18:
Zura: Even if it means it'll destroy what you saw in Edo,
do you have the resolve to save Utsuro?
Or perhaps the resolve to cut Utsuro down?
I'm... just like the both of you.
In these two years, I searched for a means of saving Sensei in my own way. But...
I can't say it went all that well.
Even if we have the same feelings at heart,
the actions we've taken couldn't be more scattered.
Gin: Hah.
Have we ever not been totally scattered?
Zura, if you wanna cut down Utsuro,
then I'm gonna save him.
But if Takasugi over there saves Utsuro,
then I'm gonna chop Utsuro in half.
I'll choose whatever choice you guys didn't chose.
We won't let any single possibility slip by.
It's because we're so scattered that explore every single path, ain't it?

Page 19:
Gin: Whatever paths you both chose, I'm sure neither one is wrong.
So I'm able to set out on any path,
I'll go pure white.
SFX: PASHII
Zura: All right, then let's make a bet.
On your
white.
And trust in finding a path
that saves both Sensei and the world.
Insert: There is no 'answer'. So----
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 691
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43867 [English] [Translation] Gintama 690 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-07-19T00:57:30+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
In a world where we're all supposed to be doing something, appearances are king.

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
Lesson 690: No matter what you're doing, it's looks that matter.
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Top text- Volume 74 will be in stores everywhere on August 3rd!!)
(Side text- Something has happened...!!)
Kagura: Shinpachi....
Th—This is...
Tae: Shin-chan!
Gi--
Gin-san is...!

002
(Under panel: The TV anime “Gintama: Silver Soul Arc” airs late night Sunday at 1:35 am on TV Tokyo and it's affiliates!!//The second ship in muddy waters disembarks!! The Live action “Gintama 2” will be in theaters Friday August 17th!!)
003
Kagura: Gin-chaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaan!!!!

004
(Sfx- Kakaatsuhhh kasheeeeeen)

005

006
???: This is the current state of affairs.
The origin of that blast...
And the scale of the damage it caused is unknown.
Both possibilities of an accident and an act of terror are being considered.

007
???: All people in the vicinity of the terminal should make haste to evacuate the area quickly,
the Government has provided refuge shelters for this purpose.
Once again...
(Sfx- Waaaah!!! Kyaaaah!!)
Shinpachi: Kagura-chan!!
Thank goodness you're okay!!
Kagura: Shinpachi...
I am sorry.
I pursued him...
with all of my might.
But...

008
(Sfx- Suha suah hah hah)
(Sfx- Doogohhh whooomph)
Kagura: But he really was just some creepy pervert, uh-huh.
And he just grabbed me all of a sudden so I kicked him hard enough to cross the universe, yup.
Shinpachi: Um...
Y'think he might have been trying to cover you from the blast, maybe?
Kagura: Eh? Why? Why would a panty thief go so far? That guy sure was covered by something, I'll tell you what.
Shinpachi: That aside, I'm pretty sure I saw a specter that looked really similar to Gin-san.
...you don't think..
Kagura: Moving on to more important things, what is with the noise?
Just...
What happened over there?

009
???: This only happened cause you people had to be so damn slow.
Shinpachi: Okita-san!!
What's that supposed to mean?!
You're not saying that Gin-san is involved with this commotion are you?
Okita: ...Well, that's not wrong per se.
But right now I'm referring to that.
If you guys had teamed up with us we'd have ended this nice and quick like.
Rather than having our prey snatched right out from under us.
News Caster: Breaking news!!
Prime Minster Donald Zurump's villa...
Was recently attacked by the anti government militia Shiren!
The Shiren group has already been apprehended by the guards there, however...

010
News Caster: Mr. Zurump was injured during the exchange with the Shiren group..
And has died.
Once again, Prime Minister Donald Zurump has...
been assassinated by an anti government group.
The government has declared both the successful attempt on Mr. Zurump's life and the act of terrorism on the terminal to be simultaneous premeditated attacks by the same orgainzation.
Shinpachi: Katsura-san is...
dead?
T—that can't be, right?
I mean he'd never be killed so easily...
Okita: T'weren't some anti government militia that killed him..

011
Okita: I got the camera footage using some underhanded methods...
And it's as clear as day who's behind this.
It's as if...
The guy wanted us to see...
What he had done.

012
Takasugi: 'Sup? You're late.
Did you say goodbye to all of your little friends?
Hope you did...
Have a look down there –it might be the last time we get to see a festival in Edo like this.

013
(Sfx- jakiiinn clack)
Gintoki: Takasugi....
What...
The hell did you do?
Just what is all of this?
Takasugi: The church's next target is the altana of Earth.
If they want to revive Utsuro's body and create immortality...
Then they need either the heart you have or a large quantities of Earth's altana.
I'd assume they're a bit surprised by this turn of events.

014
Takasugi: The terminal that they were coming after...
got fragged by a random act of terrorism.
Beyond that the country that protects that terminal...
is in a state of chaos now that it's center has been taken.
They're impatient, and this is a great little opening I've given them...
One so sweet that even fake Gods will have to step off their thrones...
and come down here to seize it.
Gintoki: And you...
used Edo...
as bait for this?

015
Takasugi: Gintoki...
We're...
going to save an existence that could bring down the world around it.
Are you....
still unclear as to what that means?
(Sfx- Dodooouhhh fwhoooom.)

016
Gintoki: TAKASUGIIII!!!
YOU BASTAAAAAAARD!!
(Sfx- Dooohhh fwhooom)
(Sfx- dogooooh gagooohhh fwhooooom)
{Naraku?!}

017
(Sfx- Doouhhhh fwhooom)
Takasugi: It seems to me...
That you...
Aren't suited to...
Be the one who carries that.
(Sfx- Piki piki crack crack)
(Sfx- Gaaaann whooom)

018
Takasugi: No worries, I'll put it to good use in your stead.
(Sfx- Dattsh dash)
Gintoki: TAKASUGIIII!!
(Sfx- Dooohh whoom)
???: It'd be a shame to allow you all of the spotlight.
(Sfx- Zazaaaahh fwaaap)

019
???: Blowing up the terminal...
And slaying the Prime Minister of a country....
Do you think that this is the work of merely one terroist....
Gintoki?
The ones who could pull such a feat off...
are either the Prime Minister or...
I, the Joui Patriot Katsura Kotaro.
(Side text- The noble madman isn't dead yet!)
GINTAMA LESSON 690........................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43866 [English] [Translation] Gintama 689 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-07-18T05:37:49+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com At least I can say I'm putting my bad decisions (staying up late) to good use (Catching up on Gintama.)

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Side text- He's seen it all....!!)
Lesson 689: Hot water calms the heart and soul.
{You've gotta been kidding.}
(Under panel text- The TV anime “Gintama” Silver Soul arc ares every Sunday at 1:35AM on TV Tokyo and it's affilates!)
{Shinpachi...}
{You...}
(Bottom panel text- Volume 74 of the manga hits stores Friday August 3rd!!)
{I guess you have grown a little bit...}
{And you're stronger and more reliable than you were two years ago.}
{But it's like you're a IT company present now.}
{Bringing home ladies for casual 'lunch meetings'.}
(Middling text- The second beached ship –the 2nd LA movie is coming soon to theaters August 17th!!)
{Maybe he's getting close to beatin' Gin-san.}
{But...}
{This is...}
{It's gotta be...}
{For sure...}

002
Kagura: Michiyuko-san?
Is the bathwater not yet warm?
Hm?
Why am I naked?
Michiyuko-san?
Gintoki: You were about to take a bath, right?
Kagura: Ah right, that's what it was.
Gintoki: Okaaay, have a good one!
(Sfx- Garaaa clatter)
{Forget surpassing this Gin-san...}
{He's about to outdo a completely different Gin-san and Kin-san completely!!}

003
{Just what kind of reliable have you become, dude?! You've superexceeded everything at this point?? Is this what you consider a business lunch?!}
{Forget business, this you basically snacking on bread well into the night or the morning and have to drown down with hot water!!}
{How the hell did he even....}
???: Huh?
I was in the bathroom just a moment earlier...
So why am I back here again?
{That's a different voice?!}
Kagura: Ah right there was someone in the changing room earlier.
{What the hell is this? Does he have some kind of harem in there?}
{There's no way....}
Kagura: Is that you Shinpachi?
I didn't think you were home yet.
(Sfx- Bishaaaahh dsshshhh)

004
Kagura: Huh? Shinpachi?
Heeeeey Shinpachiii?
{Wait....is this....}
{The final chapter of the manga? Is this the last week?}
{Well shit. I had been wondering what direction this was going in, but I think it's becoming clear now.}
{So now that we've gone past the borderline of no return and are going to get arrested there's no choice but for it to be canceled....SCREW THAT NOISE.}
{FOR THE LOVE OF EVERYTHING LET IT BE ANYTHING ELSE BUT LOLI STUFF SHINPACHI.}
Kagura: Heeeey~
(Sfx- Don don thok thok)
{Listen, sip out of those doggy bags you take from your business lunches all you want Shinpachi, but please, please, PLEASE stay out of the early morning brunch Shinpachiiii!!!}
{Man it feels like ages ago when we were sipping that warm water....}
Kagura: Open the door would you?
{Those were the good old days. I wanna go back to those. More like, maybe there's hope for me to....}
Kagura: Huh?
Where are my underwear?
{Wait, that's another voice? Just how many lunch appointments and doggy bags does this dude have?}
Kagura: Where did they go?

005
{Dude if you don't stop this you're going to get locked up...}
(Sfx- Burraaann whifft)
(Sfx- Dooooon thoooom)
Kagura: I see...
This is how it it, yes?
(Sfx- Washihhh sfft)
{….Yes?!}
Kagura: YOU UNDERWEAR THIEF!!
WERE YOU PREPARED TO DIE WHEN YOU SLIPPED IN HERE?!
(Sfx- Zuboooohh Thoooom)

006
{She's....}
{No way....!!}
Shinpachi: What's wrong Kagura-chan?
Did something...
(Sf- Dogaaaahhh thooooom)
Shinpachi: GUAHHHH
Shinpachi: What the heck are you doing Kagura-chan?!
(Sfx- Owwww)
(Handwritten- And why are you not dressed?)
Kagura: No, that guy....
(Sfx- Baahhh fwaaap)
Kagura: The Underwear thief is....

007
(Sfx- Dodooooon thoooom)
(Sfx- Waaaaaaaaaaaaaah roaaaar)
Katsura: This is quite surprising...
Here I didn't think you had a group under your control.
I thought you had severed your ties and started acting on your own.
Takasugi: Heh. Do I look like the sociable sort?
At least you should know I'm not the type to hang out with useless idiots...
And..
I don't need a group like that to kill the likes of you.

008
Takasugi: One blade is all it takes.
Zura.
Or would “Prime Minister” be more fitting?
Katsura: How droll, you took advantage of that ruckus outside to sneak in here, huh?
At least your treachery hasn't changed much.
However Takasugi...
This new country isn't weak enough to fall so easily.
(Sfx- Gigigi grinnnnd)
(Sfx- Doohhh wffft)

009
(Sfx- Dobaaaahh craaaash)
(Sfx- Gazaaahh ddsshhh)
(Sfx- Pashaaah click)
Katsura: What are you so flustered about?
It's nothing more than a photo.
(Sfx- Pashaahh click)
{Prime Minister Zuramp: I was almost assassinated today too.}
Katsura: This one is perfect for instagram. I'd expect no less from you Elizabeth.
Takasugi, what will change the world now isn't a piece of sharp wood like that...
but information---twitter.
{Zururmp @twitter}

010
Katsura: The one standing at the top of this country can broadcast his own news and share it with the civilians.
{Zurump: Had soba today –hoping to make this country long and chewy like soba.}
{Zurump: Nearly got assassinated today too.}
Katsura: It's throught his that people will pay attention to Politics and join in restoring the country.
{Zurump: Ate some Soba today. Hoping to make this country into something smooth and slimey as soba.}
Katsura: If you want to serve as the top of the country, this is what is necessary.
{Zurump: Nearly got assassinated again today.}
Katsura: Though I haven't gotten around to posting anything other than soba and assassinations.
Ah wait, this was different.
{Zurump: The soba was poisoned.}
Takasugi: It's pretty clear to me that people are using your twitter handle to get a handle on your activities, thus making assassination that much easier.
Katsura: Hmph, yes I get it. So I stumped them by changing up to ramen instead.
{Zurump: Jiro style isn't too bad.}
Takasugi: Nothing changed if you ask me.
Katsura: Takasugi if we're going to make this straight man act work you're going to be a little louder.
Takasugi: ...What's a straight man act.
Katsura: ….so you want to be the comic relief? Well...fine I suppose you can take the comic relief role and I'll be the straight man.
Takasugi: Being transparent in regard to your political aspirations is fine and dandy..
But have you actually explained to folks how you ended up here in the center of events in this country?
Want me to repeat that so you can tweet it?

011
Katsura: And what about you?
Doing all you can for the sake of one man.
No matter where I go in this country I've felt it...
Your glare.
You know all about them...
our enemies I mean.
And that goes without saying you know about me...
and everything in between.
Takasugi for the sake of saving our master you've....
put on blinders to everything else.
Katsura: Meanwhile I...
chose the path of opening my eyes and seeing everything.
Of course I want to save him too.
In that we share the same ambition.
However he is not the only thing I have my eyes on.
I also watch over...this country...
it's people...
and...

012
Katsura: You all too.
Everything that man left behind...
Is what I want to protect.
And should he...
become something that would dare threaten these things...
Then perhaps destroying him to protect everything....
is what in turn will save him.
Taksugi I intend to....
crush that religion and sensei underfoot if need be.
With his heart being lost as it is now, there's no better chance than now.
I won't ask you for help....
but I request you stand aside.
You cannot save it along with everyone else.
And whether it is sensei or not....

013
Katsura: We can no longer...
Head back to those days.
That's what kind of existence that he has become...
And...
What we have become.
Takasugi: It really was worth my time to haul myself over here.
Zura....
I figured you'd say something like that.
(Sfx- Dogaashaaah ththoooom)

014
Takasugi: Now without any worries....
I can take you and the position of Prime Minister and use them.
(Sfx- Ooohhh whooooom)
Takasugi: For me, I strive for sensei's sake...
And for you it's for the sake of what he left behind.
(Sfx- Gashiiii ddshhh)
(Sfx- Gasshiuhh ddshhh)
Takasugi: What do you think it is...
for Gintoki..?

015
???: As usual we're completely splintered apart...
(Sfx- Buunnn wfhoom)
???: But after colliding
And coming to an answer in the end....
Sensei and...
all of us...
Will smile again...
like we did back then.

016
{Why did he come back?}
???: Are you going back to Earth to do that Yorozuya thing again?
Kagura: After I abandoned the Yorouzya like that....
I have no right to do so, yes.
???: Even then you can't help but think of them....
Then I'd advise you to give up.
It's unlikely you'd ever see them again.
Even for a family connected by blood, it's impossible for them to remain together once they drift apart.
Unless you are the one to reach out first...
you won't be able to take back the hands you let go of.

017
Kagura; Are you sure?
Shinpachi: I'm sure sister will be overjoyed to see you again, so by all means please stay here.
Kagura: That would be nice..I would like to stay over.
Shinpachi...
After we disbanded...
you were the only one to protect the Yorozuya.
And you stayed behind thinking Gin-chan would come back...
Yes?
Shinpachi: No, not really.
I just...hesitated in walking forward like you all, no, everyone did.
So I ended up hanging around here unable to do anything else.
Gin-san said it himself, right?
The Yorozuya is simply a thing that people without anything else going on do.
So now that he found something he wanted to do,
Gin-san won't...

018
Kagura: Gin-chaaaaaaaaaaan!!
(Sfx- Futsuhhh Sffft)

019
(Sfx- Gakaaahhh fwfhooooom)
(Sfx- DOHN BOOM)
(Side text- A reunion in Edo and a flash of light that destroys all!!)
GINTAMA 689..................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43865 [English] [Translation] Gintama 688 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-07-18T04:19:49+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Yooooooooooooooooo. Does anyone even remember that I do this anymore? Cause I certainly didn't.

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.


(Side text- A commemoration color page for the soon approaching resumption of the TV Anime, and the Live Action Movie that will soon be upon us!!)
GINTAMA
(Middling text- To pursue his back...)
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Bottom text- The TV anime “Gintama” Silver Soul arc will be back on the air July 8th!!// For more information in regard to the TV Anime and the movie take a look at the next page!!)

002

003
???: Two years ago on that day....
when the people across the country were gathering...
To protect Edo with their heart and souls...
Lesson 688: Be sure to buy lots of mosaic tone too.
(Side text- See Volume 68)
???: We too were....
Running for the sake of our own battles.
Sachi: Number 61....!
I gotta get (the screen tones for drawing) the nipples of Edoooooo!!
Yaemon: I won't allow you.
I, the executioner Ikeda Yaemon...
Will be the protector of all the nipples of Edo!!

004
Yaemon: And even after two years this battle hasn't ended.
Shinpachi: WHAT THE HELL KIND OF BATTLE WERE YOU TWO HAVING!? JUST FRIGGIN' END IT ALREADY!? TO WHAT EXTENT WILL YOU DRAG OUT THIS POINTLESSNESS?!
Yaemon: Sachi the promise
that you and the shinigami exchanged two years ago,
is one I haven't forgotten.
The prisoners I liberated that day....
all did their part in helping this country get back on it's feet, and when that work was done...
They kept their side of the promise and returned to prison.
Only one remains now...you.

005
Yaemon: Why are you still wandering out here?
Why are you continuing to add to your crimes?
Have you not had enough of hunting the nipples of innocents?
Shinpachi: No, there's been a mix up here Yaemon-san! He's not really...
Yaemon: I cannot allow you to continue your deplorable ways.
(Sfx- Doohhh fwhooom)
(Sfx- Hyagaaah sffft)
Yaemon: I will not allow...
For another person's nipple to be harmed.
(Sfx- Jiwaah blurshh)
Shinpachi: Um...
That couldn't be....?
(Sfx- Koroohh rolll)

006
Gintoki: BUT AREN'T YOU THE ONE WHO JUST HUNTED MY NIPPLEEEEEE?!
Yaemon: Ah, sorry, my hand slipped...
Gintoki: TO WHAT EXTENT DID YOU SLIP UP THAT HIS NECK BECAME MY NIPPLE?!
Yaemon: Do you understand Sachi?! This is what your actions have wrought!!
Gintoki: HEY! DON'T YOU DARE TRY TO CHANGE THE SUBJECT! AT THE VERY LEAST YOU COULD DENIPPLE SACHI TOOOO!?
(Sfx- Guwaaah wfft)
Shinpachi: Calm down Yaemon-san!!
Sachi-san hasn't been been gathering nipples, he's been trying to get screen tones for the nipples in the manga he's drawing!!
Yaemon: Don't spout nonsense to protect him!! What is a screen tone?!
Shinpachi: That there.
Gintoki: Uh, no, that's a mosaic tone.
More like why is my nipple being censored as if it's something filthy?
Sachi: That's enoooough!!
(Sfx- Baah fwap)
Sachi: I got it, Shinigami-san.
Hell, Prison, it doesn't matter –I'll go wherever you want me to.
Shinpachi: Sachi-san!
Sachi: It's cool...this is the right time for it.
After all, I'm the one who squandered these two years Shinigami-san gave me.
All I did was run around doing whatever I wanted.

007
Sachi: I wandered around Edo....
Chasing bro and I's dream so that one day I could complete it.
I dug through a pile of debris...
and did my damnest to gather the parts of a dream known as screen tone.
Eventually I finished it...
Both the nipples and my manuscript.
But after a while I understood...
I'd never be able to perfect this dream.
The thing known as manga is only complete when it's read for the first time by an audience.
And the person I wanted most to read this manga...
the person who I wanted to smile at this manga...
Was gone.
I heard that Bro was...
No longer here in Edo.

008
Sachi: I thought he'd come back someday...
So I waited around.
And before I realized it two years had just flown on by.
My reaction to you doing the Yorozuya mighta been weird but this was the reason for it.
Sorry man.
It's also why...
Even after you helped us prisoners out, I had to betray you like that.
I know I wasn't able to make this dream of mine come true, but that's exactly what made it worth pursuing.
Honestly speaking, I'm glad a bum like me was able to figure that out.
So I'm ready, you can take me wherever.
Shinpachi: I'm not good enough?
I realize it's a bit insolent of me to say this, but I am the Yorozuya just like your bro was.
So if it's not too forward for me to ask...
May I be the first one to read your manga?
Sachi: ...You...?
Shinpachi: You worked so hard to draw it, so wouldn't it be a shame if no one got to read it?
Moreover....
I'd like to etch it in my heart....
What Gin-san has left behind.
{Shinpachi...}
Sachi: Bro....
Sorry about calling you a fake.
You really are the real deal....the successor to Yorozuya bro.
If...if you don't mind it, would you mind reading this first?

009
Shinpachi: Hmmm...
Well the art is okay, I guess...
But besides that it's kinda below average. I see this a lot –folks think that just cause they can draw a picture that they're suddenly a mangaka.
It's pretty clear to me that there was very little if no thought put into these characters and plot.
{..He's just going to shit on it?}
Shinpachi: How many years have you been drawing manga?
Sachi: A little over three?
Shinpachi: Hm, then in regard to age you've got one foot in the grave. If you sound too antiquated when writing shounen manga then you're done for.
{From the way this scenario was playing out, I was thinking he was just going to give a vague “it's good” response, but Shinpachi-kun is really into this –he's basically a full blown editor, that Shinpachi-kun.
Sachi: Heh...antiquated...
{Whoa is Sachi crying? Damn, he's looking more like a dolphin than a killer whale as the moments go by.}
Ginttoki: C'mon dude, I Thought it was pretty...okay.
He's going for an out-there-gag manga right? So it's supposed to be absurd.
Shinpachi: I'd like it if you didn't say ridiculous things like that Loincloth-mask-san.
You don't actually think a hero who wears underwear on his face will become a hit in this age do you?
Okay I'll grant you that Jump once had the great pervert Hentai Kamen,
But anything after him is just a follow up act. Or do you think that someone wearing a loincloth on their face can actually beat underewar?

010
Gintoki: Well, uh about that loincloth, uh....
{Wait rather than ripping off that other guy...}
{Isn't this basically me?}
{He's basically drawing me...}
Shinpachi(?): Don't you think it's better when the hero doesn't show his true identity?
{Is it that my identity has been discovered already?}
Shinpachi: But why would he hide using a loincloth? Normally anyone'd be able to see through that.
{Wait, is he talking about me? He's totally talking about me.}
Shinpachi: And then there's the topic of this ending....
The protagonist is actually the older brother of the girl he saved, no?
Sachi: Yeah and it ends with his identity remaining secret.
Shinpachi: No, I think in the end he needs to reveal who he is.
I mean it's pretty awful as is...the little sister wanted to see her brother so earnestly...
And despite knowing this he just leaves her without saying a word? Who'd like a protagonist who acts like this?
Gintoki: Wait, see that's not so bad...
I'm sure Loincloth-mask has his own reasons for doing what he did, right? I'm in agreement with how things went!
Shinpachi: Um, it's not Loincloth mask, it's Loincloth-man, Loincloth-mask-san.
Gintoki: Besides that if the little sister found out that he's a pervert running around in undergarments on his face she'd be devistated!
Shinpachi: And you know what we call a guy who prioritizes his needs over his little sister's? An asshole.
If it were me stuck in the role of supporting character to this shmuck I'd rather quit and give up my glasses.
Gintoki: Loincloth-mask probably wants to spill his guts, sure! But he can't so that's why he went to give a hand wearing a loincloth!!
Shinpachi: It's not Loincloth-mask but Loincloth-man, Loincloth-mask-san.
Gintoki: I'll bet you didn't even consider his feelings once! Think about the guy with a friggin' loincloth on his face!!

011
Shinpachi: Why would I? It's not like I'd wear one on my face.
Gintoki: Then why don't you try wearing it before you start trying to play editor, asswipe?!
Sachi: Hey! Cool it, Loincloth-man-san!!
Shinpachi: That's not Loincloth-man but Loincloth-mask.
Then are you saying everyone should put loincloths on their faces before they read this manga?
That's quite the barrier of entry for this series.
Gintoki: Men live their lives by hiding their hearts behind loincloths!! A diaper wearing tyke like you would never understand!
Sachi: That's enough Loincloth-masater-san!
Shinpachi: That's not Loincloth Master, it's Loincloth-mask.
???: Sachi, that's enough already. Showing it to folks is wasting---
(Sfx- Gaahhh Grabbb)
(Sfx- Mekiihhh griiind)
(Sfx- Dodoouhhh thdhuuud)

012
???: ...Anyway putting nipples in a shounen magazine is no good anyway...
So um, just rub some mosaic screen tone over 'em and try again.
SO IN THE END THERE WAS NO POINT TO THE NIPPLES?!
(Sfx- Zuzuhhh dsshhhh)
Gintoki: Maan, that threw me for a loop.
Sachi's still going after his dream even now huh...
And Asaemon...or well, Yaemon now...
She's doing well in taking down prisoners....so she's done well in becoming an official for the government, huh.

013
Gintoki: And then...there's us.
And we've accomplished...what exactly?
One of us hides behind an unremovable loincloth...
and the other is still in diapers, huh.
Nah...
Maybe it's me who's....
Holding this guy back?
Wow he's....
Really keeping this place running...
The Yorozuya that is.

014
Gintoki: He should be fine if I leave him here.
{Shinpachi....}
{Wasn't there anything else you wanted to do?}
{I want to help out with city restoration...}
{To train myself in the sword, keep Otsuu-chan's Imperial Guard going and rebuild my father's dojo.}
{You've got a lot on your plate, huh.}
{Yeah...}
{So...}
{It'll beokay.}

015
{So please do what you need to...}
{Gin-san.}
Gintoki: Liar.
Not a single damn thing...
Has changed has it?
If back then...
He figured that what I'd be doing is...

016
Gintoki: Running around a place like this...
with a loincloth on my face while trying to save a guy who's trying to wreck the planet....
Would you still have been so supportive of my decision?
And if you had tried to stop me, then what would I have done?
You nailed it Shinpachi....
Loincloth-mask is a loser.
He still won't take off his mask even at a time like this.
And he keeps taking of masks....
all while not being sure which one is him anymore.
But y'know...
there is something I am sure of....

017
(Sfx- Zubaaaaashiiiihh bloooorsh)
Gintoki: I REAALY WANT TO RIP MY FACE OFFFF!!!
{IT FELT LIKE I HAD SOMEONE'S *ICK ON MY FACE THE WHOLE TIME!!
(Sfx- Uoeeeeehhh bloooorghhhh)
{I CAN'T EVEN SWALLOW MY SALIVA ANYMOOORE!!}
{Dammit I can't hang around here anymore –I gotta book it before Shinpachi wakes up.}
{Aw, hell. I forgot to to grab a towel before I washed off.}
{If I remember correctly....}
{We used to put towels by the bath right?}
{Ah here we go.}
{This works.}
(Sfx- Goshi goshi whssft shssft)
(Sfx- puraaan whibble)

018
???: Huh?
Is someone there?
{There's a woman...}
{In the bathroom?! You've gotta be kidding...}
(Sfx- shaaaaahhh)
{Shinpachi..}
{You brought a woman back and you're living here with her?!}
{N—No way, it can't be!!}
{Since when did he start pulling shit that a president of an IT company would do?!}

019
Kagura: Michiyuko-san...
Is the bath still not warmed up?
{Sachiiiiiiii!!!}
{ALL OF THE MOSAICS YOU'VE GOT, STAT.}

020
Katsura: Is that so?
So he came after all.
No it's fine.
Should what you say be true then I needn't do anything...he'll show up on his own.
So that's how it is...
(Sfx- Dodoooon ththoooom)
Dude: Your excellency, there's been an incident...
Katsura: I'm well aware.
The people of this country are making light of the Prime Minister Donald Zurump, huh?
Go and show them your full force, but don't forget they the people as well....do not kill them.
Dude: Yes sir!
Katsura: Make sure every hand available goes to take care of this. No one should be left behind.
Dude: Yes sir!

021
(Sfx- Giiiii grrrrnnnd)
???: My, my aren't we popular.
Though to me it seems you're more disliked now then you were as a patriot.
Katsura: It still pales in comparison to the rapport of evil you have.
Dare I ask what kind of infamy you've got brewing?
(Sfx- Hyaaann wffft)
???: Is it that you intend to destroy this new country....
now that the old one has come and gone?
(Handwritten- His plot moves....!!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 688.............END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43864 [English] [Translation] Gintama 690 by kewl0210 2018-07-12T03:31:22+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 690 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Insert: ☆Jump Comics Volume 74 goes on sale August 3rd (Fri.)!!
Lower Insert: Something has happened----!!
AUthor: Sorachi Hideaki
Title: Lesson 690 Appearances Are Important No Matter What You're Doing
Kagura: Shinpachi.
Th-This is...
Tae: Shin-chan!
G-
Gin-san is...

Page 2:
Top Insert: ☆The TV Anime 'Gintama' The Silver Soul Arc is airing late-night on Sunday at 1:35 on TV Tokyo and affiliates!!
Bottom Insert: ☆The long awaited 2nd ship full of mud!! The live-action Movie 'Gintama 2' finally hits theaters August 17th (Fri.)!!

Page 3:
Kagura: GIN-CHAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAN!!

Page 4:
SFX: GA KAH

Page 5:
[No text]

Page 6:
Someone: ---That is the situation.
Currently the cause of the explosion
and the scope of the damage is unknown.
Both possibilities of it being an accident or an act of terrorism have not been ruled out.

Page 7:
Someone: All those currently nearby the Terminal, please vacate the area immediately
and take shelter in the government-designated evacuation centers.
I repeat
SFX: WAaAA KYAaAa
Shin: Kagura-chan!
Thank goodness you're okay!
Kagura: ...Shinpachi,
I am sorry.
I... chased after him as fast as I could,
and caught up to him, too.
But...

Page 8:
Handwritten: SUUU HAA SUUU HAAA
SFX: DOGOOO
Kagura: I figured it was just some pervert, yes?
He'd just hugged me out of nowhere so I kicked him into outer space.
Shin: Um... Ya know, uh...
he might've been covering you, Kagura-chan.
Kagura: Huh? Why would an underwear thief do that? Covering? He had something covering him, that is for sure. ["him" in italics]
Shin: Hey, a minute ago, I saw something that kinda looked like Gin-san's ghost.
You don't think...
Kagura: Never mind that. What is all this ruckus going on here?
What
in the world happened to that?

Page 9:
Okita: That's because you two had ta drag your feet like you did.
Shin: Okita-san!!
Wh-What do you mean by that?
You're not saying all this commotion has to do with Gin-san, are you?
Okita: Well, yeah, that, too.
I'm talking about that, though.
If only you guys had worked with us, it would've been over and done with in no time.
But what ended up happening was our pray got swiped from us.
Guy: We've just received a report!!
It seems that Prime Minister Donald Zurump's villa
has been attacked by the antigovernment group, the Shireidan.
The Shireidan has already been subjugated by the guards, but...

Page 10:
Guy: Mr. Zurump was injured during hostilities with the Shireidan
and has perished.
I repeat. Prime Minister Mr. Donald Zurump
has been assassinated by an antigovernment organization.
The government has judge this assassination of Mr. Zurump and the explosion at the Terminal to have been simultaneous terror attacks enacted by the same organization.
Shin: Katsura-san...
is dead?
Y-You're kidding, right?
That person wouldn't... get done in that easi-
Okita: The ones that did it weren't some antigovernment organization.
SFX: SFFT

Page 11:
Okita: I got this security camera image through some illegal channels.
It was all recorded, clear as day.
It's almost like
he was
trying to show off the crime he'd done.

Page 12:
Taka: Hey, you're late.
Done giving your farewell greetings to your comrades?
Look.
This might be the last time you'll get to see a festival in Edo as well.

Page 13:
SFX: JAKIN
Gin: Takasugi,
what the hell...
did you do?
What... is this supposed to be...?
Taka: The religion's next target is Earth's Altana.
In order to revive Utsuro's body which they have in their possession and to create immortality,
they need either the heart you have or a massive amount of the Earth's Altana.
I expect they're quite surprised at what's happened about now.

Page 14:
Taka: Especially given that the Terminal they were targeting
got eaten up by some random terrorist.
On top of that, the country that protects that Terminal
just lots its center, and has been sent into a state of chaos.
Add together their impatience with this good opportunity I created for them,
then even those sham gods gazing down at the earth from the heavens
will have to descend.
Gin: ........
So for that,
you used Edo
as bait?

Page 15:
Taka: Gintoki,
we
are trying to save a being that could destroy the world.
Do you
still
not understand waht that means?
SFX: DO DOU

Page 16:
Gin: Takasugiiiii!!
You bastaaaard!!
SFX: DOH
SFX: DOGOOO
SFX: GOGOOO
Gin: Naraku!!

Page 17:
SFX: DOOUY
Taka: It seems like
you
SFX: PIKIH
Taka: aren't fit
to carry that.
SFX: PIKI PISHI
SFX: GAN

Page 18:
Taka: I'll put this to good use.
SFX: TOH
Gin: Takasugiiiiii!!
SFX: DAH
SFX: DOH
Taka: !
Zura: I can't have you hogging all the glory.
SFX: ZAZAA

Page 19:
Taka:Blowing up the terminal
and cutting down a country's Prime Minister.
Do you really think that just one terrorist could do something like that,
Gintoki?
The only ones that could possibly do that
is either the Prime Minister
or this Joui Patriot, Katsur Kotarou.
Insert: The prince of madness still ain't dead!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 690
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43858 [English] [Translation] Gintama 689 by kewl0210 2018-07-06T05:16:39+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 689 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Title: Lesson 689
Hot Water Calms the Soul
Insert: ☆He's seen it... everything...!!
Gin: You're kidding, right?
Middle Text: ☆The TV Anime, 'Gintama' the Silver Soul Arc is now airing every Sunday at 1:35AM on Tokyo TV and affiliates!!
Gin: Shinpachi,
you...
Middle Text: ☆The newest, Jump Comics volume 74, goes on sale August 3rd (Fri.)!!
Gin: definitely have grown.
You're way stronger and more sturdy than two years ago.
But maybe now, you're like an IT Company CEO,
who brings a woman or two home with him to the Yorozuya in a doggy bad like it's no big deal.
Middle Text: ☆The long awaited 2nd ship full of mud!! The live-action Movie 'Gintama 2' finally hits theaters August 17th (Fri.)!!
Gin: He might even be close to surpassing 'ol Gin-san.
But---
This...
It's
gotta be...

Page 2:
Kagura: Michuko-san?
is the bath still not warmed up?
Huh?
What am I doing naked again?
Michuko-san.
Gin: Uh, weren't you about to take a bath?
Kagura: A~h, yes, yes, that's right.
Gin: Okay~~ Enjo~~y!
SFX: GARARA
Gin: Forget Gin-san,
he's about surpass a whole different Ginsan and Kinsan!!
T/N: Ginsan and Kinsan were twin sisters known for being the oldest living twins, both being over 100 when they died.

Page 3:
Gin: I mean, how sturdy can you get?! He even surpassed that level?! That's what he's got in his doggy bags now?! ["that" in italics]
Forget lunch ya took home, that's a bag of bread that you bite into late at night or at the crack of dawn and some hot water bursts out of it, Shinpachi!!
T/N: Drinking hot water and eating bread early in the morning are all stereotypical old-people behaviors.
Now where the hell did he go...?
Someone: Huh?
I was in the bath a minute ago,
so why am I in it again now?
Gin: Someone else's voice?!
Kagura: Oh right. Somebody was in the changing room before.
Gin: What's going on?!! You're kidding me, right?! There's no way that guy...
has a bunch of women...
SFX: GARARA
Kagura: Is that you, Shinpachi?
I didn't think you were back yet.
SFX: PISHAAA

Page 4:
Kagura: Huh? Shinpachi?
Heey, Shinpachiii?
Gin: ...Hold on... Is this week...
the final chapter of this manga...?
Goddamn this final arc's been going on a while. I was wondering when it was gonna end, but now I think I get it.
We've surpassed the borderline to warranting arrest, so now the series is gonna be forcibly ended...
NO, SCREW THAT!!!
Please, anything but little girls, Shinpachiiiiiii!!
Kagura: Heeey!
Gin: You can take as many gulps of your hot water doggy bag lunch as you want, but please, steer clear of the early-morning bag, Shinpachiiii!!
SFX: DON DON
Gin: Ugh, it feels like forever ago that we were drinking hot water.
Kagura: Hey, open up, would you?!
Gin: Those were good days. I wanna go back to those days. In fact there was nothing wrong with that. Actually, thinking about it now, I wouldn't mind having a go at-
Kagu: Huh?
My underwear's gone.
Gin: !!
Another different voice?!!
Just how the hell many of them did he squeeze into that doggy bag?!!
Kagu: Where could they have gone?

Page 5:
Gin: If you don't knock this off, you're seriously gonna get arrested...
SFX: BURA~~N
Gin: ......
SF:X DON
Kagura: I see.
So that is how it is, yes?
Gin: ...Yes?
SFX: WASHIH
Kagura: Underwear thieeeeeef!!
You must have been prepared to die the moment you came in here!
SFX: ZUBOOO

Page 6:
Gin: No way...
Is this...?
Shin: What's wrong, Kagura-chan?
Is something-
GUEEeEeH!
SFX: DOGAAA
Shin: What're you doing, Kagura-chan?!!
Handwritten: OWWW
And uh, why are you not dressed?
Kagura: Never mind! That guy
is an underwear thie-
SFX: BAH

Page 7:
SFX: DODOOON
SFX: WAaAaA
Zura: Quite surprising.
I didn't think you still had troops under your control.
I was certain you'd cut off all your old ties and were acting alone now.
Taka: Heh. Do I look like someone who has that many friends?
At the very least, I don't have a head for hanging out with a useless bunch like that.
Also,
I don't need forces like that to kill you.

Page 8:
Zura: This single blade should be enough,
Zura.
Or should I say Prime Minister?
Zura: I see... So you took advantage of the commotion they made to sneak in here, did you?
Your cunning hasn't dulled in the least, I see.
But Takasugi,
this new country isn't one weak enough to fall so easily.
SFX: GIGI
SFX: DOH

Page 9:
SFX: DOBAA
SFX: ZAZAA
SFX: PASHA
Zura: What're you getting into such a panic about?
It's just a photo.
Now that's an instagrammable photo if i ever saw one. Well done, Elizabeth.
Box: Prime Minister Zurump
Getting targeted for assassination again today
SFX: PASHA
Zura: Takasugi, what will shape the future in this day and age is not scraps of wood like that,
it's Twitter.
Box: ZUrump
@Zurump
Prime Minister Zurump's Officialt [Cut off on both sides]
Followers
Media

Page 10:
Zura: The top of this country can broadcast news himself, and share it with the masses.
Box: Zurump
Just ate some soba today. I want to make this country long, and chewy like soba.
Box: Zurump
Getting targeted for assassination again today.
Zura: That way, people will gain interest in politics and join in the spirit of building the country.
Box: Zurup
Just ate some soba today. I want to make this country into something smooth and slippery like soba.
Zura: That's the sort of thing you have to do if you want to serve the country's top position.
Box: Zurump
Getting targeted for assassination again today.
Zura: I haven't really posted anything besides stuff that has to do with soba and assassinations though.
Oh, this day was different.
Box: Zurump
Just had soba with poison in it.
Taka: This is just soba and assassination put into the same set? Clearly people are targeting you using information from your twitter.
Zura: Hmph. Yes, I know that. That's why for the next one, I made the sudden change to ramen.
Taka: It looks like the effect was pretty much the same.
Box: Zurump
Enjoying some Jirou-style. It isn't half bad.
Zura: Takasugi, if you're going to play the straight man, then you need to raise your voice a bit more. There's no one here right now to play the straight man but you, so please, shape up.
Taka: What is a straight man?
Zura: Are... you playing the idiot now?!! Okay got it. Next, you'll be the idiot and I'll be the straight man.
Taka: Being open about political affairs is fine,
but do the people know how it was you came to be a central figure of this country?
Why don't you tweet that out while you're at it?

Page 11:
Zura: About how you, too,
did all you did for just one man.
I've felt everywhere I've been in this country.
Your gaze.
You know, don't you?
About them, the enemy,
and about me.
About everything.
Zura: Takasugi, I know you chose the path of closing your eyes to everything
in order to save Master.
I chose
the path of opening my eyes and seeing everything.
I want to save that man.
In that way, I'm the same as you.
But, that man is not the only thing reflected in my eyes.
This country
and its people
and

Page 12:
Zura: you all,
all of the things that man left behind,
I want to protect.
And if that man
becomes something that threatens those things,
then I think that destroying Sensei to protect everything
is what saving Sensei would mean.
Takasugi, I...
am going to destroy Sensei along with that whole religion.
With that thing having lost its heart, now is the only time that can be done.
I won't ask you to lend me your help,
but please, stand aside.
You cannot save that along with everything else.
Whether that is Sensei or not,

Page 13:
Zura: We cannot
go back to those days anymore.
That's the kind of being that man has become.
That's the kind of beings
we've become.
Taka: .........
It seems it was worth it dragging myself to a place like this.
Zura, knowing you,
I thought you'd say something like that.
SFX: DOGASHA

Page 14:
Taka: Now I can use you
without reserve.
SFX: OOO
Taka: For me, it's Sensei.
For you, it's the things Sensei left behind.
SFX: DOGO
SFX: ZAU GASHI
Taka: What is it,
for him? ["him" in italics]

Page 15:
Zura: We're totally disconnected as always,
SFX: BUN
Zura: But after clashing
and reaching the answer at the end,
Sensei will
We will
laugh like we did
in those old days.

Page 16:
Kagura: Why did he come back?
Umi: Are you going to perhaps go back to earth to work as a Yorozuya again?
Kagura: After I broke up the Yorozuya like that,
I do not have the right to say that.
Umi: But still, you're worried about them, aren't you?
In that case, you'd might as well give up.
I don't think you'll be able to meet them again.
Even for a family linked by blood, if they let go of each other, they end up disconnected.
Unless you reach that hand out,
you won't be able to pull the hands that you've let go of back again.

Page 17:
Kagura: Are you really sure?
Shin: I'm sure Sister will want to see you. It's fine if you stay here.
Kagura: That sounds nice. I would really like staying here.
........
Shinpachi,
after we split up,
you protected this Yorozuya on your own, yes?
All that time, thinking that Gin-chan
would come back, yes?
Shin: No, I didn't think that.
I just couldn't take that new step forward like everybody else.
So I just stuck around here, not really being able to do anything else.
Gin-san said so, didn't he?
The Yorozuya was just something to do for people with nothing else to do.
So... with Gin-san having found something he had to do,
He wouldn't...

Page 18:
Kagura: Gin-chaaaaan!
SFX: FWP

Page 19:
SFX GA KAH
SFX: DON
Insert: Reunion, Edo, everything destroyed in a flash---!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 689
/ End
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43854 [English] [Translation] Gintama 688 by kewl0210 2018-06-29T05:31:51+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 688 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Top: ☆To celebrate the imminent resumption of the TV Anime and the fast-approaching live action movie, a center color page!!
Middle: Chasing after that back----
Bottom Left: The TV Anime "Gintama" Silver Soul Arc resumes broadcast July 8th!!
Bottom: For details on the movie and TV anime, check the next page!!

Page 2:
[I guess we can just leave this in as is. Is that what we usually do? I think it is.]

Page 3:
Someone: On that day two years ago,
when thoughtful people from across the country
Title: Lesson 688
Buy Extra Mosaic Screen Tones, Too
Insert: *See Volume 68
Someone: were gathering
to protect Edo
we were also running
for the sake of our own battles.
Shachi: Number 61...!!
I'm gonna gather (screen tones for drawing) nipples from all over Edooooo!!
Yaemon: I cannot allow that.
I, the executioner Ikeda Yaemon,
will protect the nipples of the people of Edo!!

Page 4:
Yae: And even after two long years, this battle has still not ended.
Shin: Uh, what the hell kind of battle is that?! Just end iiiit!! Why are you guys dragging out such a nonsensical fight so long?!!
Yae: Shachi,
the promise you prisoners made with the Shinigami
two years ago,
I still have not forgotten it.
The prisoners I let escape form the prison that day
have all contributed to the reconstruction of this country. And when their work was finished,
they honored their promise
and all came back to the prison.
The only one left is you.

Page 5:
Yae: Why are you still wandering the outside world?
Why do you continue to commit crimes?
Have you perhaps not had your fill of hunting peoples' nipples?
Shin: Yaemon-san, there's been a misunderstanding! He's...
Yae: I will no longer permit you to commit such heinous acts.

SFX: DOH
SFX: HYA GA
Yaw: I will not let you harm
a single other person's nipple.
SFX: JIWAH
Shin: .........
....Uh, is that...?
SFX: ROLL

Page 6:
Gin: Wait, the one that just hunted my nipple was yooooou!!!
Yae: Ah, I'm sorry. My hand slipped...
Gin: How does your hand slip so bad you go from cutting Shachi's throat to my nipple?!
Yae: Understand, Shachi?! This is just how heinous your actions have been.
Gin: Don't try to sidestep the issue!! At least do it to Shachi's nipple, tooooo!!
Shin: Please calm down, Yaemon-san!!
Shachi-san hasn't been collecting nipples, he's been collecting screen tones for the nipples in his manga!
SFX: KIIN KIIN
Yae: Don't just make up nonsense to try to excuse him! What on earth is a screen tone?!
Gin: It's that.
Someone: Uh, this is a mosaic tone!
Why is my nipple being treated like something dirty?!
Shachi: That's it! Enough!!
Shin: !!
SFX: BAH
Shachi: I understand, Shinigami-sama.
Whether it's hell or prison, go ahead and take me wherever you want.
Shin: Shachi-san!!
Shachi: It's fine. This is the right time.
I took these two years Shinigami-san gave me for granted.
All I just was have fun doin' whatever I wanted.

Page 7:
Sha: I wandered Edo so I could
complete the dream Aniki and I had.
I sifted through the mountain 'a rubble
and gathered together the fragments of a dream called screen tones.
And then finally
I completed the nipples, and with them, my manuscript.
But
at that point, I realized
that I couldn't complete my dream.
Manga's somethin' that's only complete once its readers first read it.
And the very first person I wanted ta read the manga,
the one I wanted most to make smile with the manga,
was gone.
I heard that Aniki
was no longer here in Edo.

Page 8:
Shachi: Still, figured he might come back eventually...
So I waited 'n waited.
And before I knew it... two whole years had gone by.
My weird reaction to your doing the Yorozuya thing was 'cause 'a that.
I'm real sorry about that.
And it's also why
I betrayed you after you believed in us prisoners.
I couldn't make my dream come true, but that's why it was worth chasin'.
I think it's a good thing that somebody like me could even figure that out.
I'm ready. Go ahead 'n take me wherever you're gonna.
Shin: Am I not enough?
I know it seems outrageous, but I'm calling myself Yorozuya just like your Aniki.
So if you don't think it's too rude of me to ask,
would it be okay if I were the first reader of your manga?
Sha: You...?
Shin: I mean, you worked sooo hard to get it drawn. It'd seem such a shame for no one to see it.
And also...
I want to take a mental note
of anything Gin-san left behind.
Gin: Shinpachi...
Shachi: ...Bro,
I'm sorry I called you a fake.
You're... a worthy successor ta Aniki.
If you'll accept it, I'd like ya ta be my first reader...

Page 9:
Shin: Umm,
well the artwork is passable,
but besides that I'd say it's pretty below average. It's a typical example of confusing making a manga with drawing pictures.
There's a distinct lack of thought put into the plot and characters as a whole.
Gin: Huh? He's... just straight-out giving it a bad review?
Shin: How many years have you been drawing manga as of now?
Sha: Just over three.
Shin: Ah, then age-wise your on your last legs. If you sound too old fashioned when writing a shounen manga, you're finished.
Gin: The way things were going I was sure he was just going to give a one-sentence 'It was great' sorta answer, but Shinpachi-kun's being serious about this. Shinpachi-kun sounds like an editor.
Shachi: Haha... Old fashioned, huh?
Gin: Are those tears in Shachi's eyes? Uh, he's starting to look more like a dolphin than a killer whale now!
Hey now, I thought it was pretty good.
He's going for a slapstick comedy here, right? He set it up to not make sense on purpose.
Shin: Please don't make irresponsible remarks like that, Loincloth Mask-san.
Do you really think a manga about a hero who covers his face with underwear will catch on in this day and age?
Sure, Jump once had that great pervert manga called Hentai Kamen,
but does he really think he can beat that? Can wearing a loincloth on your face really beat out panties?
Manga text: Who in the world are you?
Why did you help me...?
Are you...?
My long-lost brother...?
[The next two bubbles are unreadable]
Loincloth Man.
That is my name now.
[Next bubble is unreadable]
Facing the moon with a loincloth on,
I will always be watching over you along with that moon.

Page 10:
Gin: Umm... Well, the thing with the loincloth is...
Uh, forget ripping off Hentai Kamen,
isn't this me he's ripping off?
Is he just drawing me?
I think it's better when the hero hides his true identity, don't you?
And anyhow, what about this ending?
The protagonist turns out to be the big brother of this girl he helped.
Yes, and it ends with him still keeping his identity secret.
No, you'd need to end this with his identity getting revealed.
That would be a terrible thing to do. The little sister wants to see her big brother so badly,
and knowing that, he just leaves without saying anything? Who could like a protagonist like that?
Gin: Uh, I don't know about that!!
I'm sure Loincloth Mask has his reasons, right? I say it's a good move!
Shin: Um, it's not Loincloth Mask, it's Loincloth Man, Loincloth Mask-san. ["man" in italics]
Gin: And anyhow, if his little sister found out he was a pervert that wears a loincloth as a mask, then that'd definitely hurt her!
Shin: I'm telling you, prioritizing his own will over the little sister's will makes him a heel.
If I were a supporting character in a manga with a protagonist as cowardly as this, I would resign my position. I would pack away my glasses for good.
Gin: I'm sure even Loincloth Mask really wants to say who he is, but he just can't, so that's why he went to help with a loincloth on his face!!
Shin: It's not Loincloth Mask, it's Loincloth Man, Loincloth Mask-san.
Gin: Haven't you ever considered the feelings of the guy with the loincloth on his face?!

Page 11:
Shin: No, never. Because I've never covered mine with one.
Gin: Well then why don'cha try covering your face with one and then give your opinion, asshat editor!!!
Shachi: Hey, that's enough, Loincloth Man-san!!
Shin: No, that's not Loincloth Man, that person is Loincloth Mask.
So are you going to tell all the readers of this manga to put loincloths on their faces before they read it?
Quite a high barrier to entry this manga's got.
Gin: All men live their lives wearing a loincloth over their heart! Somebody like you who covers theirs with a diaper could never understand!
Shachi: Please, that's enough, Loincloth Master-san!
Shin: No, it's not Loincloth Master, it's Loincloth Mask.
Someone: Let's get going already, Shachi. Showing that to people like this is a waste of...
SFX: GAH
SFX: MEKIH
SFX: DODOH

Page 12:
Someone: ...Okay, so, putting nipples in a shounen magazine is a no-no,
so please tell him to replace those nipple screen tones with mosaic ones and come back, will you?
Wait, so in the end the nipples didn't mean anything?!
Man, I'm shocked.
SFX: ZUZU...
Ol' Shachi's still chasing his dream after all this time, huh?
And Asaemon, or Yaemon now,
learned how to take down prisoners. She's become a pretty good government official.

Page 13:
Gin: ...Meanwhile,
what've we been doing?
One of us can't take their loincloth off,
and one can't take their diaper off, huh?
...No,
maybe the one holding this guy back
is me?
Sign: Yorozuya Gin-chan
Gin: He's really
still keepin' it goin' huh?
That Yorozuya.

Page 14:
Gin: I guess he should be okay if I leave him here.
Shinpachi,
Is there anything you want to do?
Shin: I wanted to help out with restoring the city,
to train myself in the sword, to keep active in Otsuu-chan's Imperial Guard, and I want to restore my father's dojo.
Gin: That sure is a lot, ain't it?
Shin: So,
I'll be okay.

Page 15:
Shin: Go do what you need to do,
Gin-san.
Gin: .........
You liar.
Sign: Sugar Content
Gin: Nothing's
changed at all, has it?
...Back then,
if he knew what I wanted to do

Page 16:
Gin: was wear a loincloth at a place like this
and save a guy who might destroy the world,
would you still... have told me to go?
If you'd tried to stop me... I wonder what I would've done?
.........
You were right on the mark, Shinpachi.
Loincloth Mask is a coward.
He still won't take his mask off even at a time like this.
And no matter how many masks he takes off,
even he doesn't know who he really is underneath anymore.
But,
right now, this is one thing I'm sure I do know.

Page 17:
Gin: I wanna take my face ooooooff!
SFX: ZUBASHAAAA
Gin: Seriously, that felt like I had somebody's d*ck on my nose that whole time!
UOEEEEEEH
I can't even swallow my own saliva anymoooore!!
Ugh, I can't hang around here! I need to get a move on before Shinpachi wakes up...!!
Shit!! I forgot to get a towel before I did that!
Uh, towels...
we used to put those by the bath, right...?
Ah,
found something.
Okay, that's fine.
SFX: WIPE WIPE
SFX: PURA~N

Page 18:
Kagu: Huh?
Is someone there?
SFX: SHAAAAA
Gin: A... woman? IN the bath?!
No... don't tell me!!
SFX: SHAAAA
Gin: Shinpachi brought a woman home
and he's living with her?!
Th-There's no way!!
Since when did he start doing this president of an IT company-like licentious stuff?!!
SFX: GATA

Page 19:
Kagu: Michuko-san,
is the bath still not warmed up?
Gin: SHACHIIIIIII
I need to to stick mosaic tones all over the place!!

Page 20:
Zura: I see.
So, he did come?
No, I don't mind.
If everything you've said is true, I won't even have to go anywhere. He should come to me.
...So that's the whole of it.
SFX: DODOOn
Guy: My lord, emergency!
Zura: I know.
The people of this country want to play around with me, Prime Minister Donald Zurump again, yes?
Go meet them with full force. But don't forget, they are citizens as well. Do not kill them.
Guy: Yes, sir!
Zura: Understand? Full force. Send all available hands out there.
Guy: Yes, sir!

Page 21:
SFX: GIIIII
Taka: Quite the popular figure you are.
You might actually be more hated now than in your days as a Joui Patriot.
Zura: But that's still no match for all the infamy you've built up.
So, what evil scheme are you planning this time?
SFX: HYAN
Zura: With the old country gone,
are you trying to destroy the new country, perhaps?
Insert: His strategy is underway...!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 688
/ End


 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43850 [English] [Translation] Gintama 687 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-06-22T22:55:01+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
By spurning my friends I was able to get Gintama out on time. Says a lot about this rotten jailhouse of a world we live in.

Hi wa mata noboru only.


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
???: Well?
Why are in a place like this, Hijikata-san?
(Side text- After Gin-san escaped...)
???: Were you looking for Gin-san's whereabouts too?
No, it's more likely you already know where he is.
Why not be a good boy and spit it out already?
Hijikata: If it's about Mayo, I'll take all you've got.
But let me warn you, if you keep up this weird means of interrogation, then I'm slamming the cuffs on all of you.
A real investigation isn't for the faint of heart, and I don't think any of you could handle it.
Right Yamazaki?
….And what the hell are you doing with the heroines, you deep fried traitor?
(Sfx- Guuun grnnd)
Hijikata: Hey, knock it off.
I'm telling you it's useless, we're pro investgators.
(Sfx- Puhaaah fwaaah)
Hijikata: Cracking people is my specialty, but I'm pretty damn good at being on the opposite side of things.
So even if you torture me,
(Sfx- Zooohhhh fwhoooom)
Hijikata: I'm not going to say...
a goddamn thing!

002
(Sfx- Viiiiiin veeeeen)
(Sfx- Uuuiiiiin wheeeeen)
Hijikata: What was so great....
about mayonnaise again?
What?
You wanna know about where the Yorozuya is?
What the hell are you people talking about? He was just here.
{I have to tell him....}
{I have to let...}
{Shin-chan know!!}

003
{He's still at the Yorozuya now right?}
{Then rather than inheriting the dojo, he's inheriting his work?}
{If that's the case then I don't mind.}
{If that's really what he...}
{Wants to do...}
{But...}

004
{Shin-chan is...}
{Most likely...}
(Side text- After two years a boy is....}
GINTAMA
Lesson 687: Be sure to buy plenty of #61.
SORACHI HIDEAKI

005
Gintoki: Shi...

006
{Naraku...?!}
{Now of all times?!}
{I don't want him –Shinpachi involved in my...}
{Wait....}
{Where did he go?!}

007
Shinpachi: Hold on.
I can't say I understand what's going on here...
But one against many doesn't look so hot.
More importantly....
Starting dangerous matters in the middle of town like this...
Isn't something I can let slide.
So if you don't leave, I'll be supporting that rounin there.
Sound good?
Gintoki: Mind your own business (fake voice)
And get the hell out of here.
Shinpachi: Is that so?
That's a load off.

008
Shinpachi: There isn't anyone who'd say that in a situation like this who's a bad person...
So I can back you up...
without any worries.
Gintoki: Dammitall....
Do you folks nowadays have trouble distinguishing between meddling and just being in the way?
Shinpachi: I'm cool with getting involved as long as it solves problems.
More importnatly....
Putting our noses where they don't belong is exactly how we at the Yorozuya...
Have gotten our jobs since our founder started the business.
Gintoki: ...Heh.

009
{I guess this is what I deserve, huh.}
{More importantly...}
{Has he...}
(Sfx- Dododoooon Ththooooom)
(Sfx- Zazaaaaah sshsssht)
{Grown...}
{A little?}

010
Shinpachi: ….Say?
Have we met somewhere before?
Perhaps it might be weird for me...
to say something like this...
But I feel like...
We've fought back to back together before?
(Sfx- Gaaahh Sffft)
Shinpachi: You're...
Gintok: Loincloth Mask.
(Sfx- Ueeepuhhh Urgh)
Shinpachi: ….I think...
I picked the wrong side in this fight.
Gintoki: You just realizing that now?
(Sfx- Gooohh fwhom)

011
(Sfx- Dopppaaan blooorsh)
Shinpachi: Buwaha!
What the heck was that for?!
Gintoki: And now the enemy will be after me.
???: No!
Not that guy!!
Your target....
Is the dude with glasses!!
{So wait....}
{They aren't Naraku?}
???: Hey.
Seems I've finally caught up with you...
Ya phony.

012
Sachi: How dare you steal Gintoki-aniki's name as “Yorozuya” and dirty it up, ya theving mutt!!
I, Sachi as Sakata Gintoki's number one henchman will punish you in the place of the heavens to---
(Sfx- Jakiii clannnng)
(Sfx- Doooonn thooooom)
Sachi: I'M SORRRRRRRRRY!!!
I shouldn't have acted in the place of the heavens....
I didn't think you were just succeeding aniki...
Shinpachi: Well....that's not quite right either...
Sachi: Here I was thinking you were a bastard who stole the Yorozuya's name....
Shinpachi: So you were coming after me then....
Then it was Loincloth Mask who came to my rescue in the end...
(Handwritten- Upon closer look these are bamboo swords...)

013
Gintoki: Hold up, you're Sachi from Tenma chou's prison, right?
Sachi: How'd you figure...
Gintoki: What's a dude who should be behind bars doing out here? Did you break out?
Sachi: The Sachi who would'a done something awful like that is gone.
When I was in the joint and met that guy, I was changed.
He was the one who taught me that even I could have dreams.
Even serving time, that dream felt like something that was within reach...
So aniki and I took off running towards it.
However it was then...
that the war of two years ago happened.
And the flames of war ripped Edo a new one, even drawing near the prisons.
HEEEEEEY! LET US OUT DAMMIT!!!
Shit, the guards just abandoned us to die in here!!
If we don't figure out something then we're barbecue!!
Sachi: SHUT THE HELL UP!!
This ain't the time to bitch about that!
D—Dammit...
I just needed a little more, just a bit!!
Why now of all times?!

014
Girl: Nooooo!!
Sachi:I don't have any tones for her nipplessssss!!!
The tones I have left are all too dark!!
If I use 'em, the heroine is nothing more than a slutty bitch with pitch black nipples!!
Dammit I need 61!! Someone get me tone 61!!!
Dude: Uh Bro, forget about the nipples for a minute and think about how we're going to be pitch black literally!!
(Sfx- Fuutshhh sshhhin)
(Sfx- Gabaaaah fwaaaah)
(Sfx- Gogaahahhh whoooom)
Prisoners: Wh—what the....
the bars are....
???: The ones who can judge humans are humans.
The flames of war cannot and will not be your judges.
So if you want to escape do it now.
However...

015
???: Use your new-found freedom to live atoning for your sins.
And should this prison be restored to it's normal shape, then you should return.
Should you fail to keep this promise....
And commit more crimes outside...
It will not be humans...
Nor the flames
but I –a Shinigami who will pass judgement on you.
Shinpachi: Shinigami?
Wait, a Shinigami saved the prisoners?
Did that Shinigami....
Have a skull mask on?
And were they actually a woman?

016
Sachi: Beats me.
But that Shinigami saved us, and while the other prisoners were in a rush to escape I got to thinking...
Is it really okay for me to run away?
There are people out there underneath the very same Edo sky risking their lives to fight to protect everyone.
Aniki's probably doing his best out there and fighting th good fight too.
But all I do is run and survive.
Is that really atoning for what I did wrong?
So...
I just started running.
There's a fight...
only I can wage.
I can fight too...
Along Aniki and his buddies.
And before I realized what was going on,
that Shinigami was running right behind me.
Shinpachi: I thought this was familiar!! So this guy with the ragged shoulders is you, Sachi-san?
And thus the one in the black cape must be the Shinigami, huh?
Though they came running, I don't think I actually saw them...where were they fighting?
{Check out Volume 68.}

017
{Yes my fight is....}
Sachi: #61!!
I'm going to gather up every nipple in EdooooooO!!!
Shinpachi: SO IN THE END YOU WERE JUST GOING TO BUY TONE FOR YOUR NIPPLESSSS?!
So wait what we were seeing in your scene was your mad dash to go buy screen tones while everyone was busy fighting for their friggin lives?!
Then no matter how fast you ran you'd never show up!!
???: It seems I've unleashed one hell of a monster upon everyone...
But I won't allow it.
I said it two years ago...
If you commit other crimes or break our promise, then the Shinigami would be the one to judge you.
I've found you at last Sachi.
I, Ikeda Yaemon will not allow you to take the nipples of the people in Edo.
Both(?): WHAT THE HELL DID YOU TWO WASTE 2 YEARS DOING?!
(Side text- And there's your foreshadowing!)
GINTAMA LESSON 687..................END.


 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43849 [English] [Translation] Gintama 687 by kewl0210 2018-06-22T04:27:53+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 687 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Someone: -----So,
what pray tell were you doing at a place like this, Hijikata-san?
Insert: After Gin-san fled...
Title: 'Gintama'
Someone: Are you trying to find Gin-san's whereabouts, too?
No, I'll bet you already know something.
Would you mind just telling us?
Hiji: I'll take all the mayonnaise you can dish out.
But let me warn you, if you continue with this messed-up little play investigation of yours, I'm arresting every one of you.
Real investigations are pretty nasty business. I doubt any of you all could handle one.
Ain't that right, Yamazaki?
And why are you in the lineup with the heroines, you crispy old man?!!
Hyakka: Hey, cool it down.
Hiji: You're wasting your time. We're pros at investigations.
SFX: DAPAAN
Hiji: Getting people to talk's my specialty, but I'm plenty good at being on the other side of things, too.
SFX: PUHA
Hiji: So no matter how you try to torture me,
SFX: ZUOO
Hiji: You can bet your ass
my lips are gonna stay sealed!

Page 2:
SFX: UIIIIN
SFX: UIIIIIN
Hiji: What was it about mayonnaise
that was tasty again?
...Huh?
Where the Yorozuya is?
What're you talking about? He was right in front of you a minute ago...
Girls: We need to tell him.
We need
to tell Shin-chan!

Page 3:
Kyuubei: Shinpachi-kun is still running the Yorozuya, right?
So is what he intends to succeed not this dojo... but him? ["him" in italics]
Tae: I wouldn't mind if that's the case.
If that's what Shin-chan
really wants to do.
But

Page 4:
Tae: most likely
Shin-chan is...
Insert: After two years, that boy is...
Title: Lesson 687
Buy Extra Copies of Number 61
Author: Sorachi Hideaki

Page 5:
Gin: Sh-

Page 6:
Gin: Naraku...?!
At a time like this...?!!
I can't let him get roped into my...
Wait, did Shinpachi...
leave...?!!

Page 7:
Shin: Hold up right there.
I don't know what the exact circumstances are here,
but one against a whole bunch isn't a great look.
But on top of that,
starting something so dangerous in the middle of town
is something I can't just let slide.
If you won't withdraw, I'll have to take that ronin's side.
Are you okay with that?
Gin: I don't need your help. (Fake voice)
Get lost.
Shin: I see.
Well that's quite reassuring.

Page 8:
Shin: No one who can say something like that in a situation like this can be a bad person.
Then I have no reservations
about joining in.
SFX: DON
Gin: Darn.
Do people these days don't know the difference between meddling and disrupting?
Shin: I'm fine with disrupting as long as things quiet down.
And also butting our noses into other people's business to get work
is how we at the Yorozuya have done things since its founder.
Gin: ...Keh.

Page 9:
Gin: I guess I'm getting my just deserts.
Also,
this guy....
SFX: DODOON
SFX: ZAZAA
Gin: has he
gotten taller...?

Page 10:
Shin: Um,
say, have we met before?
I know this
might sound a little strange, but...
I feel like
this isn't the first time you've had my back.
SFX: GAH
Shin: You're...
Gin: Loincloth Mask.
SFX: UEP
T/N: This is a reference to the 80's-90's manga Kyou kara Ore wa!!
Shin: Maybe I
picked the wrong side to join?
Gin: You only just realized that now?
SFX: GOH

Page 11:
SFX: DOPAAAN
Shin: BUHAH
What're you doing?!
Gin: Now the enemy will go after me...!!!
Guy: No~~~!!
Not hiiiim!!
Gin: !!
Shachi: Your target
is that one with the glasses!!
Gin: !!
Are they...
not Naraku...?!!
Shachi: Yo.
I finally caught ya,
Mr. fake.

Page 12:
Shachi: You thieving little mongrel! Taking the Yorozuya name and besmirching Abiki's name like that!!
I, Shachi, Sakata Gintoki's number-one underling, will take the place of the heavens to bring down punishmeny on-
SFX: JAKI
Shachi: I'M SORRYYYY!!
SFX: DON
Sha: I'm sorry for taking place of the heavens.
I never imagined you were succeeding Aniki.
Shin: Uh, no, that's also wrong.
Sha: I was sure you were just a thievin' bastard that ripped off the Yorozuya name without permission...
Shin: If I'm the one you were after,
then it looks like Loincloth Mask-san is the one that helped me.
Handwritten: Now that I get a good look, these are bamboo swords, aren't they?

Page 13:
Gin: Hey, ain't you Shachi of Tenma-chou prison?
Shachi: How'd you know?
Gin: Why's a guy who should be in lockup doing here? Did ya break out?
Sha: Shachi, the scoundrel that might do somethin' like that, is gone.
When I met that guy while I was locked up, I changed.
That guy taught me that even a guy like me could have a dream.
I felt like even while being locked up, that dream was still within reach.
Me 'n Aniki set off on that journey together.
But that was when
the war two years ago happened.
The flames 'a war that destroyed stuff all over Edo reached our prison, too.
Heeeey! Somebody open this thiiiing!!
This ain't good! The guards just up and abandoned the prison!!
If we don't find a way out, we're gonna get burnt to a crisp!!
Aniki!! Shachi Aniki!!
What the hell should we-
Sha: SHUT UUUUUP!!
Now ain't the time for that!!
G-Goddammit...
Just a little more. Just a little...
Why's this gotta happen now...?!!

Page 14:
Sha: I just don't have any screen tones for the nipplllllllles!!
Page: Oh no~~~~!!!
Sha: The tones I've got left are too dark.
I'd be making my heroine into a bitch with burnt-black nipples!
Number 61!! I need tone number 61!!
Guy: Uh, Aniki!! Forget the nipples, we're gonna end up burnt black!! ["we're" in italics]
SFX: FUH
Guys: !!
SFX: GABAA
SFX: GOGAAA
Guys: Wh-What happened...
to the cell...?!!
Someone: Only humans can judge humans.
the one to judge you will not be those flames of war.
So if you're going to run, do it now.
But

Page 15:
Asae: you should use your lives to atone for your crimes.
And when this gaol that has judged you is back to normal, you must come back.
If you do not honor this promise,
if you commit further crimes on the outside,
then it will not be humans
or flames that judge you.
It will be me, the Shinigami, that will pass judgement on you.
Shin: Shinigami...
You're saying a shinigami saved the prisoners?
Say, that Shinigami
didn't happen to have a skull mask, did it?
And was maybe a girl?

Page 16:
Sha: I dunno.
But when that Shinigami saved us and the prisoners were shovin' each other over to get out, I thought.
Is it okay for me to run?
Right now, there are people out there fighting under this sky to protect Edo.
I'm sure Aniki's out there fighting, too.
But here I am, always just running, just living.
Is that really making up for what I did wrong?
So
I ran.
There's a battle
that only I can fight.
I'm fighting too.
Alongside Aniki and his comrades.
And before I knew it,
the Shinigami was running right after me.
Shin: Oh, I remember this!! Shachi-san, the guy with the jagged shoulder sleeves.
So the one with the black cape in the panel before that is the Shinigami? So then...
they did come running to where we were... But I didn't see either of them. Where on earth were they fighting...?
Asterisk: See volume 68

Page 17:
Shachi: Yes, my battle
Number 61!
I'm going to scrounge up every last nipple in Edooooo!!
Shin: Wait, he was just going to buy screen tones for his nippllllllles?!!
So that scene with you in it was of you running to buy screen tones?! While everybody was off fighting?!
So you never would've shown up no matter how long the fighting went on!!
Yae: It seems I may have released quite a monster.
But I will not let you.
I told you, didn't I? Two years ago.
If you commit further crimes, if you break our deal, then the Shinigami would pass judgement on you.
I've finally found you, Shachi.
I, Ikeda Yaemon, will not let you have your way with the nipples of the people of Edo!
Shin: What the hell have the two of you been doing for the past two yeaaaars?!!
Insert: Foreshadowing followed-through with!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 687
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43841 [English] [Translation] Gintama 686 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-06-16T06:10:55+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Things translators should and should not do...work so long on catching up, I guess would be one thing.

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
(Side text- The TV anime resumes on TV Tokyo and affiliates Sunday July 8th!! Volume 73 and the novel “Ginpachi Sensei” both have new volumes out at stores everywhere!!)
(Side text- Where has Gin-san the hentai mask gone?!)
GINTAMA
Hijikata: Damn.
I've completely lost him.
I know they brought him around this way....
Yeah, just get yer ass out here immediately. I'll tell you exactly where I am then.
Geez, did countryside life dull my tracking senses?
Still...this place...Yoshiwara is...
???: Yo, mister! Lookin' for somethin?
If you're lookin' for some babes I can hook you up with a few.

002
Hijikata: I'm looking for a one eyed woman, a woman with a scarred face, a perverted kunoichi and a female gorilla.
???: Not much I can do fer you there, boss.
(Sign- Yoshiwara guide)
Hijikata: They're all manly types that ordinary men can't handle.
They'll shake you down for everything you've got and pluck you clean –including all of your ass hair.
???: That sounds sceeery.
Hijikata: On that note, how old are you to be working here kid?
???: H—huuuh? I ain't no kid, bub!
And Yoshiwara ain't that shady a place anyway!
And ya shouldn't be flashin' yer badge around here anyway!!
How shameless are ya? Huuh? Bet the ladies don't think much of---
(Sfx- Gooohhh thuuud)
???: What are you doing raising a ruckus in the middle of the street?
For goodness sake...
You're the one who's being shameless enough to ruin this town's image...
Seita.

003
Seita: Ow! That hurt...
Mom!
???: Yoshiwara Shangrila...
Once an underground city who's existence was covered up by the country...
Is now recognized by the government as a tourist spot.
Two years ago, Yoshiwara was a place where those who could not fight were evacuated to so that they may seek refuge from the flames of war.
If this is our reward it is an ironic one, no?
The ceiling overhead that kept the sun's light from us is what in turn lead us to where the sun was.
But whether it's beneath the sun or night's depths...
Men and women's positions aren't so ready to change.

004
(Sfx- Dooohhh fwhoom)
Tsukuyo: Then our role ain't changed none either.
Even within the warmth of the sunshine, the Hyakka is still women's allies.
...is our current position.
So Hinowa who used to be the face of this city...
Has retired and now lives a dignified life...
As the one who keeps the order in Yoshiwara.

005
Tsukuyo: And now as both the Shinigami Dayuu...
and the Heavenly Dayuu...
The woman who once was the protector of the city of night....
Is now running wild under the light of the sun.
Don't be mistaken...before that scar,
One cannot belittle or underestimate women.
Because if they do, then...
They will be dragged into a place without day or night.
(Side text- This is Gin-san.)
GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
Lesson 686: Even bad guys have things that are okay and not okay to do.

006
Tsukuyo: Anyone who's an enemy to woman is Yoshiwara's enemy.
And exterminatin' people like that is our mission.
Tae: Isn't that great Kyuu-chan? They're getting revenge for your underwear!
Ayame: Hm? So those are your panties?
And here I was thinking you wore a fundoishi or something, but they're fairly ordinary, huh.
But that's good isn't it? They're stain free so that means you change them every day.
Hm? But what's this? I see some hair stuck on them...
Tae: No, those are obviously the hairs from the guy sticking out?
Ayame: Oh? But there's something red here.
Tae: From when we lynched him probably.
Kyuubee: How long are you going to keep those?!
GIVE THEM BACK TO ME!!
I DON'T WANT YOUR DIAPERS!!!
(Sfx- Zuriiih ssshhht)
Tae: He looks like he just doesn't give a damn about anything at all.
His name is Takasugi, right? From what I remember he did seem to have a “final boss” kind of vibe when he showed up for the first time.
Ayame: I'm surprised as well. I wonder what happened to him? Perhaps he fell off course somewhere along the way?
Tae: It all started when he started wearing panties as a hat.
Even bad guys have things that are okay to do, and things that aren't.
Wearing panties on one's head is the same as abdicating your last boss status.
Ayame: Or in this case maybe it's because he lost his status as last boss that he put those on?

007
Ayame: But it's hard to know what to do with him.
He's come here to earth with Gin-san for sure....
but he won't say anything about that.
Maybe while we're punishing him we can get him to tell us where Gin-san is..
???: Gin-san is in Edo?
Then why won't he come here and tell us himself?
I don't know...
But he didn't tell anyone when he left either, so he probably has reasons of his own.
{Uh, I hate to tell you this, but he's the guy there with panties on his head.}
{Nisesugi, it looks like the jig is up.}
{Best to cash your chips in now before things get worse.}
Gintoki: Listen up ladies...
No matter how much you embarrass me, it's a waste of time.
Ayame: We really didn't do anything though, you've done a bang up job of embarrassing yourself.
Gintoki: And is because I am simultaneously Takasugi and not Takasugi.
So no matter how much you embarrass Takasugi Shinsuke, I feel nothin--
NGOH.
Hey hold on a sec, let me finshgh.
(Sfx- Dosuh zaatsuh goohh thook thooom thkk)

008
Gintoki: Ouch, dammit! That hurts!!
Hyakka: Oh so you do feel things.
Gintoki: That's not what I meant, dammit –I was speaking on a emotional, spiritual level!!
???: I uh, don't get what that means.
Ayame: Ah, it makes sense. It's because you spout middle-school edgelord lines that you got replaced as the final boss.
Gintoki: YOU TOOK IT TOO FAR!!
YOU APOLOGIZE TO TAKASUGI THIS INSTANT!
Hijikata: I think it is in fact YOU who should apologize.
Gintoki: Fine then! Do whatever you want! I can take whatever torture you've got!
Use all of the violence in your system or whatever on me!
But I warn you, we'll find out who the true monsters are if you do so!
You'll be the scum lower than a terrorist wearing panties on his him, you dumbbrains!!
Whazzamater?
You didn't hang me up here without that much resolve did you?
Tsukuyo: Sorry but...
Yoshiwara ain't the sorta place where people get tortured.
This is the red-light district.
Men are shown a good time here so there ain't no place for sufferin'.
(Sfx- Dopaaaahhh blooorsh)
Gintoki: Liar!! Isn't this clearly water torture?!
(Sfx- Goppaphh bloorsh)
Tsukuyo: That ain't water.

009
(Sfx- Zubooohhh bloooop)
Gintoki: Lotio---
Women: Weeelcome....
Tsukuyo: Women of Yoshiwara....
We got us a guest of honor here.
Use all all of yer polished charms...
To give him a warm welcome.
Gintoki: Wait! What the hell is this?!
Ladies: Oooh, what a hunk....~
Gintoki: wait what are you old hags touching!? That's creepy! Stop it!!
Ah wait, that's...
AUUUUUUUUUUUUGHHHHHH
Ayame: Um...Tsukky, what are you doing there?
(Sfx- AAUGGHHHHHH!!!!!)
Tsukuyo: This is how we do things in Yoshiwara now.
When a man's lust makes them do terrible things....
We drown 'em in women.
(Handwritten- Welllllcome!)
(Sfx- Auuuuuuuuuuuughhhhhh!!!)
Tsukuyo: So much so that they never want to look at a woman again.
(Handwritten- Welcome back masterrr!)
(Sfx- AGGGHHHHHHHHH!!)
Ayame: No, what I mean, is who are these women Tsukky?

010
Tsukuyo: And after they've had their tryst on the ocean of lust...
Tae: Oh, he's back?
(Sfx- Uiiiin veeeeen)
(Sfx- Gashiiin clank)
Gintoki: Hey...
What's so sexy....about boobs?
And why do there have to be two of 'em?
{He's had an Epiphany...}
{He's been freed from his worldly thoughts and now seeks enlightenment.}
Gintoki: What the hell is this nonsense? Get it off of me, it's in the way.
(Sfx- Peshhtsuh thk)
Kyuubee: Ah! How cruel!
Tsukuyo: So, did you get some of them wicked thoughts of yours purged?
If so, then just answer us honestly. Is it true that you've been traveling with Gintoki?
Gintoki: Hmph. Right now the answer to that and boobs are things that aren't even worth making up a sentence for.
Speaking of which why are boobs made in pairs?
Ayame: Some Epiphany. He's basically only interested in boobs now.

011
Tae: I don't think he's been through enough to have reached Nirvana.
Ayame: Maybe one more time around might do the trick? At least maybe it'll do something to help him forget his new fondness for boobs.
Sure, one more time around...in fact make it twice. Once for each boob.
(Sfx- Aagggghhhhhh!!!)
{They're talking about reaching nirvana, but all I can hear is piercing screams of pain...}
Ayame: It makes sense if one goes through hell three times that their heart should be completely reformed.
Tsukuyo: Don't call it hell, Sarutobi.
(Sfx- Veeeeen viiiiin)
Tae: Ah, looks like he's making the pilgrimage back.
Tsukuyo: don't call it a pilgrimage Otae.
(Sfx- Viiiiiin veeeeen)
{Is that you God?}
{I am nothingness, I am emptiness.}
{I have no interest in boobs of any kind at all.}
Ayame: Um...he's not even using speech bubbles to speak anymore. I think we went a step or three too far.
Tae: Maybe doing it one for each boob was overkill? One was probably enough.
Someone: Hey!
Hyakka: Um...it still seems like he's rather focused on boobs, though.

012
Tsukuyo: So where's Gintoki?
{I am without lust, without lust.}
Tsukuyo: Not good, we can't get a read on this guy anymore.
Gintoki: I am empty. I am nothingness. Boobs come in twos.
Tsukuyo: Yup, this guy's got nothing but boobs on the brain.
Ayame: Well then, if we can't do anything else, let's try to stimulate him back to normal with worldly desires.
Tsukky go stand in for the old ladies and allow him full contact with your boobs.
Tsukuyo: And...how didya get to that conclusion?
Ayame: I can't do anything as I'm engaged to be engaged to Gin-san.
Also I think Kyuubee-san being touched by a man is a no go.
Tae: Sarutobi-san, why was I not included in your deductions there?
{Tae is nothingness, she possesses zero boobage.}
Tae: Excuse me, but a minute ago you were having trouble keeping up with two boobs, so where do you get off declaring who's got zero?
Now I'm mad. I guess I'll have to take care of this myself.
Kyuubee: Wait, Tae-chan!!
Tae: You can't stop me, I've also got my pride as a woman!
Kyuubee: Not that, But I'm on standby if you need me!
Ayame: And what would groping you fix?!
You might be having an arranged marriage interview, but you're still exactly the same, huh Kyuubee.
Kyuubee: But we can't allow a sicko like that to touch Tae-chan...
Tsukuyo: I get it, all right?
You do have a point...
This is my role after all.
Tae: Tsukuyo-san....
(Sfx- Zaatshhh Sfft)
{Why...}
{Why is there a need for you to do so much, Boob Daiyuu?}
Tsukuyo: Who the hell are you callin' boob daiyuu?

013
Hinowa: Is that so?
I understand...
You should do whatever it is you desire.
But...
You really are quite a foolish girl.
Ever since I had you go into war back then...
The Shinigami Daiyuu seemed to have already died.
I think you should have...
Gone after him.
Tsukuyo: Hinowa...
Now that Yoshiwara is bathed in sunlight...
What was left of it's former self will disappear.
And it'll be just another town.

014
Tsukuyo: Actually, no. It ain't just Yoshiwara...
Now that we're comin' into a new era, everyone...the folks and the country itself are all actin' different than they were before.
And that might be cause for happiness, perhaps...
But...
As necessary as it might, be I can't help but feel a lil' lonely.
Seein' the things that I'm familiar with changin' as I live my life...
And the ones I was supposed to walk along with into the future...
Movin' on without me....
It's why I wanna see this all the way through.
Because what's ending, and what's bein' born in it's place...
Are the steppin' stones I want to use to reach the future.
And someday when he comes back...
I wanna say that to 'im.
Maybe then he'll wanna...
Join us all as we walk on the same path to the future.

015
Tsukuyo: So tell me...
Where is he...
And what is he lookin' at now?
Is it...
The past...
Or tha future?
(Sfx- uiiiii veeeeen)
{…...I...}
{Do not need breasts.}
Tae: Did he just....go around again on his own accord?
Ayame: Maybe our thoughts reached him after all.
Perhaps he's going around again to steel himself to tell us everything.
Tsukuyo: Ah, he's back.
(Sfx- Uiiiiin Veeeeen)

016
(Sfx- uiiiin veeeeen)
(Sfx- Dogoooohhh thooooom)
Girls: IN WHAT WAY IS THIS REACHING NIRVANA?!
ARE YOU TRYING TO OPEN YOUR MIND OR K*C”!?
Rather than lotion, let's toss this guy into a vat of oil and then a pressure cooker!!
Tae: Wait, I feel like I've seen this col*nel somewhere before...
(Sfx- Gasu gosoh gassh thook thok thak)
Hijikata: You idiot!! I thought I told you to keep watch over that guy! So where is he?!
Kyuubee: Hm?
You...
Yamazaki: Hijikata-san, sorry...
I was pretending to be an object so I could keep watch here...
But then I ended up really being used as an object...
And thus being used as a replacement.

017
Yamazaki: And he made a run for it.
{Damn that was close.}
{If I had stuck there a bit longer and I probably would have reached a higher state and started blabbing.}
(Sfx- Buchihhh blllrsh)
Gintoki: Ngh.
{Dammit, after those old chrones sucked out my life force, my body stopped listening to me.}
(Sfx- Pasaaah fwap)
{But I'm sure he would have liked to see it...}
{Kyuu-chan as a bride...In a beautiful wedding dress...}
{I won't allow Sakata Gintoki to fall in league with the likes of you.}
{His home is here.}
{Maybe then he'll wanna...}
{Join us all as we walk on the same path to the future}
{Dammit.}

018
{Just what the hell....}
{Am I doing, anyway?}
???: Yorozuya-san...
Thank you so much.
Um, if we need anything else, may we ask for you again?
???: That's fine, if you're fine with my help.
See you again.

019
(Side text- Those feelings as they pass....)
GINTAMA Lesson 686.................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43840 [English] [Translation] Gintama 685 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-06-16T06:08:36+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
Just spent six hours on a thing no one will probably reaaaaad.

Hi wa mata noboru only


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

GINTAMA
Binbokusai: Weeeell, my son and Grandson are both fine people now...
So there's not much more I need to do for them.
(Side text- A certain elderly man speaks...)
Binbokusai: So now I'm living as I please, without a care in the world.
I thought to myself “Now to do the things I hadn't been able to.”
{So you're saying you've always wanted to....rifle through the neighborhood's trash and be a general nuisance?}
Binbokusai: Everyone says that....
Well, you might consider it trash, but I certainly don't.
This is still usable...
And one can still eat these.
For pete's sake! When did people become so extravagant?
{So is this your attempt to send a message to modern society in regards to being wasteful?}
Binbokusai: Well, it's nothing that major, no....
But have a look at this, Mr. Director.

002
Binbokusai: Here's some trash I found today.
It's true that this maniquin's fashion sense does belong in the garbage, but...
Give it a fashion upgrade...
(Jacket: Third Generation.)
Binbokusai: With a fashionable upgrade....
(Sfx- Dogoooohhh thoooom)
Binbokusai: And voila, it's perfect for swatting roaches.
{Was there a point to the third generation thing?}
Binbokusai: Yes? It wouldn't work if it were merely the second generation or the fourth, it absolutely has to be the third.
And there's more trash over here too.
Just scribble
This on here...
(Handwritten- YOUTUBER.)
Binbokusai: And you can use it to swat flies.
{Um, like we were saying, is there a point to the Youtuber thing?}
Binbokusai: I don't think they're necessary either, honesty.
(Sfx- Dogooohh thoooom)

003
Binbokusai: And it's like this that things once thrown away as trash...
When used in different ways have new uses and thus are once again valuable.
I'd really like it if people would come to this point of view.
Like this for example.
Just how many abandoned mannequins are in the garbage, huh?
(Sfx- Zubooohhh plooop)
Binbokusai: How do you think we could find a new use for this thing?
{We could write “director” on it and use it as a sandbag to practice tackling on?}
Binbokusai: Well...that's on the right track.
The correct answer is...
(On coat: Doumoto Tsuyo-)
Binbokusai: That's what we write on this.

004
Binbokusai: Ngah.
(Sfx- Dogooohhh thooom)
Binbokusai: GNOH! The trash is collapsing!!
{Uh, you just called it trash yourself...}
(Sfx- Goto goro goro claaaatter)
Binbokusai: What the hell?!
The piles of trash have combined on me...?!
(Sfx- Gosu gassh gossh thok thok wham)
{These pieces of trash...}
(Handwritten- I'm alive, aliiiiive!!)
{Looked to us to be very much alive.}
{Maybe it is as this elderly man said...}
{They still do have a use after all.}
{Desposing trash...}
{As trash...}
{Mon-fiction//The man living among trash.//END.}

005
(Top text- The newest volume of the manga #73 and the novel “Ginpachi-sensei” newest volume are out in stores everywhere!)
GINTAMA
Lesson 685: Kuwah
SORACHI HIDEAKI
Gintoki: Finally....
Finally managed to escape from mannequin hell....
Takasugi...
Guess you arent completely useless after all.
But I wasn't expecting you to be a mannequin too.
Is that how you've been avoiding the Bakufu this entire time?
It's actually pretty impressive that you can look so arrogant and act like you're going to destroy the world while doing shit like that.
Hey, Takasugi, talk to me her--
(Sfx- Zubooohh blooh)

006
Gintoki: So...Takasugi when did you start....
Oh...Okay, now I get why you're so bent on destroying the world.
{THAT'S CLEARLY NOT HIM.}
Gintoki: Hey um...weird request I know, but could you say your catchphrase for me?
Dude: I simply want to destroy this rotten world.
Gintoki: Louder! Put some backbone into it! Loud and clear!
Dude: I simply want to destroy this rotten world.
Gintoki: LOUDER, and say it in your own words!!
Dude: Chinese.
(TN- I'm assuming he's saying the same thing but in, well, Chinese. Actually the whole time this guy has had a thick accent, but it's hard to convey it in a translation.)
Gintoki: Okay, that's good, I getcha.
Takasugi, you've been brushing up on foreign languages at that place by the train station haven't you?
{NOOOO, HE'S A TOTALLY DIFFERENT GUY??}
Guy: I was just doing my job when a man with one eye threatened me...
He switched our outfits and then said I should destroy the world.
{Ah, that makes sense. That mannequin was another guy the whole time.}
{So he set out some bait so he could get away without being seen.}
{Honestly that would have been ridiculous for Takasugi.}
Gintoki: Then where's the real Takasugi?
Dude: He is probably doing doing my job for me.
Child: Mom can I have a balloon from that bear?
{IN THE END HE'S STILL DOING SOMETHING STUPID?!}
Gintoki: I see, a stuffed bear huh? That works I suppose.
Don't worry about destroying the world anymore, bro.
Just hand me that wig and get moving.

007
Gintoki: Awwrighty. For now I'll just use this thing.
He's a terrorist, but better that than Hentai Mask.
I don't want to stand out and for folks to find out I'm in Edo.
Even if there are wanted posters plastered countrywide...
Putting a wig on my head won't be enough to...
(Sfx- Hiiiin fwhoooom)
(Sfx- Dododododdo ththothothooom)
{I start my new life as Nisesugi Shinsuke with one foot forward...}
{And this is what happennnnns!?}

008
{Just how much do people hate this guy?!}
{If this is how it's gonna be, maybe I should go find me a bear suit too!}
???: Just try moving an inch from there...
Takasugi Shinsuke.
I'll poke you with more holes than a hornet's nest.
{Sacchan?!}
Ayame: If you come without a fuss, I'll leave you alive.
Because you are not my actual target.

009
Gintoki: M—miss, I think you might have the wrong person.
Takasugi? You mean the wanted criminal who has but one eye?
Take a good look. As you can see I have two...
(Sfx- Dooohh Thok)
Ayame: Unfortunately I have no interest in the amount of eyes you have...
If you're going to waste my time with pointless words...
Then I'll crush both of your eyes.
Gintoki: Ahem, I—I see.
I'm impressed you were able to see through my fake eye from that distance.
That's right, I am the world destroying and very familiar to all...
Sekakowa Tasuasugi....and what of it?
(Sfx- Kuwaaah dooom)
{So you're just going to lean into the whole Nisesugi angle?!}
Ayame: I had known from the moment you entered Edo....
That you were traveling with him.
(Sfx- Zauuuh wffft)
Ayame: Where is...
Sakata Gintoki?

010
Gintoki: Surely you jest. Me with him?!
He has left Edo in his wake long ago and won't be back.
After all, he never had any roots in this town from the start.
(Sfx- Kuwaaah dooooom)
Ayame: Maybe I didn't make myself clear. Playing the fool will get you nowhere.
Gintoki: Look into my eye.
Do I look like someone who's playing the fool?
{From my point of view? I see nothing but idiocy radiating from you. More like, you're sure milking that “Kuwah” thing for all it's worth, Nisesugi.}
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah doooom)
Gintoki: We are like minded in our distaste for jokes or petty squabbles.
I do not tell lies.
And Indian people....don't lie either.
(Sfx- Kuwaaah dooooom)
{Um...is that really where you use a “kuwah” in this situation? There's milking it, and then there's being overly reliant, Nisesugi!}
(TN- This --”Indian people don't lie” is the catchphrase of the Indian chef “G.M. Nair”.
Gintoki: So now I'm going...
I've got to kuwash the world underfoot.
{“Kuwash”? You mean Quash? What's “Kuwash?”}
Dude: Excuse me buddy, can you point me in the direction of a bathroom?
(Sfx- Kuwaaah doooom)
(Handwritten- And where the hell did this bastard come from?)
{Pretty sure the only quashing you're gonna do here is this guy's bladder, Nisesugi.}
Sacchan: Hold it right there.
Gintoki: My aren't we persistent.

011
Gintoki: You should forget about him.
Waiting for him is...
A waste of time.
Ayame: I see.
Then I suppose it's a waste of time telling you of the antidote for the toxin spreading through your body right now...maybe I should forget about that too?
Hows that?
Ayame: Leave as you are now and before you can destroy the world, you will be destroyed.
And then human waste will ooze...
from every hole on your body.
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah doooom)
{Now there's the real deal!!}
{That's how a 'kuwah' is supposed to be used!}

012
Gintoki: Yo...
Uh, actually now that I think of it, there was a white haired dude over this way...
(Sfx- Kuwaahhh doooom)
{That was the best use of 'kuwah' I've seen up until this point!}
Ayame: Lead the way.
I can follow the trail of human excrement you leave in your wake, like Hansel and Gretel.
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah doooom)
{But in comparison, her Kuwah's are as genuine as they come!}
Ayame: Until I meet with Sakata Gintoki...
You will not get this antidote.
So I'd advise you stop the struggling.
Gintoki: Heh, you're quite a lady to need an escort.
But this dark beast won't be tamed. Did you bring a plastic bag and water?
Ayame: But of course. Well mannered people clean up after their pets if they soil the ground.
{Is he a Chihuahua?! A Chihuahua of darkness?!}
(Sfx- Yoroh wobble)
{He's walking on all fours, dammit!}
{What were you even trying to do, Chihuahua?!}
Gintoki: I believe he's in that convenience joint.
(Sfx- Chiwaah dink)
{What's 'chiwah' mean here? You've reached your limit of chihuahua-ness haven't you?!}
Gintoki: Hm?
I don't see him....
I'll try giving the bathroom a check...
(Sfx- Gararaaahhh clatter)
{Wait, he wouldn't....!}

013
(Sign- We appreciate you keeping our bathrooms clean)
Gou: Occupied.
Gintoki: Ah, my bad.
M—Maybe it was a different convenience store.
Perhaps this one?
(Sfx- Garaaann shffft)
Dude: Occupied.
(Sfx- Garaahhh ssht)
Kaoru: Occupied~
(Sfx- Buraatshhh Sffft)
Dude: Blup blup (Occupied.)
(Sfx- Gacha gacha gacha gacha gacha click click click click)
Everyone: Occupied~
(Sfx- Doshaaaahh dddshhhh)
Ayame: Sorry to say...
But all of your escape routes are gone.
Gintoki: Did you seriously....
Put shinobi in every bathroom in Edo?
How did you....pull that off?

014
Ayame: He wasn't the only one who just...
Left without a word.
Where are you going?
Isn't your role now to...
Protect the princess who inherited the will of the shogun?
Hattori: Now that things are peaceful, I'm the most dangerous dude to be around the princess.
In a world without enemies, picking fights with your allies and...
stirring up trouble is human nature.
If I stay here, the little fights will never cease.
And I'd really rather not kill the folks I fought back then.

015
Hattori: Moreover even if I'm gone...
You're still here Sarutobi.
Even if we—this world is in a time of peace...
You'll be the one to guide the blade that is the Oniwabanshuu Shinobi.
Ayame: ….What's with you. Is that flattery?
In the end you're just asking someone else to do what you don't want to, right?
Hattori: Probably.
(Sfx- Zaatsu zaatsh ddt ddt)
Ayame: Say, Zensou...
Are all of you men only capable of saying...
“wait for me” in times like this?
Hattori: Sarutobi...
Are you the type to sit quietly and wait...
Just because you're asked to?
Ayame: ...Probably not.
So then...
I would like all of your assistance.
Perhaps I am not as powerful as Zenzou...
But if we come together we can accomplish much.
That's why...

016
Ayame: In the name of ninja master Sarutobi Ayame....
I order you to find Sakata Gintoki so that we may be married!
{Then is she just using the ninja forces as her personal assistants?!}
Ayame: I can manipulate the Ninja of Edo as if they're my own body.
And each and every one of those ninjas is searching for Sakata Gintoki.
I don't know what you're plotting...
But I won't allow Sakata Gintoki to fall in league with the likes of you.
His home is here.
And if he won't come back on his own then we'll drag him back.
It's not as if he asked me to wait for him in the first place.
(Sfx- Geshiihh ddshhh)
Gintoki: Heh....
I get it.

017
Gintoki: I admit defeat.
You really want to see him that badly huh.
{That serene expression.}
Gintoki: Then...
I will make it so you guys can meet.
{He gave up...?!}
Gintoki: I'm pretty sure I saw him head into the underwear section of that store.
{Wait, is he trying to get a change of undies?}
{Di—did he let it all go? Is that a smile of complete acknowledgment?}
Gintoki: Let's go.
{Dude, why are you walking so weirdly?}
(Sfx- Pyoko pyoko pyoko boing boing boing)
{He lowered his sash?! Wait, is he trying to keep something from coming out there?!}
Ayame: And what of the poison?
Gintoki: As if something like that would work on, I, Takasugi.
I detoxed myself of that poison through my anus.
{And you know what we call that? A bowel movement!!}

018
Ayame: I don't see him at all.
Are you trying to fool me again...?
Gintoki: Hey Pig bitch! (Normal voice).
Ayame: Wait, that voice was Gin-san's....
Over here?!
(Sfx- Datsuhh dash)
(Sfx- Pyoko pyoko pyoko pyoko boing boing boing boing)
{Why are you moving so slowly?! This is your chance!!}
Gintoki: Get me a change of clothes, and underwear as fast as you can. Don't worry about the change.
{He really did let it all out!!}
{He talked like a big spender but all he can afford is underwear!!}
(Sfx- Shaaah ssshft)
(Sfx- Gata clatter)
Ayame: Where did he go!?
(Sfx- Bataaa clatter)
(Sfx-shaaahn claaang)
{The chain got stuck on a mannequin!!}
Ayame: Hm?
He's there?!
I found you!!
(Sfx- bahh fwap)

019
{AND HE'S BACK AT THE BEGINNING?!}
Ayame: Huh?
What are you doing here?
Tsukky.
Tsukuyo: I was...
Just here wit' Kyuubee doing some shoppin...
That chain looks odd...
Kyuubee: Tae-chan, why do I have to take off my underwear too?
Tae: Well, the Kimono is typically something you wear with nothing underneath...
Kyuubee: But an arranged marriage interview with no underwear is a bit...
Tsukuyo-dono...
I can't seem to locate my underwear, might you have see--
(Sfx- Kuwaaaah)
(Next issue- Gintoki's death?!)
GINTAMA LESSON 685................END.
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43838 [English] [Translation] Gintama 686 by kewl0210 2018-06-15T06:00:46+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

I'm gonna die

[Gintama 686 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Top Left Insert: ☆The TV Anime resumes on TV Tokyo and affiliates on July 8th (Sun.)!!
☆Jump Comic Volume 73 and the 'Ginpachi-sensei' novel are now on sale with great fanfare!!
Left Insert: Where has Gin-san (Pervery Mask) gone...?
Title: 'Gintama'
Hiji: Damn.
I've totally lost him.
I know they brought him this way...
Yeah, meet me here on the double. I'll give you the exact location later.
Did being stationed in the country throw off my tailing intuitions?
Still, this place, Yoshiwara, is so...
Guy: Sir, are you looking for something?
Maybe while you're out looking for cute girls, I could introduce you to a quality shop.

Page 2:
Hiji: I'm looking for a woman with an eyepatch, a woman with a scar on her face, a pervert kunoichi, and a female gorilla.
Sign: Yoshiwara Guide
Guy: Can't help ya there, sir.
Hiji: They're all unruly women that no ordinary man can handle.
They'll rip you off for all you've got, including ripping out all your ass hairs.
Guy: That sure sounds terrifying.
Hiji: Speaking of which, given how terrifying the city is and you're working in it, how old are you, kid?
Guy: Wh-What?! I ain't no kid!
'N anyhow, Yoshiwara ain't that unseemly a town!
Also you might not wanna be showin' off a notebook like that around here!
How uncouth can ya get?! I'll bet the ladies don't think you're-
SFX: GOH
Woman: What's all that noise you're making right in the middle of foot traffic?
Honestly.
You're the one so uncouth that it'll bring this town's reputation down,
Seita.

Page 3:
Setia: Hey, that hurt,
Mom.
Someone: The Shangri-la that is Yoshiwara.
Once an underground city that was covered up by the country,
is now officially recognized by the government as a tourist city.
Two years ago, Yoshiwara was a place that sheltered those that could not fight to shield them from the flames of war.
I suppose you could call this our reward... Ironic, isn't it?
That ceiling that obstructed the light of the sun is what guided this town out to where the sun shines.
But whether we're in the sunshine or in the dark of night,
the positions of men and women don't change all that easily.

Page 4:
SFX: DOU
Tsuku: Then what we gotta do ain't changed either.
Even in the sunshine, the Hyakka's still an ally ta women.
...So, that's our current outlook.
So now even Hinowa, the person that was once the face of the town,
has retired to live a relaxed, dignified life.
The one keeping all the order in Yoshiwara now is her.

Page 5:
Tsukuyu: The Shinigami Tayuu
as well as the Heavenly Tayuu, Tsukuyo.
The woman that once protected the town of the night,
is now rampaging under the light of the sun.
With that scar before you,
no one can be careless with women.
Because they'll be brought to a world
where there is no afternoon nor night.
Insert: This is Gin-san. [A right-pointing arrow on top]
Title: Lesson 686
Even for Villains, There Are Things That Are Okay to Do and Things That Are Not Okay to Do
Author: Sorachi Hideaki

Page 6:
Someone: An enemy 'a women is 'n enemy 'a Yoshiwara.
Eliminatin' such people is our mission.
Tae: You must be relieved. They're getting revenge for your panties, after all.
Sa: Huh? Those were your panties? ["your" in italics]
I thought he had a loincloth or something on. So it's the classic panties, huh?
But you should be proud. There are no stains or anything on them. You're making sure to change your panties every day then, it looks like.
Huh? But there seems to be some hair stuck to it, isn't there?
Someone: Uh, those are the guy's hair spilling out.
Sa: Huh? But there's a red something there...
Someone: That's from when we lynched him.
Kyuu: How long are you gonna keep those on, anyhoooow?!!
GIVE THEM BAAACK!
Not the daiper!
SFX: ZURI ZURI
Tae: He's really taken a 'so-what' attitude.
His name is Takasugi, yes? If I recall correctly, he used to have a "final boss" sort of feel to him when he first appeared, didn't he?
Sa: It really is a surprise. I do wonder what happened. Maybe his sense of direction got thrown off somewhere along the line.
Somoene: That must've been when he put the panties on his head.
No matter how much of a villain you are, there are things that are okay to do and things that are not okay to do.
If you stick panties on your head, you lose your status as the final boss.
No, maybe he put the panties on his head because he'd lost his status as final boss. ["because" in italics]

Page 7:
Sa: Though, it's difficult to say what to do here.
That man surely came here to Edo with Gin-san.
But he won't seem to open his mouth.
Maybe while we're chastizing him, we can get him to cough up where Gin-san is.
Somoene: Gin-san is... in Edo?
Really? Then why won't he show himself to us?
...I don't know.
But he didn't say anything when he left, either, after all... He may have some kind of reason.
Hiji: Uh, he's right there with panties on his head.
Looks like you've finally been cornered, Nisesugi.
It may be time to pay the piper.
Gin: Hmph, listen up, women.
No matter how you may try to embarrass me, you're just wasting your time.
Sa: Um, you've just been doing all the embarrassing things on your own.
Taka: And that is because I am a being who at once Takasugi, and not Takasugi.
So no matter how you humiliate Takasugi Shinsuke, I will not feel a twinge of...
DOFOH
Hey... Hold on. I wasn't finished yGEH!
SFX: GOH GAS DOSU

Page 8:
Gin: Hey, hey... That hurts, damiiit!!
Hyakka: Oh, so it does hurt.
Gin: No, not like that! I meant in like a spiritual way!
Somone: Um, we don't quire understand what you're saying.
I think it's because you keep spouting those all-atmosphere edgelord lines that you got replaced as the final boss.
Gin: Now that's going too faaar!
Don't insult Takasugi like thaaaat!!
Hiji: Uh, you're the one that should be apologizing.
Gin: Fine then, do it! I'll take whatever torture you can dish out!
Go ahead just try to twist my arm with whatever violent act you've got!
But if you do that, you'll be turning yourselves into more of an aberration than I am!!
You'll be disgraces lower than a terrorist wearing a diaper and panties on his head!! You'll be scum, you bunch 'a idiots!!
What's wrong?
Don't tell me you strung me up here not even prepared to do that?
Tsuku: Sorry, but
Yoshiwara is not a place for torture.
Hyakka: This is a red-light district.
We show men hospitality 'ere, we don't make 'em suffer.
SFX: DOPAAA
Gin: You're lying through your teeth! You're seriously using water torture...?
SFX: GOZUAA
Someone: That's not water.
Gin: !!

Page 9:
Gin: Lotio-
SFX: ZUBOO
Women: Welco~~me
Gin: !!
Tsuku: Women of Yoshiwara,
tha guest of honor is comin' through.
Use all your well-honed wiles
to give 'im a proper welcome.
Gin: Hey, hold on!! What is this?!!
Women: Oh, what a good man!
Gin: Hey, grannies, what're you lookin' at?! Stop it, that's creepy...
AH... Hey... That's...
AAAUAAAAAUUAAA
Sa: ...Huh? Tsukky, why're you doing over there?
Handwritten: AUAUAAUAUAAA
Tsuku: This is how we do things in Yoshiwara now.
When men whose lust brings them to do bad things,
we drown them in women.
Handwritten: Welco~~~me
AAAAUAAA
Tsuku: Enough so that they don't want to ever look at a woman again.
Handwritten: Welcome back, master!
AAAAUAUA
Sa: Uh, Tsukky, are those women?

Page 10:
Tsuku: ANd what awaits them at the end of that sea of lust is...
Hinowa: Ah, he's back.
SFX: UIIIIN
SFX: GASHIN
Gin: What was it
that made boobs sexy again?
Why are there two of them?
Hinowa: He understands.
He's been released of all worldy desires and is beginning to reach enlightenment.
Gin: Hm...? What's this scrap of cloth doing here? Get it off.
Kyuu: How could you!!
SFX: PESHIH
Tsuku: Hey, did you get some 'a those wicked thoughts purged?
So then gimme an honest answer. Is it true that ya were travellin' with Gintoki?
Gin: Hmph. As I am now, both that and boobs are futile things not even worth constructing a sentence for.
Speaking of constructing, why are boobs always constructed in pairs?
Sa: I think that enlightenment caused him to lose interest in everything. Like, all he's talking about is boobs now.

Page 11:
Guys: I don't think he got quite to nirvana.
Maybe we should send him through one more time and he'll forget about boobs all together.
Sure, send him around again. One time for each boob.
SFX: UIIIIN
Somoene: ...A god?
Gin: I am none. I am empty.
I have no interest in breasts whatsoever.
Guys: Uh, he seems to be talking without using speech bubbles. I think we kinda really overdid it.
Maybe two boobs' worth really was too much. We really should've left him at one boob.
Hey!
Ya know, maybe he's still stuck on boobs.

Page 12:
Tsuku: Hey, where's Gintoki?
Gin: Lust empty. Lust empty.
Tsuku: This ain't good. We ain't got anythin' ta latch on to.
Gin: I am none. I am empty. Breasts are two.
Tsuku: Yeah, his brain's totally full 'a boob.
Sa: I suppose there's no choice. Let's stimulate him with worldly desires and get him a little back to normal.
Tsukky, go stand in the old ladies' place and let him touch your boobs.
Tsuku: How'd you get ta that?
Sa: I can't do it, I'm not married to him yet.
Also I think Kyuubei-san getting touched by a man at all is out of the question.
Tae: Sarutobi-san, why didn't you consider me in your calculations?
Gin: Tae has none. Breasts zero.
Tae: Hey, you. A minute ago you couldn't remember if there were two boobs or not. What's that zero mean?
Okay, now I'm mad. It looks like I'll have to take care of this.
Kyuu: Wait, Tae-chan!!
Tae: Don't stop me. I have my pride as a woman, too!
Kyuu: Not that, I just wanted to say I'm ready on standby if you need me!
Sa: How can we just have him grope you like that?!
Sa: Kyuubei-san, you may be having a marriage interview, but you really haven't changed at all, have you.
Kyuu: But we can't let a pervert like that get his grubby paws on Tae-cha-
Tsuku: All right!
You got a point. This...
is my job.
Tae: Tsukuyo-san.
Gin: Why.
SFX: ZAH
Gin: Why is there a need to go so far.
Breast Tayuu?
Tsuku: Who tha hell's Breast Tayuu?

Page 13:
Hinowa: Is that right?
I understand.
You are free to do as you wish.
But
you really are quite an idiot, little miss.
Ever since I sent you into that war,
it's seemed to me that the Shinigami Tayuu was already dead.
I really wish
you'd followed after him.
Tsuku: Hinowa,
Now that Yoshiwara's under tha sunlight,
before long all traces of it's former self are gonna be gone
and it'll end up just like a regular town.

Page 14:
Tsuku: Nah, it's not just Yoshiwara.
Now that we're meetin' this new era, the country 'n the people 're all takin' a different form than they had before.
That might be cause for rejoicin', it might be totally necessary,
but
it makes me feel a bit lonely.
Livin' my life seein' things I'm familiar with chanin' 'n goin' away
and seein' ones we were suppose ta walk tagether with ta the future
movin' on alone, is just...
But that's why I gotta see this through.
'Cause the things that're endin' 'n the things that're bein' born
I've gotta use as steppin' stones ta move forward towards tha future.
And someday when that guy gets back,
I wanna tell him that.
Then I think he'll
walk with everyone on the same path to the future again.

Page 15:
Tae: So, tell me.
Where'd he go?
What's he seein' now?
Is it
tha past
'er is it tha future?
SFX: UIIIII
Gin: ...I
have no need for breasts.
Guys: .........
He voluntarily went for another round.
SFX: UIIIIN
Sa: Maybe our feelings go through to him.
Like maybe he went to firm his resolve to tell us everything.
Tsuku: Ah, he's back.
SFX: UIIIIN

Page 16:
SFX: UIIIIIN
SFX: DOGOO
Guys: The hell kinda way 'a reaching nivana is that?!
Are you trying to open your mind to nirvana or open a K*C restaurant?!
Maybe we aught to toss you into a pressure cooker and get you brown and crispy?!
Huh... Hey, hang on. I feel like I've seen this colon*l somewhere before.
Hiji: You incompetent half-wit!! I told you to keep watch!! Where the hell did he go?!!
SFX: GASU GOSU
Kyuu: ...Huh?
You...
Someone: Hijikata-san, I'm sorry.
I was pretending to be an inanimate object and was keeping watch over there.
But then I ended up really inanimate
and was used as a substitute.

Page 17:
Zaki: He got away.
Gin: Man, that was close.
A little more and I would've reached nirvana and spilled all the beans.
SFX: BUCHII
Gin: GUoh.
After those old grannies sucked out all my life force, my body won't do what I tell it to do.
SFX: PASA
Tae: But still, that man may have wanted to see it, too.
You in a wedding dress, Kyuu-chan.
Sa: I will not hand Sakata Gintoki over to you.
That man's home is right here.
Tsu: Then I think he'll
walk with everyone on the same path to the future again.
Gin: ...Shit.

Page 18:
Gin: What the hell
am I doing?
Someone: Yorozuya-san.
Thank you so very much.
Im... If anything else happens, is it okay if we consult you?
Shin: Yes. If you're okay with me.
Okay, see you later.

Page 19:
Insert: Those feelings as he passes by----
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 686
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43835 [English] [Translation] Gintama 684 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-06-08T22:09:43+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com Why end your series when you could do the opposite of that instead?

Hi wa mata noboru


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.


(Side text- In the midst of shopping, Otae-san finds...)
GINTAMA
Tae: Oh my!
What a nice bathing suit!
Perhaps I'll get one for Shin-chan.
Gran: You've got quite a discerning eye, ma'am.
And we have a smashing summer sale that'll make it easy on your wallet.
But you should be mindful that some of these designs are ahead of the current trends.
Tae: Really? Well it's true, I do see many new designs here..
Like these....
Appear to be underpants...
And this...
Well there appears to be something poking out.

002
Tae: And this is....
Clearly Hentai Kamen.
GINTAMA
Lesson 684: The trick to dieting isn't to constantly push yourself, but to give treats every so often.
SORACHI HIDEAKI
(Side text- And now the avant-garde fashion show begins.)
(Upper text- Volume 73 and the Light Novel “Ginpachi Sensei” are both in stores!!)
Gran: If you ask me, it's more style that's on sale here than the bathing suits themselves, no?
I'm pretty sure you'd get all sorts of attention if you came to a beach in this.
Tae: Surely you mean all sorts of police attention?
{The police...}
{Aren't able to move either!}
{Why'd you...}
{Become a mannequin too?!}

003
Zaki: Hijikata-san...
That's Shinpachi-kun's older sister.
(Bottom text- Mob Cop Yamazaki who's posing as Hijikata.)
Zaki: It appears to me that Boss Yorozuya probably doesn't want her to notice him.
Hijikata: But why?
Zaki: I dunno, but it's likely he's got stuff he wants to get done without her knowing he's in Edo.
Hijikata: Nooo, I mean why the hell is he standing out so friggin much?
Zaki: Honestly? I don't care to know myself.
Like, we're tailing him but now we're all here in a display case showing off by the shop manager.
Furthermore we've still gotta keep an eye on Takasugi.
But we can't move from here!
If we screw up here he'll get away!

004
{ET TUUUUUUU?!}
Hijikata: What!? Whhhhhy?! What in God's name is he doing!?
Has he always done shit like this with a arrogant ass expression so we'd have trouble figuring him out?
Just what the hell have we actually been dealing with this whole time?

005
Zaki: I'd appear hanging around Boss Yorozuya for so long has rubbed off on him in all the wrong ways.
Hijikata: Look at him keeping his face down! Hes probably embarrassed as hell right now!
Zaki: Um Hijikata-san, pot, kettle? You get my drift? We should probably drop the whole thing.
Tae: Well, these certainly look easy to swim in.
Miss, do you mind if I take a closer look at these?
Woman: Oh, sure, just slip 'em right off.
Tae: Um, hmm...this is...well.
Gran: Oh that thing poking out? They certainly spare no detail in designing mannequin nowadays.
I could take 'em off for you then? I've grown used to looking at my husband's.
Ah it appears to be stuck on something...I can't get it off.
It's not like my husband at all. Whenever he sees my face his gets smaller.
Hey calm down there, buddy.
Tae: Perhaps breaking it...
Would be faster.
{J—Just hang in there Yamazaki!!}
???: That didn't work at all, huh? Get me that hammer right there, would you?
{Hammer?}
Tae: Sure, but I'm still not sure I want to buy them.
Gran: No need to hold back, we've got mannequins and te*ticles for days.
Tae: It's not that I'm holding back exactly...

006
Tae: HNGH!!
(Sfx- Bakiii CRACK)
Tae: What I wanted to see...
Was this hat!
Gran: It was the hat huh?
Gotcha.
{MOB COOOOOOPPPP!!!}
Tae: However now that I get a look at it, this color isn't quite what I wanted...
Do you have this in black?
Gran: Ah, sorry not in black, no.
Tae: That's a shame.
I guess I'll put this back on the neck then.
(Sfx- Gossuhhh thok)
{THAT'S THE WRONG NECK YOU'VE GOT THERE!!}
Gran: Hm? Was that how it was before?
Seems like it's a little off.
Tae: Wasn't this where it was?
Gran: No, I think it was here?
Tae: No, that's now how it was before...
(Sfx- Zugah dossuh dosshhh thok thok whack)

007
Tae: I think that's how it was before.
Gran: Yeah that's how I remember seeing it.
{Where'd Yamazaki gooooo?!}
{How the hell did you end up like this?!}
Gran: Now that is looking nice and crispy.
{No, that's the dude who makes other things nice and crispy!!}
{Holy crap this woman...!!}
{Even after two years she's still a walking disaster!!}
Tae: Ooh! I like those sunglasses...
May I remove them?
{Crap...}
{Looks like my ass is the one that's deep fried now...}
Gran: Ah! The wind is blowing the merch away!!
{HE'S MAKING A RUN FOR IT!!}

008
{What the hell? You think you can get away alone!?}
{Then I'm going to....}
(Sfx- Gashihh grab)
Tae: HNGH!!
(Sfx- Buoooonn fwhooom)
(Sfx- Dogooooo thuuuud)
Tae: Thank goodness!
(Sfx- Para para clatter clatter)
Tae: You almost lost your merchandise!!
Gran: Sure, but I did lose in a way...

009
Tae: Right...
So since she couldn't remember where she got those mannequins in the first place,
She asked me if I wanted to take them and the merchandise on them as thanks.
(Sfx- Ei, ei, ei, ei!)
Tae: But in all honesty I wasn't sure what I could even use them for.
So I thought about it for a while, and...
Yes, right there!
Put a bit more oomph into those swings!
Ladies: Understood!
Tae: Okay, next up on the menu....
???: So then what'd you do in the end?

010
Tae: Take a look.
(Sfx- Kiiieeeeeh!!!)
(Sfx- Paaaan thud)
Tae: I decided to use them as striking practice dummies.
(Sfx- Paaann thuuud*)
(Sfx- Kieeeeeeeh)
(Sfx- Dodododododo)
Tae: The mannequins made nowadays are pretty great, don't you think?
They accurately recreate what it's like to hit a real person!
(Sfx- Pan pan pann thok thok thok)
{Why did this happen...}
{More than mannequins...}
{We're sandbags here, dammit!!}
{How long are we going to have to keep this crap up?!}
{Stop being so good at standing still dammit! If you don't move I can't either!!}
{More like it's pretty obvious that she's well aware of who we are by now!}
{She's just being an asshole to annoy us on purpose, dammit!}

011
{In the first place didn't this used to be some shitty little dojo?!}
{Who are these ladies?!}
{What the heck...}
{is TAEZAP?!}
(Sfx- Duuuru duuruuu)
(Sfx- Duruuuuh)
(Sfx- Paparapaapraaa tadadadaaa)
(Sfx- Duruuuh ruurhh duruhhhh)
(Sfx- Parapaparaparpaa tatdaadaadaaah)

012
Tae: All right everyone, that's enough for today!
{Uh, isn't this just a bunch of fatties on revolving tables?}
Tae: You're all incredible!
Despite not having any results to speak of yet, you're still able to spin around with those looks of superiority on your faces.
To get an ideal body, the first and most important thing is a spirit that doesn't yield....not even to oneself!
As long as you have a strong mind, you'll be fine. The TAEZAP dojo will help you to lose weight.
{Swordsmanship diet?!}
Tae: Let's do our best tomorrow too!!
Ah, and please take a Haagen-Dazs as a reward on your way out!
{My ass she's trying to help them lose weight! She's going to kill them at this rate!!}
Tae: Sorry to keep you waiting.
???: Hmph, Tae-chan...
Your strong will is incredible.
This is an age where swordsmanship is on the decline, but you've built a business that targets women and includes dieting.
From the standpoint of a woman..
The one who stands up to protect the sowrd may be someone like you.

013
Kyuubee: But I won't lose to you.
{Kyuubee?!}
Kyuubee: Are you sure about this?
I thought that it would be Shinpachi who would inherit the dojo?
Shinpachi-kun...
Is the one still running the Yorozuya, is he not?
Two years have past since then...
So is what Shinpachi intends to inherit not the dojo, but....him?

014
Tae: That's fine by me, really.
Kyuubee: Hm?
Tae: If it's truly what Shin-chan wants.
But it's likely he's....
Ah, no, forget about it...sorry.
That's enough for now.
Everyone: Thank you!!
Tae: Right now I'm enjoying what I'm doing too.
Kyuubee: I see, then perhaps our dojos can set up some kind of joint training session.
Tae: That sounds fun, but my pupils are quite strong.
Kyuubee: I look forward to it.
Tae: And how are things on your end?
Kyuubee: The same as usual, really.
We've been through quite a bit over the last two years as well.
But all things said and done, we're only good for swinging swords around.
Well, no...

015
Kyuubee: If a time comes where we should rot away with our swords...
Then what we'll have is the dignity our clan had while with the sword.
I believe it's time for me to have an arranged marriage interview.
Binbokusai: Kyuubee...
You mean...
Kyuubee: In order to protect this sword of the Yagyuu style...
It will be necessary to have children and pass down the techniques....this is the most efficent way.
Binbokusai: Kyuubee...
You're...
Kyuubee: There's no need to worry...
I won't bring home women anymore.

016
Kyuubee: In that war...
I learned the pride of being a Yagyuu...
And the pride of...
being born a woman.
If there is a person who will live alongside this sword...
Then I will gladly die along with that person.
Binbokusai: I see....
Kyuubee: He really wanted to...
see him again.
He loved swinging his sword on a major stage like that one, even if it was for the last time...
but what really brought him joy was...
that time he fought him.

017
Kyuubee: That's why....
I'm glad he never came back.
One wrong move,
and I might have ended up in an arranged union with him.
If that had happened....
then the Yagyuu family would have been ruined in a single night.
Tae: Probably.
But I'm sure he would have liked to see it...
Kyuu-chan as a bride...
In a beautiful wedding dress...
As well as...
How Edo looks now.
Kyuubee: Perhaps....
Tae: W-well let's get going.
We don't want to be late to the meeting for your marriage kimono today, do we?
Kyuubee: That's right.
Ah but before that, we should clean up the mannequins.
Tae: Oh just leave them there.
Kyuubee: We can't do that Tae-chan! If you keep being like that you'll never make a good wife.

018
(Sfx- Zawa touch)
Kyuubee: UGAAAHHHHH!!
(Sfx- Dogaaaaah Thuuuuud)
(Sfx- Gopaaaahhh smasssh)
Tae: What's wrong Kyuu-chan?
Kyuubee: N—nothing...
I just got a strange feeling now.
Well the trash has been taken out now I suppose...
Tae: True, true..
Then shall we be going?

019
{Dude...}
{She still completely hates men though?!}
(Sfx- gara gara clatter clatter)
Tae: So...
What was the cause?
Kyuubee: Food poisoning.
He promised to stop collecting trash and dumpster diving for food...
but then he went missing a year ago.
(Sfx- Gara gara clatter clatter)
Kyuubee: I'm sure....
He's probably still out there somewhere collecting trash.
{YOU'RE STILL ALIVE?!}
(Side text- The mannequin tour continues...)
GINTAMA LESSON 684..................END. https://mangahelpers.com/t/bomberdrufi/releases/43834 [English] [Translation] Gintama 683 by Bomber D Rufi 2018-06-08T22:07:06+00:00 Bomber D Rufi admin@mangahelpers.com
What can I say? I never learn.

Hi wa mata noboru only.


Also I have a plurk now, so feel free to friend me there and stuff.

(Side text- The conspiracy deepens...)
???: Edo?
(Bottom text- The newest volume of the manga #73 will be in stores June 4th (Monday)!)
GINTAMA
Henpeita: Yes, that is the destination of the ship that Shinsuke-dono is using.
It is likely the Naraku disappeared after pursuing it.
We too must make haste.
Matako: So what happens when we catch up with them?
Senpai...
I...thought I should chase after Shinsuke-sama no matter what happens...
And no matter what he's trying to do...
But after seeing his expression...
Seeing Shinsuke-sama...
Make that face...
I'm not sure about that anymore.

002
???: Looks like the escort mission was completed successfully.
'Bout time we headed back.
But man, those guys had the Government and a bunch of freaks after 'em...
Boss, you don't think we got ourselves involved in some weird, wrong shit do you?
Boss: Takasugi Shinsuke
He mighta been a hero in the end, but before that he was a source of trouble for the world.
To be frank when he approached me...
I was unsure of his intentions myself.
But...
When I saw the straightforward look in his eye, I started thinking being fooled by him wouldn't be terrible.
And tthen...
When I saw their expressions...
None of that bothered me anymore.

003
Boss: They had the expressions of two rotten kids.
Not heroes, but two kids up to no good.
Matako: It's my first time seeing Shinsuke-sama make that face...
And now upon seeing it, well, I feel like...I dunno, I'm just getting in the way.
No, it's more like....I feel like...
Just watching him a bit more like this.
(Sfx- Basaaahhh blooorsh)

004
Gintoki: Dude,
You heard how people say a kid will grow up whether they've got their folks around or not?
Straight up? I didn't expect this place to get back on it's feet to this extent without me around.
Takasugi: And how long has it been since you've been 'round town?
You're the brat who turned his back on his folks and ran away after all.
Gintoki: True.
And then when I finally show up again...
It's with one hell of a bad influence.
If I were my parents, I'd be in tears.

005
Gintoki: But I don't really have the right to say “I'm back”.
Though I guess for now...
I'm back in your care for a little while.
(Side text- The no-good-brats return home.)
GINTAMA
SORACHI HIDEAKI
Lesson 683: Be careful of dick-slips.
SORACHI HIDEAKI

006
???: So even after changing into a bizarre form...
A leader remains the leader, hm?

007
???: I presume....
You weren't able to get the heart?
I wonder when your master...
Will be revived?
In the previous war you accepted Utsuro's blood...
Yet you were completely defeated without protecting your master.
And now that blood has seemingly already run dry....
Hitsugi.
Before your limbs completely rot away...
Why don't we reclaim Utsuro....your master?

008
???: While it is a fact we Tendoushuu were annihilated by Utsuro...
We were also revived by his blood.
That power is now our hope. We mustn't allow the past to ensnare us.
If we want to realize the universe's greatest hope –their wish for “immortality” we need Utsuro's entire body.
Should we manage to fully claim those techniques we will be able to save many.
And of course....
that includes Utsuro himself.
So you must act with speedy prudence.
Furthermore....
Defeat is unforgivable.
What a useless bunch...
They are really nothing more than a gathering of fools who don't know how to die.
Do you understand? You must get the heard back from them.
It is merely insurance.
If you aren't able to claim the heart of Utsuro yourself...

009
???: Then we'll create it.
It would appear that Utsuro's newly revived heard is made of crystal...
So if we are able to harvest large quantities of Altana from Earth we may be able to manufacture one artificially.
We need to find a means of attaching his heart –Utsuro's heart to a body...
But as of right now we do not posses the technology to do that as we used our own bodies as materials, and most importantly...
We have Utsuro's body.
We will dissect it until it is nothing but sinus and flesh and we have all of it's secrets.
With all of those techniques and the Altana we were able to steal,
We will have the power to create immortality.
Utsuro, we will be able to reclaim everything...
You stole from us, the Tendoushuu.

010
???: And....
Where in Edo is this enemy?
Takasugi: Everywhere.
The Tengen Church's teachings have taken root and spread around Edo as we speak.
Neighbors that exchanged friendly greetings yesterday now snap and snarl at each other violently.
This is exactly why other planets were helpless to stop the spread of terrorism.
It honestly wouldn't surprise me if an ordinary civilian turned on you now, stabbed you to death and ran off the heart.
Gintoki: If you ask me, I feel like the guy I'm conversing with now is the most likely to betray me.
So to sum this cheerful conversation up succinctly, we dunno anything other than they're in Edo and are targeting this place now, yeah?
Takasugi: If I wanted you dead I'd just straight up do it.
But these guys? Forget straight up, they don't even let people see their backs.
By spreading their teachings and getting more believers, they're able to increase how much terroism they can cause around the universe's different planets.
And no one knows where the command center of it all is.
Though that's not surprising...

011
Takasugi: As the head temple of the Tengen church isn't on a planet...
It's on the Moble Temple Kuyou, a giant ship that floats through the stars.
They stand over us looking down at the Earth from distant stars where no one can reach them and act like Gods.
It can't be picked up by radar much less the naked eye, but Kuyou is definitely in the skies of Earth.
We're going to put the kibosh on their terroism and make those Gods kneel to us on earth.
Utsuro's body....
Sensei is up there.
Gintoki: And how do we stop them?
Takasugi: Who the hell do you think I am?

012
Takasugi: I'm the Jou Patriot who's raged through this country like no one else has.
Seeing through baby terrorists is something I can do with ease.
Gintoki: Oh? I'm totally reassured now.
I've got a super idiot here that scares regular idiots.
Takasugi: There is something I need to handle before they get moving...
So if you have anything you need to take care of, best to do it now.
Gintoki: Huh?
Takasugi: It's the first time you've been back in two years, don't tell me there's no one you want to see.
Gintoki: You dumbass, how the hell can I go see them now?
“Oh, Me? Just here to save the very same monster that nearly slaughtered us all.”
You'd have to be thicker than Jump SQ to think that'd actually work.
Takasugi: So basically if you saw them again....
your resolve would take a hit, huh?
Well, it's your life. Do what you want.

013
???: The man who once tried to destroy Edo...
And the man who tried to protect Edo from him...
have both arrived here together.
There's no doubting it now...
Boss Yorozuya...
Has fallen into the darkness.
According to my data, when the plot takes this kind of turn toward the end of the series...
Where the protagonist who protected humanity starts to despair about it's foolishness and everything goes to naught...
This is the Devilman pattern.
We'll need to prepare Satan's army for war soon, or we'll have the Angel's army to deal with too.
The way things are, we're headed toward an irredeemable ending.

014
Hijikata: Zaki, I'm not here to hear you wax delusional.
So do me a favor and shut up before I despair over my subordinate's idiocy.
And your paychecks will end irredeemably.
Zaki: A subordinate's idocy huh? But who do you have to thank for being able to track them here?
Hijikata: Yeah, about that. You said you could fly....
So I hopped on your back and we started to follow their ship...
(Handwritten- Lets' goooo Mob cop!)
Hijikata: But then you ran out of gas and you literally grabbed ahold of the ship.
Pretty sure my life flashed before my eyes at least 5 times thanks to you.
Yamazaki: That was an issue with my inability to refuel due to my anpan getting mushy underwater.
Hijikata: Why does Robocop use anpan for fuel?!
Zaki: Moreover they weren't using fine-grained bean paste in those things, it was coarse grained stuff. You can't get any power from those, Tony.
Hijikata: Who's Tony?! Your Mech specs and mental specs aren't agreeing with each other!
Listen I know you're tired from the trip, but don't lose sight of them. We'll let them walk about freely and pay attention to their movements.
Zaki: Huh? If you're too careless and allow them too much space the demon and satan's armies are...
Hijikata: Armageddon ain't happenin'.
Zaki: Then you believe in the boss, Hijikata-san?
Hijikata: That's not it. I just want to find out what exactly his goal is.
Zaki: And what about after that?
What if boss does do something terrible?

015
Hijikata: We cut him down.
That's....
The job of the Shinsengumi he saved, right?
Zaki: Hijikata-san...
The Shinsengumi no longer exists...
Hijikata: I said don't lose them.
Yamazaki: They're on the move!
Going in different directions?
Hijikata: We'll split up and follow them!
(Sfx- Daaah tmmph)

016
Zaki: Got it! I'll follow Takasugi...
While I'll follow the boss!
Hijikata-san buy me more anpan, 'kay?
Hijikata: The coarse grained ones right?
My ass.
Why the hell did you split in half and when the hell did I become your bitch?
Zaki: I'm sorry I'll do my best in your stead, so please buy me anpan.
Hijikata: HOW ABOUT YOU DO YOUR BEST FOR YOURSELF, ANPAN DRUGGIE?
(Sfx- Meki meki grndd)
Hijikata: If you follow them looking like that, you'll not only be noticed but become some kind of urban legend!
Can't you blend in with the ground more?!
Zaki: Ah right, I do have a mode for trailing others...
When using this mode my body absorbs information from the surroundings to create the perfect cover.
This'll allow me to blend in with my surroundings automatically, so it's perfect for this.
(Sfx- Kyuuuunn veeeeen)
Zaki: I'll buy some anpan!
Hijikkata-san go buy some anpan over there okay?
Hijikata: Yeah, gotcha! The ones sprinkled with seasame seeds right?

017
Hijiikata: AND WHAT WILL YOU ACCOMPLISH LOOKING LIKE HIJIKATA-SAN!?
YOU JUST WANT TO SPLIT UP SO YOU GET MORE ANPAN, ASSHOLE.
Zaki: It's just whenever I think of Hijikata-san I see someone on Anpan duty. That might need a disguise too.
Hijikata: Did my anscesors do something to anpan?! Did they just eat the bean jam and toss the bread/!
(Sfx- Meki meki grrind griind)
Hijikata: Whatever! Just go like that!
Just do your best to act like Hijikata-san and go after the Yorozuya all without doing anything stupid! Act like a natural, normal Hijikata-san!
Zaki: Gotcha.
A natural, normal Hijikata-san right?!
(Sfx- Doooooohhh fwhoooom)
Hijikata: I'VE GOT THE DAMNED ANPAN.
I got the anpan, so for the love of all that's holy stop this.
Please stop natural, normal Hijikata-san!
Put on some clothes!! We'll get something from the clothing store and...
Dammit!

018
(Sign- bathing suit sale/Special offers!!)
Gintoki: Say....
(Sfx- Pikuhh point)
Gintoki: Gran...
(Sfx- Kakuuun tok)
Gintoki: The bathing suit mannequin...
these are boxers....
and on the swimsuit mannequin,
this is a dick-slip.
Gran: This is the recent trend of fashion....this year flaunting what you've got is in.
Gintoki: Seriously?
Gran: Hmm...when did I decorate these two? Ah oh well...
(Sfx- Jiiii stare)
(Sfx- Jiiiii staaaare)

019
Gintoki: Nah, that's enough of that.
Even I did see someone I doubt glasses would hide much.
(Sfx- Dodododododo thmtmthm)
Gitnoki: Gran, I'm buying these undies so would you mind helping me out?
I'm beggin' ya!
(Sfx- Kara tmpt)
Tae: Oh? They've got bathing suits on sale?
That's really cool!
Perhaps I'll buy one for Shin-chan?
(Side text- Chaos!!)
GINTAMA LESSON 683..............END. https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43833 [English] [Translation] Gintama 685 by kewl0210 2018-06-08T05:06:25+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN


[Gintama 685 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Bin: Whew, both my son and grandson have grown up to be such fine people.
There is no longer anything needed for me to do, I'd say.
Insert: A certain old man speaks...
Title: 'Gintama'
Bin: So now I'm living a quiet life, doing what I like, free from worldly care.
I figured I'd do what I've always wanted to do, but never could.
Someone: What you've always wanted to do is rummaging through the trash, causing complaints to be raised all over the neighborhood?
Bin: Everyone says that.
Though what you call trash, I never once have considered trash.
This is still usable.
And this is still edible, as well.
People these days. When did they get this extravagant?
Guys: What you've always wanted to do is send a wake-up call to modern people that let things go to waste?
Bin: I didn't mean to say anything so grandiose.
But look at this, Director-san.

Page 2:
Bin: This is some trash I just picked up today.
While it's certainly true that in terms of fashion sense, this mannequin is trash,
if you put fashionable clothing on it, then...
Jacket: Third Generation
T/N: A reference to the Third Generation J Soul Brothers boy band.
SFX: DOGOO
Bin: It makes for a perfectly good cockroach-swatter.
Someone: Did you really need the Third-Generation thing?
Bin: I dud! Second Generation or Fourth Generation wouldn't work. It has to be Third Generation.
Look, there's garbage over here, too.
I wrote...
this on it.
Text: YOU
Tuber
Bin: And so it becomes a quick replacement for a fly-swatter.
Director: Um, is the YOU Tuber part really necessary?
Bin: I don't think it's necessary either, actually.
SFX: DOGOO

Page 3:
Bin: By doing things like this, even things that were once thrown away as trash,
when used in different combinations, can be found to have new uses and find new value.
I want everyone to have that kind of different point of view.
Take this for example.
Honestly, how many of these mannequins are out there?
SFX: ZUBOO
Guys: .........!!!
How do you think this can be given a new purpose?
Guy: Let's write 'Director' on it and make it a sandbag for practicing tackles on.
Bin: Hm, well, you're on the right track.
The correct answer is...
Text: Doumoto Yoshi
Bin: is what we write, and then it works.
SFX: GURA

Page 4:
Bin: GUGEFF
SFX: DOGOOO
Someone: UOH! The trash pile is collapsing!
Someone: Uh, so it's okay to call trash now?!
SFX: DO DOO GA GAU
Guys: !!
SFX: GORO GORO GORO (ROLL)
Someone: Wh-What is this?!!
The pieces of trash have combined to...
SFX: GAS GAS GOS
Someone: These pieces of garbage
Handwritten: I'm ali~ve, I'm ali~ve!
Someone: looked even to us reporters that they were alive.
Perhaps it's just as the old man said,
Handwritten: That
Someone: they do still have a purpose.
That reality is here.
T/N: The handwritten text is lyrics of a pop song from Atari Kousuke.
Narr: Disposing of garbage
as garbage.
Handwritten: Living is saṃsāra~
Middle Text: Mon-Fiction
The Man that Lives With Trash
The End

Page 5:
Top Insert: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 73 & the novel 'Ginpachi-sensei' are now on sale!
Title: Lesson 685
KUWAH
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Insert: Escape...!!
Someone: Finally,
we made it out of that mannequin hell.
Takasugi,
I guess you're not totally useless after all.
But man, I sure didn't expect you to become a mannequin, too.
Is that the kind of thing you've been doing to get around the Bakufu all this time?
I'm pretty impressed you can still keep up that self-satisfied face and say you're gonna destroy the world or whatever.
Hey, say something, Takasu-
SFX: ZUBOO

Page 6:
Gin: Hey, Takasugi, since when have you...
I see. So that's why you wanna destroy the world...
Hiji: That's clearly the wrong guy!!
Gin: Wait, hold on. Could you... maybe say your signature phrase real quick?
Guy: I simply destroy this rotten world.
Gin: C'mon, louder! And more clearly!
Guy: I simply destroy this rotten world.
Gin: LOUDEEEER! And in your own words!
Guy: Wǒ zhǐshì dǎpò zhège fǔlàn de shìjiè.
T/N: He says the same line in Chinese here.
Gin: Okay, okay, I get it.
Takasugi, you've been taking a foreign language study at that place near the train station, huh?
Hiji: No, it's a different guyyyy!!
Guy: I was just doing my job and I was threatened by a man with one eye.
He traded outfits with me and told me to destroy the world.
Hiji: I see. So that mannequin was already someone else.
So he laid out some bait so he could slip away unnoticed.
Well, I guess that would've been a bit dumb for Takasugi.
Gin: Uh, then where's the real Takasugi?
Guy: He is probably doing my job in my plaaace.
Handwritten: Mom, can I have one of that bear's balloons?
Hiji: He's using a dumb tactic anyhoooow!!
Gin: I see. A cartoon-character costume huh? I guess that's one idea.
Okay, well, you don't need to destroy the world anymore.
Just leave that wig and go.

Page 7:
Gin: Okay, for the time being, I'll disguise myself with this.
He may be a terrorist, but he'll stand out less than Pervert Mask.
That's better than just letting it get out that I'm in Edo.
No matter how many wanted posters his face is on all over the country,
I'm sure that just sticking a wig on my head won't...
SFX: HIIIN
SFX: DO DO DO DO
Gin: Hold on, I take one step as Nisesugi Shinsuke
and this happeeeeens?!!
T/N: "Nise" means "fake" or "false".

Page 8:
Gin: Just how hated is that guy?!
Maybe I should grab a cartoon-character costume, too!
Sacchan: Just try and take a step from where you're standing,
Takasugi Shinsuke.
You'll end up with more holes in you than a bee's nest.
Gin: Sacchan!!
Sa: If you come quietly, then perhaps I'll spare your life.
Because you are not my true goal.

Page 9:
Gin: Y... Young lady, I think you've mistaken me for someone else.
Takasugi, isn't that the wanted criminal with one eye?
Please look closely. As you can see, I have two-
SFX: DOH
Sa: Sorry, but I have no interest in what number of eyes you have.
If you're going to try to buy time with absurd excuses,
I'll destroy both of your eyes.
Gin: GOHOH! I-I see.
I'm quite impressed that you could spot this fake eye from that distance.
Indeed. I am the world-destroying and familiar...
Sekakowa Takasugi. Who are you?
SOmeone: That's what you're going with. You're sticking with the Nisesugi thing?!!
SFX: KUWAH (Close-up, eyes open wide)
Sa: I already knew the moment you had entered Edo.
That you and him were traveling together.
SFX: ZAU
Sa: Where
is Sakata Gintoki?

Page 10:
Gin: Hmph. Is that a joke? Me, with him?
That man has long since abandoned Edo. He won't be coming back.
After all, he never had any roots to begin with.
SFX: KUWAH
Sa: Do you still not understand what I'm saying? Playing dumb will get you nowhere.
Gin: Look at my eye.
Does this looks the face of someone playing dumb?
Hiji: It sure doesn't look like the face of somebody NOT playing dumb. Also, you sure are using that 'KUWAH' sound effect a lot, Nisesugi.
SFX: KUWAH
Gin: I'm the same way. I have no time for jokes or quarreling.
And I do not tell lies.
And Indian people... don't tell lies either.
Hiji: Uh, is that really the place for 'Kuwah'-ing? I think you're relying on the 'Kuwahs' a little too much, Nisesgui!
SFX: KUWAH
T/N: "Indian People don't lie" is the catchphrase of the Indian chef and TV personality G.M. Nair.
Gin: So, is it all right if I get going onw?
I've got a lot of world-crushing to do.
Hiji: World crushing or world kuwah-shing?
Guy: Umm, excuse me, is there a bathroom nearby?
Handwritten: Where'd this guy come from?
Hiji: Maybe it's not the world, just that guy's bladder that you're gonna kuwah-sh, Nisesugi.
SFX: KUWAH
Sa: Wait right there.
Gin: How persistent you are.

Page 11:
Gin: Forget about him.
Waiting now,
is meaningless.
Sa: Ah, I see.
In that case, I forgot how to neutralize the toxin spreading through your veins right now.
Gin: Uhh?
............!!
Sa: If you leave like that, you'll be destroyed before you can destroy the world.
And then human waste
will leak from your every orifice.
SFX: KUWAH
Hiji: Now that was a KUWAH!!
That's the proper way of using the KUWAH sound effect!!

Page 12:
Gin: Hey.
Now that you mention it, I think I saw a white-haired guy right over there.
Hiji: That was the most true-blue KUWAH this whole time!
SFX: KUWAH
Sa: Lead me to him.
I'll follow the trail of the human waste you leave behind, like Hansel and Gretel.
Hiji: But that's nothing compared to her real KUWAHs!
SFX: KUWAH
Sa: Until I meet with Sakata Gintoki,
I will not give you this antidote.
So you had best stop struggling.
Gin: Heh. You're quite the lady, to need an escort.
But can you tame this dark beast? Did you remember to bring a plastic bag and water?
Sa: Yes. It's only good etiquette to clean up after a pet that's gotten the ground dirty.
Hiji: Is he a chihuahua?! Just like some kinda dark chihuahua?!
SFX: YORO (WBBL)
Hiji: He can't even walk! He's seriously on all fours!
What're you trying to do, chihuahua?!
Gin: I... believe I saw him in this convenience store.
Hiji: What does "Chiwah" mean?!! How much of a chihuahua can you be?!!
SFX: CHIWAH
Gin: Hm?
I don't see him.
I thin I'll try checking the bathroom.
Hiji: No way, is he...?!
SFX: GARARA

Page 13:
Sign: Thank you for keeping the bathroom clean.
Guy: Occupied.
Gin: ...Ah, sorry!
I... I think it might not have been this convenience store.
Maybe that one?
Guy: Occupied.
SFX: GARAH
Woman: Occupieeed! [Heart]
SFX: GARAH
Guy: BLUB BLUB (Occupied)
SFX: GARAH SUU HAAA
Guys: Occupi~~ed!
SFX: GACHA GACHA GACHA GACHA
SFX: DOSHAAA
Sa: Sorry, but
I've had all of your escape paths destroyed.
Gin: What? Did you...
put shinobi in all of the bathrooms in Edo?
How were you able... to do that?!

Page 14:
Sa: He wasn't the only one
who up and disappeared without saying anything.
Where are you going?
Wasn't your duty
to protect the princess that inherited the Shogun's will?
Hattori: Now that peace has come, I'm the most dangerous person to the princess out there.
In a world where all enemies have disappeared, choosing enemies from among your allies and starting strife is the natural course for humans.
If I stick around, little skirmishes will never stop happening.
And I'm sure not interested in killing the people I fought with back then.

Page 15:
Hattori: Most of all, even if I disappear,
you're still here, right, Sarutobi?
I'm sure even in a peaceful world,
you'll do great guiding the blade that is the Oniwabanshuu Shinobi.
Sa: ...What's with that flattering tone?
All you're trying to do is pushing your responsibilities onto someone else.
Ha: ...Yeah, maybe.
Sa: ..........
SFX: ZAH ZAH
Sa: Hey, Zenzou,
Is "Wait for me"
the only thing you men can say?
Ha: ...Sarutobi,
Do you think you're the type
who'll just sit quietly when they're told to wait for someone?
Sa: That's a point.
---So,
I would like all of you to lend me your strength.
I may not be as strong as Zenzou,
but we all work together, I'm sure we can accomplish our goals.
So...

Page 16:
Sa: In the name of Ninja Master Sarutobi Ayame, I order you
to find Sakata Gintoki and get him to marry me!
Hiji: She's just using the ninjas like they're her private armyyyy!!
Sa: I can now move all of the ninja in Edo like they were my own arms and legs.
And every one of those ninjas are acting to find Sakata Gintoki.
I don't know what it is you're scheming,
but I will not hand Sakata Gintoki over to you.
That man's home is right here.
And if he won't come back on his own, we'll take him back by force.
He never even asked me to wait for him anyhow.
SFX: GESHIH
Gin: Heh.
I understand.

Page 17:
Sa: !
Gin: I've met my match.
You really want to see him that badly?
Hiji: !! That calm face...
Gin: Then
I guess I'll just let you know.
Hiji: Has he given up?!
Gin: I saw him in the underwear section of that shop.
Hiji: ..........!!!
Wait, no, don't tell me... is he trying to get a change of underwear?!
Did he let it all out? Is that a smile of resignation?
Gin: Come on now!
Hiji: Uh, now that's a weird way to walk!!
His sash is lower!! Is he trying to keep something from coming out from that spot?!
SFX: PYON PYON PYON (HOP HOP HOP)
Sa: Is that the poison?
Taka: Such things do not work on Takasugi.
I consciously expelled all of it through my anus.
Hiji: Uh, he's just confessing to the bowel movement!!

Page 18:
Sa: I don't see him anywhere.
Were you trying to fool me again...?
Gin: Heey, pig bitch! (Natural voice)
Sa: !!
That voice... That was Gin-san!
Is he over there?!
Gin: !!
SFX: DAH
Hiji: Why're you moving so sloooow?! Isn't this your big chance?!
Gin: Hey, you can keep the change, please, take this and get me some underwear and a full set of clothes.
Hiji: He really did let it all out!!
Forget change, all he can buy with that is a diaper!!
SFX: SHAAH
Sa: Where did he get off to?!
SFX: GATA
SFX: BATA SHAN
Hiji: The chain hooked on a mannequin!!
Sa: Hm?
There?!!
I fooound...
SFX: BAH

Page 19:
Hiji: He's back to where he starteeeeed!!
Sa: Huh?
What're you doing at a place like this,
Tsukky?
Tsu: I was just
accompanyin' Kyuubei ta buy some things.
What's with that weird chain?
Kyuu: Tae-chan... Why do I have to take my underwear off, too?
Tae: Well, the kimono is normally worn without anything underneath.
Kyuu: But I think a wedding interview with no underwear would be a bit... Huh?
Tsukuyo-dono,
I can't find my underwear. Have you-
...........
SFX: KUWAH
Insert: next issue, Gintoki dies?!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 685
/ End
 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43831 [English] [Translation] Gintama 684 by kewl0210 2018-06-01T05:15:40+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

I sleepy.

[Gintama 684 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Insert: Otae-san out shopping.
Tae: Oh?
What a nice bathing suit.
Maybe I'll buy one for Shin-chan.
Woman: You've got quite the eye for quality, little lady.
And with the sale we have going on for the summer, it's mighty affordable.
Just keep in mind, these are all the latest fashions that are one step ahead of all the current trends.
Tae: Really? I certainly see a lot of new designs.
Like these
kind of look like underpants.
And this
seems to have something jutting out of it.

Page 2:
Tae: This is
Hentai Kamen.
T/N: Hentai Kamen (Pervert Mask) is a gag manga that ran in Jump from the early 90's starring a character with underwear on his face like Gin does. It was adapted into 2 live action movies.
Top Insert: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 73 & the 'Ginpachi Sensei' novel, go on sale today!!
Left Insert: The curtain rises on the avant-garde fashion show.
TItle: Lesson 684
The Trick to Dieting is to not Always Strain Yourself, Sometimes Give Yourself a Treat
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
Someone: It's not so much the bathing suit, more the style that's being sold here, wouldn't you say?
I'll bet nobody would leave you alone if you showed up on the beach with a style like this.
Tae: Yes. I think the police wouldn't leave you alone.
Guys: The police
can't move an inch.
Why'd you
become a mannequin, too?!

Page 3:
Zai: Hijikata-san.
That's Shinpachi-kun's older sister.
Narration: Mob Cop Yamazaki Camoflaging as Hijikata.
Hiji: !
Zaki: It looks like the Yorozuya boss doesn't want big sis to notice him.
Hiji: Why?!
Zaki: I don't know, but I'd assume it's because there's something he wants to do without her knowing he came back to Edo.
Hiji: No, I mean why's he making himself stand out so much?!
Zaki: Now that's one even I don't want to know.
How'd we get all cozied up as mannequins with somebody we were tailing and end up put on display by the shop manager?
We've got to tail Takasugi, too,
but right now we can't move an inch!
If we're not careful here, he'll get away!

Page 4:
Sign: Special Selection Campaign
Hiji: ........
You're doing it toooooo?!!
What? You've got to be kidding? Why is that guy doing?!!
Has he been doing stuff like that this whole time with a smug look on his face to keep throwing us off tailing him?
What the hell have we been dealing with this whole time?!!

Page 5:
Zaki: It looks like hanging around with the Yorozuya boss for so long made the stupidity rub off on him...
Hiji: Hey, he's keeping his head tilted towards the ground. He's for sure got a bright red face right now!
Zaki: Um, Hijikata-san, to put it briefly, I don't think we're in a position to criticize. So maybe you should stop?
Tae: These look easy to swim in. They might do.
Zaki: !
Tae: M'am, mind if I take a look at these off the mannequin?
Woman: Oh, no problem. Just take 'em right off.
Tae: But, um...
Woman: Oh, that thing jutting out there? Yes, they sure are intricate with their mannequin designs these days, aren't they?
How about I take them off for you, then? I'm quite used to looking ad my husband's.
Ah, looks like it's stuck on something. I can't quite get it off.
He's not like my husband. Whenever he sees my face, his gets small right away.
Would you mind calming that down a bit?
Tae: Maybe just breaking it off would be...
faster.
Hiji: P-Please endure it, Yamazaki!
Somoene: That didn't work at all, it seems. Could you hand me the hammer right over there?
Hiji: Hammer?
Tae: Um, but I'm still not sure if I want to buy them yet.
Woman: No need to hold back now. We'e got plenty of both mannequins and t*sticles, after all.
Tae: Um, it's not about holding back.

Page 6:
Tae: HNGH!!
SFX: CRICCK
Tae: What I wanted to see
was this cap.
Woman: Oh, the cap, was it?
All right.
Hiji: MOB COOOOOOP!!
Tae: But now that I get a closer look, it's not quite what I had in mind.
Do you happen to have this in black?
Woman: Oh, sorry, not in black.
Tae: That's a pity.
Then I'll just put this back on the neck, then.
Guys: Uh, I think that's the wrong shaft you're sticking that oooon!!
SFX: GOSUH
Someone: Huh? Is this how it was before?
It seems a little off somehow.
Was this not where it was?
No, this went on here, didn't it?
No, this wasn't here originally.
SFX: ZU GA DOSU DOH

Page 7:
People: Yes, I do believe this was how it was.
Yes, I certainly recognize seeing this before.
Hiji: Yamazaki, where'd you go?!
How the hell did they make you end up like this?!
Somoene: Ah, nice and crisp looking.
Hiji: No, that's the person that makes thing nice and crispy!!
This woman is dangerous...!!
Even after two years, she still causes disasters wherever she goes!!
Tae: Ah, I'm interested in these sunglasses, too!
Would it be okay if I took these off?
Hiji: !!
I'm done.
I'm well-done and crispy...
Woman: Ah! The wind is blowing the merchandise awaaay!!
Hiji: He raaaan!!

Page 8:
Hiji: What's that bastard think he's doing all on his own...?!!
You can bet I'm also...
SFX: GURA
Hiji: !
SFX: GASHI
Tae: HNGH!!
SFX: BUON
SFX: DOGOO
Tae: Ah, thank goodness!
SFX: PARA PARA
Tae: You almost lost your precious merchandise!
Woman: Yes. Though it's not exactly in the best of shape now.
SFX: PAN PAN

Page 9:
Taw: Yes.
Sign: Tsunemichi Inn Dojo
Someone: So then, she said how since it was just a couple of mannequins she never remembered getting anyhow,
that as thanks, if I wanted, I could take them along with all of the merchandise on them.
Handwritten: YAH!
YAH!
YAH!
Tae: But to be honest, I had no idea what use I would have for something like that.
So, after I thought about it a bit...
Yes, okay, hold it there!
Put a little more spirit into your swings!
Women: Yes, m'am!
Tae: Okay, on to your next routine!
Kyuu: So, what ended up happening with that?

Page 10:
Tae: As you can see,
SFX: KIEEEE
SFX: PAAAN
Tae: I decided to use them as striking practice dummies.
SFX: KIEEEE DODODO PAAN PAAN
Tae: The mannequins they make these days are amazing, aren't they?
Hitting them feels just like hitting a real person.
Guys: How did it end up like this?
SFX: PAN PAN PAN
People: Forget mannequins,
we ended up as freakin' sand bags!!
Just how freaking long are we gonna have to keep this charade up?!
Enough already! If you don't move, I can't move either!
She's gotta have caught onto us a while ago by now, right?!
She's gotta just be doing this to aggrevate us, doesn't she?!!
Page 11:
Guys: Anyhow, didn't this place use to be a broken down old swordsmanship dojo?
Who are these people?
And what
is TAEZAP?
SFX: DUUUURU DUUUURU
SFX: DUUURU
SFX: PAAAPARA PAAA PARA PAPPAAA
SFX: DUUUURU DUUURU DUUURU
SFX: PAAPARA PAAPARA PAPPAAA

Page 12:
Tae: Okay, everyooone! That's all for today's trainiiing!
Hiji: Wait, this is just a bunch of fatties turning around on some potter's wheels.
Tae: You all did amazing, everyone.
I'm so impressed how how, despite not having any results to show yet, you can still spin around with those triumphant looks on your faces.
In order to get an ideal body, the first thing you need is a the spirit not to lose to yourself.
As long as you have that strong heart, then you'll be okay. I'm certain that the swordsmanship dojo TAEZAP will get you all to lose weight.
Someone: Swordsmanship exercise?
Tae: Let's push ourselves again tomorrow!
Okay, you may each take your Häagen-Dazs reward on your way out.
Hiji: Like hell they're gonna lose weight like that!! This woman's totally trying to keep them here till they die!
Tae: Sorry to keep you waiting.
Kyuu: Hmph. Tae-chan,
I'm utterly astonished at how strong-willed you are.
Who but you would have thought to, in this era where the sword is dying, to build a business targeting women combined with dieting.
From a woman's viewpoint,
the one to protect the sword in this era may be someone like you.

Page 13:
Kyuu: But I'm not gonna let you outdo me.
Though, are you sure?
I thought Shinpachi-kun was the one who was going to inherit this dojo?
Gin: .........!!
Kyuu: Shinpachi-kun
is still running the Yorozuya, right?
It's already been 2 years since all that happened,
so is what Shinpachi intends to succeed not this dojo... but him? ["him" in italics]
Sign: Yorozuya Gin-chan

Page 14:
Tae: I wouldn't mind if that's the case.
Kyuu: Huh?
Tae: If that's what Shin-chan really wants to do.
But most likely, that boy is...
...No, never mind.
Right now... this is fine.
People: Thank you for today!
Tae: I'm really into what I'm doing now as well.
Kyuu: ...I see. Then maybe we can setup a joint practice with my dojo next time.
Tae: That sounds interesting. But watch out, my pupils are quite tough!
Kyuu: I'm looking forward to it.
Tae: How is everyone doing over there?
Kyuu: Same as always.
Quite a lot happened to us over these past two years as well.
But in the end, even if the outside world changes, we have no talent for anything but swinging swords.
No, actually...

Page 15:
Kyuu: If a time comes when we do fall to ruin, along with our sword,
will be the dignity of the family that lived alongside that sword.
I think I'm going to have a formal marriage interview.
Bin: What do you mean,
Kyuubei?
Kyuu: In order to protect this sword, to protect the Yagyuu Style,
the fastest way would be to have children and pass on the techniques.
Bin: ...Kyuubei,
you...
Kyuu: There's no need to worry about me.
I won't bring girls home anymore.

Page 16:
Kyuu: In that war,
I learned to have pride
in being born of the Yagyuu clan
and of being born a woman.
If there's someone that will live with me alongside this sword,
then I will gladly die with that person.
Bin: .........
I see.
Kyuu: He wanted to see
that person again.
He really enjoyed swinging his sword around on such a big stage one last time,
but the time he enjoyed himself the most
was when he fought him. ["him" in italics]
SFX: DOGYAU

Page 17:
Kyuu: So
I'm glad he didn't come back.
If it wasn't handled right,
I might've ended up put in a marriage interview with him. ["him" in italics]
If something like that had happened,
the Yagyuu clan would have fallen to ruin overnight.
Tae: I suppose so.
But still, that man may have wanted to see it, too.
You in
a wedding dress, Kyuu-chan.
As well as how
Edo looks now.
Kyuu: ........
Yes, maybe.
Tae: L-Let's get going then.
We have an appointment to make the order for your marriage meeting kimono today.
Kyuu: Oh, that's right.
Ah, but before that, we should clean up these mannequins.
Tae: It's fine to just leave them there.
Kyuu: No, you mustn't do that, Tae-chan. With that attitude you'll never be a proper wife.

Page 18:
SFX: ZAWA
Kyuu: UGAaaaaaa
SFX: DOGAA
SFX: GOpAAAA
Tae: What's wrong, Kyuu-chan?
Kyuu: Nothing...
I just... got a strange feeling just then.
Ah, well, I suppose the trash is cleared away now.
Tae: That's true.
What do you say we get going?

Page 19:
Guys: Uh,
she hasn't overcome her hatred of men at all, dammit!!
SFX: GARA GARA (CLANK CLANK)
Tae: ---So,
what was the cause?
Kyuu: Food poisoning.
He promised to stop scavenging for food and amassing trash,
but he went missing one year ago.
Most likely
SFX: GARA GARA
Kyuu: he's still collecting trash somewhere.
Guys: He's aliiiiive?!!
Insert: The mannequin sightseeing diary continues...
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 684
/ End

 https://mangahelpers.com/t/kewl0210/releases/43827 [English] [Translation] Gintama 683 by kewl0210 2018-05-25T03:58:51+00:00 kewl0210 admin@mangahelpers.com
Only for use by HWMN

I'm gonna die before this series ends at this rate

[Gintama 683 Translation by Kewl0210]
Page 1:
Insert: The conspiracy spirals...
Title: 'Gintama'
Someone: Edo?
Insert: ☆The newest, Jump Comics Volume 73 goes on sale June 4th (Mon.)!!
Takeshi: Yes. That is the destination of that ship which Shinsuke-dono was making use of.
Naraku most likely disappeared chasing after it.
We must hurry as well.
MAtako: What're we gonna do if we catch up to 'em?
Takeshi: !
MAta: Senpai!
All this time... I've intended to chase after Shinsuke-sama
no matter what it is he's trying to do.
But seeing that face.
Seeing Shinsuke-sama's...
face like that...
I feel like I don't know what I should do anymore.

Page 2:
Someone: Looks like the escort task went off without a hitch.
Guess it's time we headed back.
Still, those two are apparently being chased by both the government and a group of weirdos.
You don't think we might've made ourselves accomplices to some kinda wrongdoings, do you, boss...?
Boss: Takasugi Shinsuke.
While he was known as a hero long ago, he caused a lot of trouble in the world for a period.
When he approached me,
I was honestly unsure.
But
seeing those straightforward eyes of his, I felt like I wouldn't mind much even if I was being tricked.
But most of all,
when I saw the faces of those two,
I stopped caring at all about all that.

Page 3:
Boss: They had the faces of two ordinary no-good brats.
They didn't seem like heroes or anything like that, just a couple of no-good brats
Mata: It was my first time seeing Shinsuke-sama... making a face like that.
When I saw that... I kind of felt like it would be wrong to interfere.
Or, maybe I just wanted
to watch him like that a little bit longer...
SFX: BASHAA

Page 4:
Gin: Man,
ya know how they say a kid will grow up whether his parents are around or not?
To be honest, I didn't expect this place to get back on its feet this much while I wasn't around.
Taka: How long has it been since you've shown your face in this town?
You're the shitty brat that abandoned his parents and ran away from home, right?
Gin: Yep.
If I decided to pop my head back in after so long,
and came back home with a crazy hoodlum with me,
I'm sure my parents would cry.

Page 5:
Gin: I don't think I've even got the right to call out 'I'm home'.
But looks like
we'll be imposing for a bit.
Insert: The no-good brats return----!
Title: Lesson 683
Watch Out for Hamichin
Author: Sorachi Hideaki
T/N: Hamichin = Having an exposed/visible penis.

Page 6:
Someone: So even after taking a strange appearance,
a master is still a master, is it?

Page 7:
Tendou: I suppose you did not
obtain the heart?
I wonder when your master
will be revived?
When in the war, you accepted Utsuro's blood
yet you were unable to protect your master and suffered utter defeat,
it seems that blood had already run dry.
Hitsugi.
Before all four of your limbs rot and fall off,
what do you say we take back Utsuro... your master?

Page 8:
Tendou: It is certainly true that we Tendoushuu were once destroyed by Utsuro,
but we were also revived by Utsuro's blood.
Now that power is our hope. It is not time to be bound by trivialities of the past.
In order to grand the universe's most deeply held wish, 'immortality', we need a complete Utsuro's body.
If we fully establish those techniques, you will be able to save many people as well.
Of course
that includes Utsuro himself.
And therefore, you must make haste.
And therefore,
defeat will not be forgiven.
...What a useless lot.
They are a bunch of death-dodging idiots after all.
Have I made myself clear? You are entrusted with obtaining Utsuro's heart.
That is nothing but insurance.
If you are not able to obtain Utsuro's heart,

Page 9:
Ten: then we will just need to create it.
It seems that the revived Utsuro's heart is made of crystal.
If we can harvest a vast amount of Altana from the Earth, it may be possible to create one artificially.
We needed to find a way to attach that crystal, Utsuro's heart, to a body,
but as we are now, we not have the technology from having used our own bodies as experimental material, and most of all,
we have Utsuro's body.
Until it becomes nothing but scraps of meat, we'll chop it apart and lay bare all of its secrets.
With those techniques and the vast store of Altana we plundered,
we will be free to create immortality.
Utsuro... everything you took from us Tendoushuu,
we will take back with out own hands.

Page 10:
Someone: -----So,
where in Edo is the enemy?
Taka: All over.
Tengenism has already started to spread its roots into Edo as well.
Neighbors that greeted each other yesterday now suddenly bare their fangs at each other and become violent.
That is why other planets could not stop their terrorism either.
It wouldn't be entirely surprising if one of these ordinary citizens tried to take the heart you're carrying and stabbed you in the back at any moment.
Gin: I feel like there's a higher chance the guy standing next to me is gonna betray and stab me.
So basically, we don't know a thing besides that they're going after Edo next, huh?
Taka: If I were going to kill you, I'd stab you with a more straight-ahead approach.
But forget straight-ahead, those people don't even show their backs.
They're expanding their believers all over the universe and committing acts of terrorism across different planets,
and it's not known where the control center of it all is.
But that's to be expected...

Page 11:
Taka: as the head temple of Tengenism doesn't exist on any planet.
Moving Temple Kuyou. That giant ship that wanders the sky is their head temple.
T/N: Kuyou = Nine Planets, or Navagraha (Nine astronomical bodies/deities in Hinduism).
Taka: They look down on the earth from distant heavens which no one can reach, pretending to be gods.
It cannot be sensed with the naked eye nor with radar, but Kuyou is unmistakably in the skies of Earth.
We're going to put a stop to their terrorism, and drag those wannabe gods down to earth.
Utsuro's body,
Sensei, is there.
Gin: How do we stop them?
Taka: Who do you think I am?

Page 12:
Taka: I'm the Joui Patriot that's rampaged across this country more than anyone ever has.
It's perfectly clear to me what some small-fry terrorists are thinking right now.
Gin: Hmph. Sounds reassuring.
I've got the kinda huge idiot with me that makes regular idiots quake in their boots.
Taka: There's something I need to do before they get moving.
So make sure to settle any of your own business in the meantime.
Gin: Huh?
Taka: We're back for the first time in 2 years. Isn't there anyone whose face you'd like to see?
Gin: Are you a moron? How am I supposed to face any 'a them?
Tell them I came back so I could save the monster we all nearly died trying to defeat?
You'd have to be as thick as Jump SQ. if you think that'd go over well.
Taka: So you think if you met them,
your resolve would be shaken?
Well, do whatever you want.

Page 13:
Someone: The mand that once tried to destroy Edo
and the man that tried to protect Edo from that man
have both arrived in Edo together.
There's no room for doubt.
The Yorozuya boss
has fallen into the darkness.
According to my data, when this kind of plot development happens near the final chapter,
the protagonist that protected humanity up till that point starts despairing about humanity's foolishness and everything is brought to naught.
The Devilman pattern.
We must ready Satan's army for war soon, or the Angel Army will come as well.
At this rate, we're heading for a hopeless ending.
T/N: This refers to the ending of Devilman, a manga by Nagai Gou from the 70's.

Page 14:
Hiji: Zaki, I'm not listening to your crazy delusions.
You'd better knock it off or I'm gonna fall into despair over my subordinate's foolishness
and all your pay will be brought to naught.
Zaki: Foolish subordinate? And who is it thanks to that we were able to tail them all the way here?
Hiji: Yeah. You said you were capable of flight,
Handwritten: Let's go, Mob Coooop!!
Hiij: so I got on your back and we started following the ship,
but then you suddenly ran out of gas so we fell into the sea, at which point you just grabbed onto the ship.
The reason I saw my life flashing before my eyes no less than five times is all thanks to you.
Yama: Well, that was an issue with not being able to refuel due to my anpan going all mushy underwater.
Hiji: Why does a robocop have anpan for fuel?!
Yama: What's more, it wasn't fine-grained bean paste in them, it was coarse-grained bean paste. You can't get power from those things, Tony.
Hiji: Who the hell is Tony? Your mechanical specs are a total mismatch with your mental specs!
I know you're tired from the long journey, but don't take your eyes off them. Let's let them roam free for now and pay close attention to their movements.
Yama: Huh? If you're careless, then the demon army and Satan's army are going to...
Hiji: There's no Armageddon happening right now.
Yama: Then you believe in the Boss, Hijikata-san?
Hiji: Not exactly. First we just need to know what his goal is.
Yama: And then?
What if the boss tries to do something bad...?

Page 15:
Hiui: ...We cut him down.
That's the job
of the Shinsengumi he saved, isn't it?
Yama: ...Hijikata-san.
The Shinsengumi... doesn't exist anymore.
Hiji: ...I said don't take your eyes off them.
Yama: They're on the move!
They're going in separate directions?!
Let's split up and follow them!
SFX: DAH

Page 16:
Yama: Understood! Then I'll take Takasugi!
And I'll follow the boss!
Hijikata-san, please go buy me some anpan!
Hiji: Sure. Some coarse-grained ones.
Yeah, right.
Why the hell did you split in two and why am I the gofer?!
Yama: I'm sorry. I'll work hard for your part, too. So you, please work hard to get the anpan.
Hiji: You go work hard, you anpan addict!!
SFX: MEKI MEKI
Hiji: If you trail somebody looking like that, not only will you get noticed, you'll end up becoming an urban legend!
Can't you blend in with the crowd a bit more?!
Yama: Ah, sorry. I forgot I have a tailing mode.
When moving in this mode, the surface of my body takes in information from my surroundings to construct a camouflage
allowing me to blend in with my surroundings automatically. This will be perfect.
SFX: KYUIIIIN
Yama: Okay, I'll go buy the anpan!!
Hijikata, you go buy the anpan over there!!
Got it! The ones sprinkled with those sesame seed-looking things, right?

Page 17:
Hiji: What's blending in with Hijikata-san gonna doooo?!!
You just want us to split up to go buy anpan, you moron!
Yama: It's just when you think of Hijikata-san, you think of the person on anpan duty. We may need to disguise that, too.
Hiji: Did my ancestors do something to anpan? Did they only eat the bean jam and throw the bread away or something?
SFX: MEKI MEKI
Hiji: Enough already! It's fine, just go like that!
Just try to act natural as Hijikata-san, go after the Yorozuya, and don't do anything dumb. Just act like a natural Hijikata-san.
Yama: Understood.
A natural Hijikata-san, right?
Hiji: I got your freaking anpaaaaan!!
SFX: DOH
Hiji: I got the anpan, so please, stop!
Please stop, natural Hijikata-san!
Put some clothes on!! Let's borrow something from that clothing shop and...
Ah, dang!

Page 18:
Top Sign: Bathing Suit Sale
Left Sign: Special Offers!!
Gin: Hey.
SFX: TWITCH
Gin: Granny.
SFX: KAKUN
Gin: This bathing suit manikin,
these are boxers.
And I can see the penis on this one.
Woman: Oh, that's the recent fashion trend. The theme of this year is all about letting loose, you see.
Gin: For real?
WOman: Say, when did I decorate these manikins...? Ah, well.
SFX: JIII (STAAARE)
SFX: JIII (STAAARE)

Page 19:
Gin: Nah, forget it.
Even if I did meet somebody, I doubt something like sunglasses would hide anything.
Sign: Bathing suits
SFX: DODODODO
Gin: Granny!! I'm gonna buy this underwear, so would you mind doin' me a favor?!
Hiji: ?
Gin: Please!
SFX: KARA
Tae: Oh, a bathing suit sale.
Woah, so cool!
Maybe I'll buy these for Shin-chan.
Insert: Chaos!!
Bottom: Gintama
...Lesson 683
/ End